Test Bank For Concise Public Speaking Handbook, A, 6th Edition by Steven A. Beebe 2024 Chapter 1-27

TEST BANK

TEST BANK

Part 1: Introduction Chapter 1. Speaking in Public Chapter 2. Improving Your Confidence Chapter 3. Presenting Your First Speech Chapter 4. Ethics and Free Speech

Part 2: Analyzing an Audience Chapter 5. Listening Chapter 6. Analyzing Your Audience Chapter 7. Adapting to Your Audience as You Speak

Part 3: Preparing a Speech Chapter 8. Developing Your Speech Chapter 9. Gathering Supporting Material Chapter 10. Supporting Your Speech

Part 4: Crafting a Speech Chapter 11. Organizing Your Speech Chapter 12. Outlining and Revising Your Speech Chapter 13. Developing an Introduction Chapter 14. Developing a Conclusion Chapter 15. Using Words Well

Part 5: Delivering a Speech Chapter 16. Methods of Delivery Chapter 17. Nonverbal Communication Chapter 18. Verbal Communication Chapter 19. Delivering Your Speech Chapter 20. Selecting Presentation Aids Chapter 21. Developing and Using Presentation Aids

Part 6: Types of Speeches Chapter 22. Informative Speaking Chapter 23. Understanding Pr Chapter 22. inciples of Persuasive Speaking Chapter 23. Using Persuasive Strategies Chapter 24. Speaking on Special Occasions Chapter 25. Speaking in Small Groups Chapter 26. Mediated Public Speaking

Chapter 1 1-1 Multiple Choice 1-1.1. Public speaking teaches strategies for _________ and _________.

A) listening; visualizing B) effective delivery; critical listening C) strong confidence; effective speaking D) organized delivery; simple encoding Answer: B Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.1 Learning Objective: 1.1 Explain why it is important to study public speaking.

Topic: Why Study Public Speaking?

Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 1-1.2. According to the text, studying public speaking will result in long-term advantages related to _________ and _________.

A) empowerment; employment B) relationships; self-esteem C) intelligence; leadership D) leadership; relationships Answer: A Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.1 Learning Objective: 1.1 Explain why it is important to study public speaking.

Topic: Why Study Public Speaking?

Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 1-1.3. Rachel is called on to speak in front of her Theories of Education class, but she is not nervous because she has gained confidence and competence in her public speaking class; your text refers to this as _________.

1 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Part 1: Introduction Chapter 1. Speaking in Public Chapter 2. Improving Your Confidence Chapter 3. Presenting Your First Speech Chapter 4. Ethics and Free Speech

Part 2: Analyzing an Audience Chapter 5. Listening Chapter 6. Analyzing Your Audience Chapter 7. Adapting to Your Audience as You Speak

Part 3: Preparing a Speech Chapter 8. Developing Your Speech Chapter 9. Gathering Supporting Material Chapter 10. Supporting Your Speech

Part 4: Crafting a Speech Chapter 11. Organizing Your Speech Chapter 12. Outlining and Revising Your Speech Chapter 13. Developing an Introduction Chapter 14. Developing a Conclusion Chapter 15. Using Words Well

Part 5: Delivering a Speech Chapter 16. Methods of Delivery Chapter 17. Nonverbal Communication Chapter 18. Verbal Communication Chapter 19. Delivering Your Speech Chapter 20. Selecting Presentation Aids Chapter 21. Developing and Using Presentation Aids

Part 6: Types of Speeches Chapter 22. Informative Speaking Chapter 23. Understanding Pr Chapter 22. inciples of Persuasive Speaking Chapter 23. Using Persuasive Strategies Chapter 24. Speaking on Special Occasions Chapter 25. Speaking in Small Groups Chapter 26. Mediated Public Speaking

A) personal expression B) declamation C) effectiveness D) empowerment Answer: D Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.1 Learning Objective: 1.1 Explain why it is important to study public speaking.

Topic: Why Study Public Speaking?

Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 1-1.4. Melissa is up against Rubi for a position in a sales company. Both are equally qualified, but when asked to sell a pen to their potential employer, Rubi excels while Melissa fumbles through her sales pitch. Which of the following is the most likely reason Melissa will not get the job?

A) Melissa‘s education didn‘t involve instruction in selling pens.

B) Rubi is a close friend of a manager in another department.

C) Melissa lacks public speaking competence because she never studied it.

D) Fake sales pitches are a terrible way to judge a candidate‘s sales ability.

Answer: C Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.1 Learning Objective: 1.1 Explain why it is important to study public speaking.

Topic: Why Study Public Speaking?

Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 1-1.5. The nineteenth-century practice of delivering famous speeches from history, instead of writing one‘s own speeches, is A) formulation.

B) declamation.

C) lecturing.

D) public address.

Answer: B Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.2 Learning Objective: 1.2 Discuss in brief the history of public speaking.

Topic: The Rich Heritage of Public Speaking

2 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 1-1.6. Speakers who express their emotions through posture, movement, gestures, facial expressions, and voice are practicing the art of A) pontification.

B) prophesy.

C) declamation.

D) elocution.

Answer: D Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.2 Learning Objective: 1.2 Discuss in brief the history of public speaking.

Topic: The Rich Heritage of Public Speaking Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 1-1.7. Which of the following statements BEST characterizes public speaking in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries?

A) Students of public speaking practice the arts of declamation and elocution.

B) Great orators continue to refine guidelines for public speakers.

C) Audio, video, computer, and mobile technologies let speakers reach worldwide audiences and expand the parameters of public speaking.

D) Age-old public speaking traditions are no longer relevant as we develop new and improved methods for addressing some of the most difficult challenges in history.

Answer: C Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.2 Learning Objective: 1.2 Discuss in brief the history of public speaking.

Topic: The Rich Heritage of Public Speaking Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 1-1.8. Translating ideas and images in the speaker‘s mind into verbal or nonverbal symbols that an audience can recognize is termed _________.

A) listening B) feedback C) encoding D) decoding

3 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: C Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts

1-1.9. If a speaker has trouble finding words to convey ideas or sends contradictory nonverbal symbols, listeners may not be able to _________ the speaker‘s verbal and nonverbal symbols back into a message.

A) encode B) codify C) decode D) externalize Answer: C Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

1-1.10. While listening to a speech about the rules of cricket, Terry has trouble understanding the speaker‘s terminology. In this circumstance, Terry is experiencing problems with ________.

A) feedback B) decoding C) encoding D) the channel Answer: B Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: moderate

4 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Apply What You Know 1-1.11. Antonio‘s PowerPoint presentation transmits a message to his audience via the _________ channel.

A) auditory B) visual C) internal D) tactile Answer: B Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 1-1.12. A message is usually transmitted via two channels: A) listening and eye contact.

B) visual and auditory.

C) visual and nonverbal.

D) voice and inflection.

Answer: B Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 1-1.13. Vijay just transferred to a university in Southern California. In his public speaking class, he gave an introductory speech in which he made jokes about his previous university. But the audience, who had never been to Vijay‘s previous university, didn‘t laugh at his humor. Which of the following statements BEST applies to this situation?

A) Vijay didn‘t adapt his speech to be receiver- or audience-centered.

B) Vijay should have known that humor works only when professionals use it.

C) Vijay didn‘t do anything wrong; the audience should have laughed.

D) Vijay should have known that most audiences don‘t appreciate humor in a speech.

5 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: A Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 1-1.14. What is the term for something that interferes with the communication of a message?

A) channel confusion B) decoding C) noise D) encoding Answer: C Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 1-1.15. Which of the following is affected by a speaker‘s posture and gestures?

A) Visual communication channel B) Auditory communication channel C) Internal noise D) Context Answer: A Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 1-1.16. Incessant coughing or a noisy air conditioner are examples of ________.

A) feedback B) misinterpretation

6 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

C) external noise D) internal noise Answer: C Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 1-1.17. Inflection, rate, and voice quality are all traits of A) psychological noise.

B) visual cues.

C) symbols.

D) vocal cues.

Answer: D Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 1-1.18. Ada signed up to be last in the speaking order because she stayed up all night studying for an exam. Ada feels so tired that she doesn‘t even realize it‘s time for her to speak until the teacher calls her name twice. What is Ada experiencing?

A) internal noise B) an encoding-decoding breakdown C) external noise D) poor channel selection Answer: A Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: moderate

7 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Apply What You Know 1-1.19. Colin had researched, outlined, and practiced his speech carefully, but on the day he was to give the speech, he found out a family member was in the hospital. He found it impossible to keep his mind on his speech or his audience and continually lost his place. What public speaking term BEST describes this situation?

A) psychological noise B) speaker anxiety C) auditory channel deficiency D) physiological noise Answer: A Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 1-1.20. One way that public speaking differs from casual conversation is that the public speaker A) uses a greater variety of slang words.

B) captures the attention of their listener.

C) uses visual aids.

D) has a more clearly defined role.

Answer: D Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 1-1.21. Without an audience to hear and provide _________, public speaking serves little purpose.

A) noise B) encoding C) feedback D) content

8 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: C Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 1-1.22. The environment or situation in which a speech occurs is ________.

A) a channel B) feedback C) the context D) the message Answer: C Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 1-1.23. A speaking venue that is hot, crowded, or poorly lit can make it difficult for a speaker to deliver a speech and an audience to receive a speech. This demonstrates the impact of _________ on both speaker and audience.

A) context B) channels C) encoding D) decoding Answer: A Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 1-1.24. The speaker‘s and audience‘s cultural traditions and expectations, their identification

9 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

with groups and society, and their level of perceived power, influence, and social standing are all elements of A) cultural context.

B) physical context.

C) external noise.

D) internal noise.

Answer: A Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 1-1.25. One of the ways that public speaking and conversation are different is that public speaking is ________.

A) unplanned B) more formal C) less complicated D) more casual Answer: B Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts

1-2 True/False 1-2.1. The ability to speak with competence and confidence will provide empowerment.

Answer: True Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.1 Learning Objective: 1.1 Explain why it is important to study public speaking.

Topic: Why Study Public Speaking?

10 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 1-2.2. Public speaking skills can make you more confident, but they have no impact on your long-term employment success.

Answer: False Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.1 Learning Objective: 1.1 Explain why it is important to study public speaking.

Topic: Why Study Public Speaking?

Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 1-2.3. During the golden age of public speaking, the Greek philosopher Aristotle formulated, and Roman orators refined, guidelines for speakers that we still follow today.

Answer: True Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.2 Learning Objective: 1.2 Discuss in brief the history of public speaking.

Topic: The Rich Heritage of Public Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

1-2.4. In the twenty-first century, students of public speaking practice only the art of declamation—the delivery of an already famous address.

Answer: False Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.2 Learning Objective: 1.2 Discuss in brief the history of public speaking.

Topic: The Rich Heritage of Public Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 1-2.5. It is an audience member‘s responsibility to properly encode a speaker‘s remarks.

Answer: False Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.2

11 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: 1.2 Discuss in brief the history of public speaking.

Topic: The Rich Heritage of Public Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 1-2.6. A receiver‘s decoding of a message is dependent on their own particular blend of past experiences, attitudes, beliefs, and values.

Answer: True Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 1-2.7. In a two-person communication transaction, both individuals are sending and receiving at the same time.

Answer: True Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 1-2.8. Public speaking is less structured and more interactive than conversation.

Answer: False Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

1-2.9. Public speaking is more planned and formal than conversation.

12 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: True Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 1-2.10. Slang expressions are perfectly appropriate for most types of public speaking.

Answer: False Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 1-3 Fill-in-the-blank 1-3.1. The ability to speak with competence and confidence will provide ________, which will give you an edge over less-skilled communicators.

Answer: empowerment Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.1 Learning Objective: 1.1 Explain why it is important to study public speaking.

Topic: Why Study Public Speaking?

Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 1-3.2. In a nationwide survey, prospective employers of college graduates said they seek candidates with _________ and _________ ability.

Answer: public speaking; presentation Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.1 Learning Objective: 1.1 Explain why it is important to study public speaking.

Topic: Why Study Public Speaking?

13 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 1-3.3. _________ skills, including public speaking, are considered the top factor in helping college graduates obtain employment.

Answer: Communication Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.1 Learning Objective: 1.1 Explain why it is important to study public speaking.

Topic: Why Study Public Speaking?

Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 1-3.4 The Greek philosopher _________ formulated guidelines for speakers that we still follow today.

Answer: Aristotle Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.2 Learning Objective: 1.2 Discuss in brief the history of public speaking.

Topic: The Rich Heritage of Public Speaking Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 1-3.5. The expression of emotion through posture, movement, gestures, facial expression, and voice is known as _________.

Answer: elocution Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.2 Learning Objective: 1.2 Discuss in brief the history of public speaking.

Topic: The Rich Heritage of Public Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 1-3.6. _________ is the practice of public speaking by delivering an already famous address.

Answer: Declamation Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.2 Learning Objective: 1.2 Discuss in brief the history of public speaking.

14 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: The Rich Heritage of Public Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 1-3.7. Even the earliest communication theorists recognized that communication is a _________.

Answer: process Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 1-3.8. The _________ in public speaking is the speech itself—both what is said and how it is said.

Answer: message Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 1-3.9. The two types of channels used to transmit a message from sender to receiver are _________ and _________.

Answer: visual; auditory Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 1-3.10. Aids such as PowerPoint slides are transmitted along the ________ channel.

Answer: visual

15 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 1-4 Essay 1-4.1. Discuss the heritage of public speaking beginning with the Greeks to the present. Give specific examples of the differences in presentation style for each era.

Answer: Answers should include: First to fourth centuries: The golden age of public speaking; the Greek philosopher Aristotle formulated, and Roman orators refined, guidelines for speakers that we still follow today.

Nineteenth century: Students practiced declamation and elocution.

Twentieth and twenty-first centuries: Audio, video, computer, and mobile technologies let speakers reach worldwide audiences and expand the parameters of public speaking as they draw on age-old public-speaking traditions.

Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.2 Learning Objective: 1.2 Discuss in brief the history of public speaking Topic: The Rich Heritage of Public Speaking Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 1-4.2. Explain how encoding and decoding operate in the public speaking context.

Answer: Answers should include: Encode: A speaker, or source, translates the images in their mind into a code made up of verbal (speech) or nonverbal (gestures) symbols that an audience can recognize.

Decode: Listeners receive a code through visual and auditory channels and translate the speaker‘s verbal and nonverbal symbols back into a message. Listeners may not be able to decode the message if speakers have trouble finding words to convey ideas or if they are sending contradictory nonverbal symbols.

Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: difficult

16 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Analyze It 1-4.3. List and discuss the components of the visual and auditory channels of communication.

Answer: Answers should include: Visual: Audience members see the speaker and decode the nonverbal symbols—eye contact (or lack of it), facial expressions, posture, gestures, and dress. If the speaker uses any visual aids, such as PowerPoint slides or models, these too are transmitted along the visual channel.

Auditory: The auditory channel opens as the speaker speaks. Audience members hear words and such vocal cues as inflection, rate, and voice quality.

Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 1-4.4. Internal and external noise can interfere with the transmission of a message. Briefly define these two terms and offer an example of each.

Answer: Examples will vary, but answers should include the following definitions: External noise: External sources that interfere with the communication of a message, such as incessant coughing.

Internal noise: Internal message disruption in the form of physiological noise, such as a bad cold, and psychological noise, such as worrying about an upcoming exam.

Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 1-4.5. Discuss the impact of context on both the speaker and the audience. Provide specific examples of how context can affect the public speaking experience.

Answer: Examples will vary, but context includes both the speaker‘s and the audience‘s physical environment and their cultural traditions and expectations. If the room is hot, crowded, or poorly lit, these physical conditions affect both speaker and audience. Cultural context affects who we communicate with, as well as what may be perceived as appropriate or inappropriate communication based on cultural expectations and norms.

17 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 01 Module number: 1.3 Learning Objective: 1.3 Sketch and explain a model that illustrates the components and the process of communication.

Topic: The Communication Process Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

18 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Test Bank Chapter 2 2-1 Multiple Choice 2-1.1. According to the text, _________ percent of people report feeling anxious about public speaking.

A) less than 10 B) more than 80 C) 50 D) 99 Answer: B Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.1 Learning Objective: LO2.1 Explain the reasons for and processes involved in nervousness about public speaking.

Topic: Understanding Your Nervousness Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 2-1.2. _________college students feel(s) ―highly apprehensive‖ about speaking in front of others.

A) Three in seven B) One in three C) Five in seven D) One in five Answer: D Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.1 Learning Objective: LO2.1 Explain the reasons for and processes involved in nervousness about public speaking.

Topic: Understanding Your Nervousness Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 2-1.3. When facing public speaking anxiety, the goal for the speaker should be to A) eliminate it.

B) avoid delivering the presentation.

C) allow their nervousness to work for them.

D) share it with the audience to engage their sympathy.

19 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: C Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.1 Learning Objective: LO2.1 Explain the reasons for and processes involved in nervousness about public speaking.

Topic: Understanding Your Nervousness Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 2-1.4. Which of the following is a common reason that people experience speaking anxiety?

A) fear of humiliation B) fear of people in general C) phobia of large spaces D) unwillingness to share information Answer: A Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.1 Learning Objective: LO2.1 Explain the reasons for and processes involved in nervousness about public speaking.

Topic: Understanding Your Nervousness Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts

2-1.5. Which of the following traits is linked to increased speaking apprehension?

A) being creative B) being impatient C) being a perfectionist D) being an extravert Answer: C Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.1 Learning Objective: LO2.1 Explain the reasons for and processes involved in nervousness about public speaking.

Topic: Understanding Your Nervousness Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 2-1.6. The closer the time came for Omar to present his speech, the more anxiety he felt. Heart

20 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

pounding, he felt flushed, and his stomach tied itself in knots. He began to worry that his internal feelings would manifest themselves externally, affecting the audience‘s reception of his speech.

Which of the following statements BEST reflects how the audience will react to Omar when he speaks?

A) The audience will know exactly what Omar is feeling during every moment of his speech.

B) The audience will judge Omar for being anxious.

C) The audience will ignore Omar‘s speech because his nerves make him less credible.

D) The audience will view Omar as less nervous than he feels.

Answer: D Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.1 Learning Objective: LO2.1 Explain the reasons for and processes involved in nervousness about public speaking.

Topic: Understanding Your Nervousness Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 2-1.7. According to the text, anxiety may help people speak better if they view the event _________instead of _________.

A) positively; negatively B) neutrally; positively C) neutrally; negatively D) negatively; positively Answer: A Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.1 Learning Objective: LO2.1 Explain the reasons for and processes involved in nervousness about public speaking.

Topic: Understanding Your Nervousness Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 2-1.8. According to the text, when you feel the physical symptoms of anxiety you should A) label them honestly as ―nervousness,‖ ―fear,‖ or ―anxiety‖ and accept them.

B) relabel them as ―excitement‖ or ―enthusiasm.‖ C) take prescription anxiety medication.

D) ignore them until after your speech.

Answer: B Chapter number: 02

21 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 2.1 Learning Objective: LO2.1 Explain the reasons for and processes involved in nervousness about public speaking.

Topic: Understanding Your Nervousness Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 2-1.9. According to the text, how does learning about your audience reduce speaking anxiety?

A) It enables you to see them as real, unthreatening people.

B) It makes you feel superior to them and therefore more confident.

C) It distracts you from the physical symptoms of anxiety.

D) It allows you to anticipate their reactions to your speech.

Answer: D Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 2-1.10. Jill has been instructed to give a speech to the board of directors at the upcoming company shareholder meeting. She knows this is an important speech, but even with the deadline fast approaching, Jill is procrastinating and has yet to prepare what she‘s going to say. This is most likely because she A) doesn‘t know enough about her executive audience to make light-hearted jokes about them.

B) is having difficulty choosing the visual aid she wants to accompany her speech.

C) is letting fear freeze her into inaction.

D) doesn‘t take the speech seriously.

Answer: C Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 2-1.11. In order to reduce speaking apprehension, you should choose a topic that A) you are unfamiliar with so you can focus on the facts.

B) you are familiar with or have a lot of interest in.

C) is already well-known by the audience.

22 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

D) is exciting or unusual to keep the audience‘s interest.

Answer: B Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 2-1.12. Isabella knew her speech backward and forward. She rehearsed it over and over, timing it to make sure she didn‘t run over the time limit. When she actually delivered the speech, she found herself much less nervous and much more confident than she expected to be. Which guideline for building confidence provided in your text applies here?

A) act calm to feel calm B) be prepared C) re-create the speech environment when you rehearse D) know your audience Answer: B Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 2-1.13. Jason has thoroughly researched his speech on the art of tattooing. It has many different types of supporting material and is well-organized. Right before presenting, Jason printed out his complete outline, and read directly from it when speaking. Which of the following statements most likely pertains to this situation?

A) Jason forgot to visualize success, which would have helped reduce his nervousness.

B) Jason forgot to organize his speech in a way that made sense to his audience.

C) Jason wasn‘t prepared; he didn‘t rehearse his speech several times before he delivered it.

D) Jason didn‘t have enough supporting material.

Answer: C Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: moderate

23 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Apply What You Know 2-1.14. The suggestions for being organized to manage nervousness and anxiety include A) knowing how long to hold for applause.

B) having a defined introduction and conclusion and improvising the middle.

C) thinking up a variety of alternate topics in case the audience becomes bored.

D) having a clear beginning, middle, and end.

Answer: D Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 2-1.15. Going the day before to see the location where you are going to give your speech and rehearsing there is an example of A) being organized.

B) channeling nervous energy.

C) making practice real.

D) not procrastinating.

Answer: C Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 2-1.16. Rehearsing with Facebook‘s Meta technology is an example of A) using virtual reality when you rehearse.

B) channeling nervous energy.

C) knowing your audience.

D) being organized.

Answer: A Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence

24 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: easy Skill: Understand the Concepts 2-1.17. According to the text, how should nervous speakers breathe to reduce speaking anxiety?

A) They should breathe slowly and deeply.

B) They should take short, shallow breaths.

C) They should breathe in through their mouth and out through their nose.

D) They should breathe in through their nose and out through their mouth.

Answer: A Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 2-1.18. Which of the following is an example of a way to channel nervous energy before a speech?

A) Keep the mind active by imagining everything that could go wrong.

B) Tell the audience how nervous you are.

C) Run around frantically to burn off excess energy.

D) Take a leisurely walk.

Answer: D Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 2-1.19. Before delivering her speech, Jean closed her eyes and pictured herself walking confidently in front of the audience and delivering her well-prepared opening remarks. She imagined herself giving the entire speech as a controlled, confident speaker. In this example, Jean is A) knowing her audience.

B) visualizing her success.

C) focusing on her message, not her fear.

D) giving herself a mental pep talk.

Answer: B

25 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 2-1.20. Right before her speech, Tasha says in her mind, ―I can do this! I am excited about sharing this material with my audience. I am a powerful, confident speaker.‖ Is this a helpful technique to reduce nervousness and build confidence?

A) Yes, this is a nerve-calming technique the text refers to as giving yourself a mental pep talk.

B) Yes, but only if she says it aloud; thinking it will only increase anxiety about the speech.

C) No, if she‘s so nervous, she should be honest with herself; she‘s too nervous to do the speech.

D) No, an accomplished, confident speaker shouldn‘t need this kind of pep talk.

Answer: A Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 2-1.21. As Mateo finished his speech, he caught sight of his friends Nick and Leanna in the audience, smiling and giving him a thumbs up. This is an example of A) audience confidence.

B) biased opinions.

C) neutral feedback.

D) positive support.

Answer: D Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 2-1.22. Which of the following is an example of positive support you can perform as a listener?

A) whispering snide comments about the speaker instead of speaking them loudly B) checking your phone only twice during a speech C) giving the speaker your full attention

26 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

D) counting the number of times the speaker says ―um‖ to help them improve their speech Answer: C Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 2-1.23. After delivering her speech, Keisha recalled every moment she felt nervous and fearful during the speech. What should Keisha do instead after completing a speech?

A) look for positive support B) focus on what she accomplished, not on her fear C) channel her nervous energy D) be better organized Answer: B Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 2-1.24. Felicia always gets really nervous before speaking in public, so she decided to face her fear and join the public speaking organization Toastmasters. In this example, Felicia has chosen to reduce her speaking anxiety by A) knowing her audience.

B) focusing on her accomplishment rather than on her fear.

C) giving herself a mental pep talk.

D) seeking speaking opportunities.

Answer: D Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 2-1.25. Should a speaker view the completion of a speech as a reason to celebrate?

27 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

A) Yes, speaking and having people listen is an accomplishment.

B) Yes, it‘s over, and they‘ll never have to speak in public again.

C) No, it raises the bar for future speech success, making it unreachable.

D) No, it marks the speaker as overly confident.

Answer: A Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 2-2 True/False 2-2.1. In one classic survey, respondents said that they were more afraid of public speaking than of death.

Answer: True Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.1 Learning Objective: LO2.1 Explain the reasons for and processes involved in nervousness about public speaking.

Topic: Understanding Your Nervousness Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 2-2.2. Speech anxiety is never beneficial to a speaker.

Answer: False Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.1 Learning Objective: LO2.1 Explain the reasons for and processes involved in nervousness about public speaking.

Topic: Understanding Your Nervousness Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 2-2.3. Anxiety can actually help you be a better speaker by providing a heightened readiness.

Answer: True Chapter number: 02

28 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 2.1 Learning Objective: LO2.1 Explain the reasons for and processes involved in nervousness about public speaking.

Topic: Understanding Your Nervousness Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 2-2.4. Speakers who label their increased feelings of physiological arousal as ―nervousness‖ are more likely to accept their nervousness and relax.

Answer: False Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.1 Learning Objective: LO2.1 Explain the reasons for and processes involved in nervousness about public speaking.

Topic: Understanding Your Nervousness Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 2-2.5. Procrastinating speech preparation is usually an effective method to build confidence.

Answer: False Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 2-2.6. You will be less nervous if you speak on a topic with which you are familiar.

Answer: True Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 2-2.7. When practicing your speech, you should rehearse the speech mentally to yourself; practicing aloud will only make you more nervous.

29 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: False Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 2-2.8. Visualizing yourself in the room in which the speech will take place and imagining what the audience will look like will only make you more nervous.

Answer: False Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 2-2.9. If you are anxious about speaking, replacing any negative, anxious thoughts with positive messages will reduce your anxiety.

Answer: True Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 2-2.10. The more nervous you get when speaking, the more you should seek speaking opportunities to build confidence.

Answer: True Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 2-3 Fill-in-the-blank

30 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

2-3.1. Research continues to confirm that most people are _________ about giving a speech.

Answer: apprehensive Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.1 Learning Objective: LO2.1 Explain the reasons for and processes involved in nervousness about public speaking.

Topic: Understanding Your Nervousness Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 2-3.2. Personal insecurity, worries about appearance, and an overall fear of failure are all examples of reasons people feel _________ about public speaking.

Answer: anxious Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.1 Learning Objective: LO2.1 Explain the reasons for and processes involved in nervousness about public speaking.

Topic: Understanding Your Nervousness Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 2-3.3. According to the text, when giving a speech, you are going to feel _________ nervous than you look.

Answer: more Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.1 Learning Objective: LO2.1 Explain the reasons for and processes involved in nervousness about public speaking.

Topic: Understanding Your Nervousness Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 2-3.4. Speakers who label their increased feelings of physiological arousal as ―______‖ are more likely to feel anxious and fearful.

Answer: nervousness Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.1

31 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO2.1 Explain the reasons for and processes involved in nervousness about public speaking.

Topic: Understanding Your Nervousness Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 2-3.5. Depending on your viewpoint, the same physiological feelings that can be labeled ―nervousness‖ can also be labeled ―enthusiasm‖ or ―_________.‖ Answer: excitement Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.1 Learning Objective: LO2.1 Explain the reasons for and processes involved in nervousness about public speaking.

Topic: Understanding Your Nervousness Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 2-3.6. People who feel more apprehensive about public speaking tend to ______, or put off working on their speeches.

Answer: procrastinate Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 2-3.7. Researching a topic, developing a logically coherent outline, and practicing the speech several times are all traits of being _________.

Answer: prepared Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 2-3.8. You are likely to feel the most anxious during the _________ moments of your speech.

32 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: opening Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 2-3.9. If you need to end your speech prematurely, having a well-delivered _________ can permit you to make a graceful exit.

Answer: conclusion Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 2-3.10. When you have finished a speech, it is important to focus on what you have ______ and not on your fear.

Answer: accomplished Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 2-4 Essay 2-4.1. What are some of the primary reasons people feel anxious about public speaking? Which reason resonates most with you and why?

Answer: The personal reasons will vary, but answers should include fear of humiliation, concern about not being prepared, worry about their appearance, pressure to perform, personal insecurity, concern that the audience won‘t be interested in them or the speech, lack of experience, fear of making mistakes, and an overall fear of failure. There is also evidence that being a perfectionist may be linked to increased apprehension. Finally, some people may have inherited a trait or genetic tendency to feel more anxiety than others would in any speechmaking situation.

Chapter number: 02

33 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 2.1 Learning Objective: LO2.1 Explain the reasons for and processes involved in nervousness about public speaking.

Topic: Understanding Your Nervousness Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 2-4.2. Your textbook suggests that anxiety can be useful. Explain this view.

Answer: The heightened state of readiness can actually help someone speak better, especially if they view the public speaking event positively instead of negatively. Speakers who label their physiological feelings as ―enthusiasm‖ or ―excitement‖ are more likely to benefit from the extra help their brain is trying to provide.

Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.1 Learning Objective: LO2.1 Explain the reasons for and processes involved in nervousness about public speaking.

Topic: Understanding Your Nervousness Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 2-4.3. The text lists several physical exercises and actions a speaker can perform to dissipate nervous energy. What are these actions, and how do they help manage anxiety?

Answer: Low confidence and a pre-speech adrenaline boost can make a speaker nervous.

Physical exercises a speaker can do include taking a few slow, deep breaths; taking a leisurely walk before arriving at the speech location; while seated and waiting to speak, keeping both feet on the floor and wiggling your toes; gently (and without calling attention to yourself) grabbing the edge of your chair and squeezing it; unobtrusively lightly tensing and releasing the muscles in your legs and arms; focusing on remaining calm as you wait to be introduced; walking to the front of the room in a calm and collected manner; and taking a moment to look for a friendly, supportive face before you begin.

Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 2-4.4. You are scheduled to speak to an alumni group at your college in one hour, the purpose of which is to solicit funding for a new recreation center for current students. Describe typical negative thoughts you may have and how these may be channeled into positive self-talk.

34 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: Answers will vary, but responses should trend from negative-oriented thoughts to positive-oriented thoughts through self-talk and possibly even actions.

Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 2-4.5. This chapter explores the nature of speech anxiety. The authors provide several methods that a speaker can use to build confidence. List and explain five of these methods, discussing how each can work to reduce fear.

Answer: Explanations will vary, but answers should discuss five of the following methods: Steps a speaker can take include know your audience and anticipate their reactions; don‘t procrastinate; select an appropriate topic, one you are familiar with and interested in; be prepared by researching your topic, developing a logically coherent outline, and practicing your speech several times; be organized and closely follow the rules of developing a speech; know your introduction and conclusion, including knowing how to end your speech; make the practice real by standing up, practicing aloud, picturing what you are wearing and what the audience will look like, and imagining your speaking situation and/or rehearsing in the actual room; use virtual reality when rehearsing; breathe; channel nervous energy; visualize success; give yourself a mental pep talk; look for positive support; seek speaking opportunities; and focus on what you have accomplished and not on your fear.

Chapter number: 02 Module number: 2.2 Learning Objective: LO2.2 Describe effective strategies for building public speaking confidence.

Topic: How to Build Your Confidence Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

Test Bank Chapter 3 3-1 Multiple Choice 3-1.1. Why is considering your audience at the center of the speechmaking process?

A) It influences every step of the process.

B) It is independent from the other steps in the process.

C) It is a task that needs to be performed during the middle of the process.

D) It is a task that needs to be performed at the end of the process.

35 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: A Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.1 Learning Objective: LO3.1 Explain why it is important to be audience-centered during each step of the speechmaking process.

Topic: Consider Your Audience Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 3-1.2. Which of the following is a requirement for being an audience-centered speaker?

A) staying firm on your delivery style no matter the cultural background of the audience B) choosing a very specific topic in which you have personal interest C) being sensitive to your audience‘s responses during the speech so you can make adjustments D) rehearsing your speech in front of a mirror Answer: C Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.1 Learning Objective: LO3.1 Explain why it is important to be audience-centered during each step of the speechmaking process.

Topic: Consider Your Audience Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 3-1.3. When considering the audience for a speech, you must be mindful of A) how good the person speaking before you will be.

B) their interests, needs, and values.

C) their likes and dislikes.

D) your appearance, so they will pay attention to you.

Answer: B Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.1 Learning Objective: LO3.1 Explain why it is important to be audience-centered during each step of the speechmaking process.

Topic: Consider Your Audience Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 3-1.4. Wanda, who is a car enthusiast, was excited about her informative speech for her introductory public speaking class because she liked her topic: rebuilding a car engine. However, during the speech, the class seemed distracted and disinterested. Given this information about the

36 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

situation, what was most likely Wanda‘s mistake?

A) She didn‘t have enough research and statistics in the speech to make it interesting.

B) She was speaker-centered rather than audience-centered in her topic selection.

C) She confused the roles of speaker and listener.

D) She violated several ethical principles of public speaking.

Answer: B Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.1 Learning Objective: LO3.1 Explain why it is important to be audience-centered during each step of the speechmaking process.

Topic: Consider Your Audience Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 3-1.5. The text suggests three questions for selecting and narrowing a topic. Which of the following is one of these questions?

A) Who do I know in the audience?

B) What is the occasion?

C) What is my experience in public speaking?

D) What are my personal feelings about giving speeches?

Answer: B Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.2 Learning Objective: LO3.2 Select and narrow an appropriate topic for a speech.

Topic: Select and Narrow Your Topic Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 3-1.6. In his public speaking class, Sam presented a three-minute informative speech on hurricanes. He rushed to describe how hurricanes develop, which areas of the earth are prone to hurricanes, how hurricanes are rated, the damage hurricanes do, and what to do when a hurricane hits. From this description, what was most likely Sam‘s mistake?

A) poor topic selection B) lack of appropriate research C) failing to narrow his topic D) incoherent main points Answer: C Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.2

37 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO3.2 Select and narrow an appropriate topic for a speech.

Topic: Select and Narrow Your Topic Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 3-1.7. The three types of general purposes for giving speeches are A) to entertain, to introduce, and to inform.

B) to entertain, to inform, and to persuade.

C) to persuade, to convince, and to move to action.

D) to inform, to demonstrate, and to persuade.

Answer: B Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.3 Learning Objective: LO3.3 Differentiate between a general speech purpose and a specific speech purpose.

Topic: Determine Your Purpose Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-1.8. A speech that is designed to teach, define, illustrate, clarify, or elaborate on a topic reflects A) an explanatory speech purpose.

B) an entertainment speech purpose.

C) a persuasive speech purpose.

D) an informative speech purpose.

Answer: D Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.3 Learning Objective: LO3.3 Differentiate between a general speech purpose and a specific speech purpose.

Topic: Determine Your Purpose Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-1.9. TV and radio commercials, sermons, political speeches, and sales presentations have the general purpose to A) entertain.

B) inspire.

C) persuade.

D) inform.

38 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: C Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.3 Learning Objective: LO3.3 Differentiate between a general speech purpose and a specific speech purpose.

Topic: Determine Your Purpose Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 3-1.10. What is the definition of a specific purpose?

A) a concise statement indicating what you want your audience to be able to do, remember, or feel after your speech B) a one-sentence summary of the main ideas in a speech C) a declaration of whether the speaker wants to inform, persuade, or entertain the audience D) a preview statement, which should be read aloud in the speech introduction Answer: A Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.3 Learning Objective: LO3.3 Differentiate between a general speech purpose and a specific speech purpose.

Topic: Determine Your Purpose Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-1.11. In a speech about voting trends, Michael cited recent statistics but made no attempt to appeal to the audience‘s sense of patriotism or to encourage them to vote more regularly. What is Michael‘s general purpose in this speech?

A) to persuade B) to inform C) to motivate D) to entertain Answer: B Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.3 Learning Objective: LO3.3 Differentiate between a general speech purpose and a specific speech purpose.

Topic: Determine Your Purpose Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know

39 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

3-1.12. In her speech about poor voter turnout, Malia challenged her audience to register and to actually go out and vote at the next election. The purpose of her speech was to A) persuade.

B) inform.

C) entertain.

D) inspire.

Answer: A Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.3 Learning Objective: LO3.3 Differentiate between a general speech purpose and a specific speech purpose.

Topic: Determine Your Purpose Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 3-1.13. ―At the end of my speech, the class will be able to describe how to get assigned to a counselor from the campus counseling service.‖ This statement is an example of a A) general purpose.

B) central idea.

C) specific purpose.

D) main point.

Answer: C Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.3 Learning Objective: LO3.3 Differentiate between a general speech purpose and a specific speech purpose.

Topic: Determine Your Purpose Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-1.14. What aspect of speech preparation contains the one-sentence summary of your speech?

A) the specific-purpose statement B) the central idea C) the general-purpose statement D) the supporting material Answer: B Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.4 Learning Objective: LO3.4 Develop a sentence that captures the central idea of a speech.

40 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Develop Your Central Idea Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-1.15. In her speech about American government, Jaleesa simply subdivided her central idea into the three branches of government. Based on this decision, Jaleesa likely took which of the following approaches for subdividing her central idea?

A) She looked for several reasons why the central idea is true.

B) She looked for logical divisions.

C) She asked herself if the central idea could be supported with a series of steps.

D) She looked for multiple central ideas.

Answer: B Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.5 Learning Objective: LO3.5 Identify three strategies for generating the main ideas for a speech.

Topic: Generate the Main Ideas Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 3-1.16. What determines how many major ideas will be in your speech?

A) how interesting your topic is and how interested your audience will be in it B) the length of time you are given C) your time limit, topic, and information gleaned from your research D) the amount of information researched, your time limit, and how long you have to write the speech Answer: C Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.5 Learning Objective: LO3.5 Identify three strategies for generating the main ideas for a speech.

Topic: Generate the Main Ideas Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 3-1.17. Travis presented a speech that consisted of a long list of statistics on auto sales in the United States. What technique should he have used to clarify these statistics?

A) He should have put the statistics on a visual aid.

B) He should have compared the statistics to something tangible the audience understood.

C) He should have repeated the statistics at least twice.

D) He should have made each statistic a main idea of the speech.

41 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: B Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.6 Learning Objective: LO3.6 Describe several types of supporting material that could be used to support speech ideas.

Topic: Gather Supporting Material Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 3-1.18. The three major divisions of a speech are A) the introduction, the body, and the conclusion.

B) the introduction, the preview, and the main points.

C) the introduction, the body, and transitions.

D) the introduction, the conclusion, and the delivery.

Answer: A Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.7 Learning Objective: LO3.7 Develop a speech with three main organizational parts—an introduction, a body, and a conclusion.

Topic: Organize Your Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-1.19. A primary purpose of an introduction is to A) make the audience laugh.

B) tell what all of your sources are.

C) move your audience to action.

D) get the audience‘s attention.

Answer: D Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.7 Learning Objective: LO3.7 Develop a speech with three main organizational parts—an introduction, a body, and a conclusion.

Topic: Organize Your Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-1.20. Chantal had a speech to prepare for her public speaking class. She started by selecting a topic and doing her research, and then she sat down to draft the speech. She wrote out the introduction first, then wrote a version of the intro that she would use as a conclusion. Then she

42 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

outlined the main points of the body of the speech. Based upon the guidelines provided in the text, is this the correct way to organize a speech?

A) Yes; your text says to draft an introduction first, since it‘s the first thing you‘ll say in the speech; then draft the conclusion, followed by the body.

B) No; your text suggests drafting the conclusion first, then the introduction, then the body, because conclusions usually don‘t get enough attention if you work on them last.

C) No; your text suggests starting with the body of the speech first, then going back and drafting the introduction and conclusion.

D) Yes; your text does not suggest any particular order for drafting the three sections of a speech but rather recommends that speakers choose their own preferred method.

Answer: C Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.7 Learning Objective: LO3.7 Develop a speech with three main organizational parts—an introduction, a body, and a conclusion.

Topic: Organize Your Speech Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 3-1.21. Which of the following is a guideline for outlining your speech?

A) Use italics for your main points.

B) Use Arabic numerals to indicate your major ideas.

C) Use capital letters for supporting points.

D) Use Roman numerals if you need to subdivide your ideas further.

Answer: C Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.7 Learning Objective: LO3.7 Develop a speech with three main organizational parts—an introduction, a body, and a conclusion.

Topic: Organize Your Speech Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 3-1.22. Which of the following is a rehearsal suggestion provided in the text?

A) Practice quietly or in your head to save your energy for the presentation.

B) Memorize the speech word for word so you are prepared for the presentation.

C) Rehearse standing up if that‘s how you plan to deliver your speech.

D) Do not practice with your speaking notes so they will be more helpful during the presentation.

Answer: C

43 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.8 Learning Objective: LO3.8 Identify successful strategies for rehearsing a speech.

Topic: Rehearse Your Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-1.23. Rehearsing your speech is A) only necessary for in-person presentations but not virtual presentations.

B) necessary so that you can memorize it word for word.

C) unnecessary since the best speakers read their speeches from a paper.

D) a way to measure your message so you get it right when you present it.

Answer: D Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.8 Learning Objective: LO3.8 Identify successful strategies for rehearsing a speech.

Topic: Rehearse Your Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-1.24. Before walking up to give your speech, what is the final step you should take?

A) Eat something so hunger does not distract you while speaking.

B) Look at your listeners to see if they are who you expected for your message.

C) Remind yourself to be as brief as possible.

D) Look at your audience to see how many people will be looking at you.

Answer: B Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.9 Learning Objective: LO3.9 Describe the essential elements of effective speech delivery.

Topic: Deliver Your Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-1.25. Which of the following is a guideline for effective speech delivery?

A) Concentrate on your message and your audience.

B) Smile during every single moment of your speech.

C) Do not look at your audience during your presentation.

D) Deliver your speech in a monotone or overly animated style, depending on the topic.

Answer: A

44 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.9 Learning Objective: LO3.9 Describe the essential elements of effective speech delivery.

Topic: Deliver Your Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

3-2 True/False 3-2.1. Being audience-centered is something that begins even before you speak.

Answer: True Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.1 Learning Objective: LO3.1 Explain why it is important to be audience-centered during each step of the speechmaking process.

Topic: Consider Your Audience Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-2.2. Sensitivity to the audience‘s response during the speech can enable the speaker to make appropriate adjustments.

Answer: True Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.1 Learning Objective: LO3.1 Explain why it is important to be audience-centered during each step of the speechmaking process.

Topic: Consider Your Audience Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-2.3. When selecting and narrowing your speech topic, you should ask yourself the question ―What are my interests, talents, and experiences?‖ Answer: True Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.2 Learning Objective: LO3.2 Select and narrow an appropriate topic for a speech.

Topic: Select and Narrow Your Topic Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

45 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

3-2.4. The primary objective of class lectures, seminars, and workshops is to inform.

Answer: True Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.3 Learning Objective: LO3.3 Differentiate between a general speech purpose and a specific speech purpose.

Topic: Determine Your Purpose Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-2.5. A specific-purpose statement is a statement of your major ideas.

Answer: False Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.3 Learning Objective: LO3.3 Differentiate between a general speech purpose and a specific speech purpose.

Topic: Determine Your Purpose Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-2.6. The central idea is a one-sentence summary of your speech.

Answer: True Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.4 Learning Objective: LO3.4 Develop a sentence that captures the central idea of a speech.

Topic: Develop Your Central Idea Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-2.7. Tangible supporting material is more interesting to most people than abstract statistics.

Answer: True Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.6 Learning Objective: LO3.6 Describe several types of supporting material that could be used to support speech ideas.

Topic: Gather Supporting Material Difficulty: easy

46 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Remember the Facts 3-2.8. Introductions and conclusions should be prepared before you have organized the body of your speech.

Answer: False Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.7 Learning Objective: LO3.7 Develop a speech with three main organizational parts—an introduction, a body, and a conclusion.

Topic: Organize Your Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

3-2.9. You should memorize your speech so you use exactly the same words every time.

Answer: False Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.8 Learning Objective: LO3.8 Identify successful strategies for rehearsing a speech.

Topic: Rehearse Your Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-2.10. You should deliver your speech using a conversational tone.

Answer: True Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.9 Learning Objective: LO3.9 Describe the essential elements of effective speech delivery.

Topic: Deliver Your Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-3 Fill-in-the-blank 3-3.1. Being audience-centered means making decisions for the style and content of your speech ________ you speak.

Answer: before Chapter number: 03

47 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 3.1 Learning Objective: LO3.1 Explain why it is important to be audience-centered during each step of the speechmaking process.

Topic: Consider Your Audience Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-3.2. Delivery style, pattern of organization, and examples are all things that might have to be changed depending on your _________.

Answer: audience Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.1 Learning Objective: LO3.1 Explain why it is important to be audience-centered during each step of the speechmaking process.

Topic: Consider Your Audience Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-3.3. The amount of time you spend preparing for your speech is one of the best predictors of your _________.

Answer: grade Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.2 Learning Objective: LO3.2 Select and narrow an appropriate topic for a speech.

Topic: Select and Narrow Your Topic Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-3.4. To entertain, to inform, and to persuade are the three types of _________ purposes of a speech.

Answer: general Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.3 Learning Objective: LO3.3 Differentiate between a general speech purpose and a specific speech purpose.

Topic: Determine Your Purpose Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

48 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

3-3.5. The _________ _________ is a statement of what you want your listeners to be able to do, remember, or feel once you‘ve completed your speech.

Answer: specific purpose Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.3 Learning Objective: LO3.3 Differentiate between a general speech purpose and a specific speech purpose.

Topic: Determine Your Purpose Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-3.6. Also known as a thesis statement, the _________ _________ identifies the essence of your message.

Answer: central idea Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.4 Learning Objective: LO3.4 Develop a sentence that captures the central idea of a speech.

Topic: Develop Your Central Idea Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-3.7. The ability to develop or discover ideas that result in new insights or new approaches to old problems is known as _________.

Answer: invention Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.5 Learning Objective: LO3.5 Identify three strategies for generating the main ideas for a speech.

Topic: Generate the Main Ideas Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-3.8. The three divisions of a speech, in order, are the _________, _________, and _________.

Answer: introduction; body; conclusion Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.7 Learning Objective: LO3.7 Develop a speech with three main organizational parts—an introduction, a body, and a conclusion.

Topic: Organize Your Speech

49 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-3.9. _________ _________ are used to identify supporting points in your speech‘s outline.

Answer: Capital letters Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.7 Learning Objective: LO3.7 Develop a speech with three main organizational parts—an introduction, a body, and a conclusion.

Topic: Organize Your Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-3.10. When delivering your speech, use some natural variation in _________.

Answer: pitch Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.9 Learning Objective: LO3.9 Describe the essential elements of effective speech delivery.

Topic: Deliver Your Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 3-4 Essay 3-4.1. Why should public speaking be an audience-centered activity, rather than a speakercentered activity? Provide two reasons.

Answer: Responses will vary but should include two of the following: Considering the audience is a continuous process rather than a step in preparing a speech. The audience influences the topic you choose and every step of the speechmaking process. Being audience-centered involves making decisions about the content and style of your speech before you speak, based on knowledge of your audience‘s interests, needs, and values. If you learn new information about your audience at any point during the process of preparing your speech, you may need to revise your thinking or your material. It also means being sensitive to your audience‘s responses during the speech so that you can make appropriate adjustments. This means understanding, affirming, and adapting your message to diverse audiences. Depending on who your audience members are and what topics they are interested in, you will want to adjust your delivery style and possibly your topic, pattern of organization, and the examples you select.

Being sensitive to your audience and adapting your message accordingly will serve you well not only when addressing listeners with cultural backgrounds different from your own but also in all

50 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

types of situations.

Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.1 Learning Objective: LO3.1 Explain why it is important to be audience-centered during each step of the speechmaking process.

Topic: Consider Your Audience Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 3-4.2. You have been given the assignment of writing an informative speech for your public speaking class. Choose a topic based on your personal interests or experience, and explain how you could develop that topic and relate it to your audience.

Answer: Topics and responses will vary. Developing the topic includes three questions: 1. Who is the audience? 2. What are my interests, talents, and experiences? 3. What is the occasion?

Give yourself plenty of time. Determine the general purpose of the speech (to inform, to persuade, or to entertain), as well as the specific purpose (a concise statement indicating what you want your listeners to be able to do, remember, or feel when you finish your speech.

Develop the central idea/thesis statement. Generate main ideas and divide them. Gather supporting material. Outline the speech.

Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.1 and 3.2 Learning Objective: LO3.1 Explain why it is important to be audience-centered during each step of the speechmaking process; Learning Objective: LO3.2 Select and narrow an appropriate topic for a speech.

Topic: Consider Your Audience; Topic: Select and Narrow Your Topic Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 3-4.3. Write a specific-purpose statement for a persuasive speech that attempts to limit television viewing by young children. The target audience is new parents.

Answer: Responses will vary. For example: The audience will understand that limiting television viewing for children in favor of more personal interaction benefits both parents and children by promoting bonding.

Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.3 Learning Objective: LO3.3 Differentiate between a general speech purpose and a specific speech purpose.

Topic: Determine Your Purpose Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

51 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

3-4.4. ―The Wheat Belly diet is based on reducing the amount of processed foods that you eat, avoiding all processed flour, and increasing the amount of exercise you get.‖ Using the three questions provided in your text, determine the BEST approach for subdividing the preceding central idea into main points.

Answer: Divisions will vary. The three questions for dividing a topic are 1. Does the central idea have logical divisions? 2. Can you think of several reasons the central idea is true? 3. Can you support the central idea with a series of steps? Example divisions are 1. What processed foods do we eat every day? 2. What foods contain processed flour? 3. How to increase the amount of exercise you get.

Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.5 Learning Objective: LO3.5 Identify three strategies for generating the main ideas for a speech.

Topic: Generate the Main Ideas Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 3-4.5. What are some guidelines for using supporting material effectively?

Answer: Responses will vary but should include learn to research internet and library resources; look for materials in your daily life; relate materials to your audience; tell stories and use supporting material that appeals to your listeners‘ senses; make statistics understandable.

Chapter number: 03 Module number: 3.6 Learning Objective: LO3.6 Describe several types of supporting material that could be used to support speech ideas.

Topic: Gather Supporting Material Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

Test Bank Chapter 4 4-1 Multiple Choice 4-1.1. _________ are the beliefs, values, and moral principles by which people determine what is right or wrong.

A) Ethics B) Beliefs C) Truths

52 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

D) Rules Answer: A Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.1 Learning Objective: LO4.1 Describe the relationships among ethics, free speech, and credibility.

Topic: Ethics Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-1.2. What must balance the right to free speech?

A) a tolerance for difference B) the responsibility to speak ethically C) the responsibility to speak often and effectively D) the responsibility to cite sources of information Answer: B Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.1 Learning Objective: LO4.1 Describe the relationships among ethics, free speech, and credibility.

Topic: Ethics Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-1.3. Aristotle used the term ethos to refer to a speaker‘s A) charisma.

B) intelligence.

C) credibility.

D) confidence.

Answer: C Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.1 Learning Objective: LO4.1 Describe the relationships among ethics, free speech, and credibility.

Topic: Ethics Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-1.4. The First Amendment of the Constitution guarantees freedom of speech, but this freedom is restricted in speeches that A) advocate changing the law of the land.

B) oppose the current political power.

53 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

C) present a clear and present danger.

D) include pornographic material.

Answer: C Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.2 Learning Objective: LO4.2 Explain how free speech has been both challenged and defended throughout US history.

Topic: The History of Free and Ethical Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-1.5. The first organization formed to protect free speech was the A) US Supreme Court.

B) Speech Act Organization.

C) US Freedom of Speech office D) American Civil Liberties Union.

Answer: D Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.2 Learning Objective: LO4.2 Explain how free speech has been both challenged and defended throughout US history.

Topic: The History of Free and Ethical Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-1.6. In 1964, the Supreme Court ruled that before a public official can recover damages for slander, they must A) prove that the slanderous statement was made with actual malice.

B) agree to a lie detector test that proves their intentions are honest.

C) prove that the slander presents a clear and present danger.

D) sign a contract waiving their right to free speech.

Answer: A Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.2 Learning Objective: LO4.2 Explain how free speech has been both challenged and defended throughout US history.

Topic: The History of Free and Ethical Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

54 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

4-1.7. Steve is an outraged demonstrator who goes so far as to burn a US flag. Is this considered free speech?

A) Yes; in America, any action is constitutionally acceptable.

B) Yes; the Supreme Court views this as a speech act protected by the First Amendment.

C) No; it represents a clear and present danger to the country.

D) No; the act encourages a violent overthrow of the federal government.

Answer: B Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.2 Learning Objective: LO4.2 Explain how free speech has been both challenged and defended throughout US history.

Topic: The History of Free and Ethical Speech Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 4-1.8. After the September 11 terrorist attacks, the passage of the Patriot Act sparked a new debate over the balance between A) foreign policy and domestic policy.

B) national security and free speech.

C) technology and free speech.

D) free speech and government spending.

Answer: B Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.2 Learning Objective: LO4.2 Explain how free speech has been both challenged and defended throughout US history.

Topic: The History of Free and Ethical Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-1.9. In 2021, Amnesty International claimed that _______ contributed to the spread of false or misleading information during the COVID-19 pandemic.

A) social media platforms B) the World Health Organization C) the US Department of Health and Human Services D) newspapers Answer: A Chapter number: 04

55 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 4.2 Learning Objective: LO4.2 Explain how free speech has been both challenged and defended throughout US history.

Topic: The History of Free and Ethical Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-1.10. In public speaking, a socially responsible goal A) cannot be distinguished from an irresponsible goal.

B) aims to have no impact on the audience.

C) is coercive or manipulative.

D) conveys respect and offers the listener choices.

Answer: D Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 4-1.11. If your overall objective is NOT just to inform or persuade but also to coerce listeners, then you are violating a speaking ethic that expects speakers to A) have clear, responsible goals.

B) acknowledge their sources.

C) be unbiased.

D) use sound evidence and reasoning.

Answer: A Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 4-1.12. If you are speaking to an audience about filing income tax returns and you attempt to convince listeners that they should find small ways to ―get back at the government‖ by cheating on their tax returns, you are violating a speaking ethic that expects speakers to A) give the listener choices.

B) have a clear, responsible goal.

C) use sound evidence and reasoning.

56 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

D) acknowledge their sources.

Answer: B Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 4-1.13. Todd gave a speech on the poor quality of local water. He brought in a test kit and demonstrated the water‘s impurity. He then advised purchasing a water-filter pitcher guaranteed to remove these impurities. At the end of his speech, Todd mentioned that he worked for the company that made the pitcher, and had pitchers for sale. What was Todd‘s biggest mistake?

A) Todd used coercion when suggesting that the audience buy the product from him.

B) Todd violated the ethical guideline of having a responsible goal for a speech.

C) Todd used too much evidence and reasoning for an informative speech.

D) Todd‘s speech was actually illegal in that he was advertising in class.

Answer: B Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 4-1.14. In a persuasive speech, speakers should also present information that opposes their point of view because A) it is their responsibility to help the audience reach an informed decision.

B) this information will eventually prove the validity of their argument.

C) it is a legal requirement of public speaking.

D) speakers want to convince the audience that they are sensitive to differences.

Answer: A Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know

57 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

4-1.15. Being aware of others‘ feelings, needs, interests, and backgrounds as you prepare a speech is A) trying to appeal to all sides.

B) being considerate.

C) being overly sensitive.

D) being audience-centered.

Answer: D Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 4-1.16. The willingness to listen to opposing viewpoints and learn about different beliefs and values is known as A) honesty.

B) indecisiveness.

C) accommodation.

D) conviction.

Answer: C Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 4-1.17. A speaker who is sensitive to and tolerant of differences does which of the following?

A) uses biased language B) learns about different beliefs and values C) does not listen to opposing viewpoints D) abandons their own convictions Answer: B Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: moderate

58 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Understand the Concepts 4-1.18. Fatima is giving a persuasive speech about preventive cancer screening. In her introduction, she decides to tell a hypothetical story about receiving a cancer diagnosis and presents it as if it actually happened to her. Is this ethical?

A) Yes, because the overall goal of the speech is clear and responsible B) No, because she is violating an ethical principle that requires that speakers be honest C) No, because only factual stories should be used as introductory devices D) Yes, because it will have strong emotional appeal that will sway her audience Answer: B Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 4-1.19. Using words, sentence structures, or ideas of others without crediting them in your speech is an unethical practice known as A) plagiarism.

B) paraphrasing.

C) misquoting.

D) attribution.

Answer: A Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-1.20. A speaker whose sentences were very similar to those used in a news article would be _____, if the speaker did not acknowledge that the phrasing came from the article.

A) accommodating B) paraphrasing C) patchwriting D) misattributing Answer: C Chapter number: 04

59 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 4-1.21. Which of the following requires a source credit if used in your speech?

A) Indirect quotations B) Statistics C) Popular opinions D) Common knowledge Answer: B Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-1.22. For a speech assignment, Tori finds several quotes on the internet that are perfect for her speech topic. She copies the quotes, then cuts and pastes them into her speech without citing them. Is this ethical?

A) Yes, because she pulled information from multiple sources.

B) No, because she committed patchwriting plagiarism.

C) Yes, because all the information on the internet is public domain.

D) No, because she is infringing upon the authors‘ right to free speech.

Answer: B Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 4-1.23. Mindy is roommates with Carla, a communications major. In preparation for an upcoming class speech, Mindy asks Carla to look over her speech, and Carla heavily edits it.

Which of the following statements BEST pertains in this situation?

A) This is not the most ethical behavior, but it‘s not a serious ethical violation because they are separate majors.

B) This is an ethical violation because the speech is no longer Mindy‘s own original work.

60 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

C) This is not an ethical violation as long as Mindy uses her own way of speaking to give the speech.

D) This is not an ethical violation, but Mindy should consider crediting Carla somewhere in the speech.

Answer: B Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 4-1.24. What information must be recorded when taking notes to cite a source correctly?

A) the author, website, title, paragraph section, and page numbers B) the author, title, publisher or website, publication date, and page numbers C) the author, title, and page numbers only D) the author, title, publication date, page numbers, and date the source was researched Answer: B Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-1.25. When in doubt about whether information is commonly known, a speaker should A) just assume that listeners know it.

B) refrain from using it in their speech.

C) use it but not worry about citing the source.

D) document it.

Answer: D Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 4-2 True/False

61 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

4-2.1. Beliefs, values, and moral principles by which people determine what is right or wrong are termed ethics.

Answer: True Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.1 Learning Objective: LO4.1 Describe the relationships among ethics, free speech, and credibility.

Topic: Ethics Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-2.2. Aristotle used the term ethos to refer to a speaker‘s competence.

Answer: False Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.1 Learning Objective: LO4.1 Describe the relationships among ethics, free speech, and credibility.

Topic: Ethics Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-2.3. A credible speaker is one whom an audience perceives to be competent, knowledgeable, dynamic, and trustworthy.

Answer: True Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.1 Learning Objective: LO4.1 Describe the relationships among ethics, free speech, and credibility.

Topic: Ethics Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-2.4. The Second Amendment to the Constitution guarantees our freedom of speech.

Answer: False Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.2 Learning Objective: LO4.2 Explain how free speech has been both challenged and defended throughout US history.

Topic: The History of Free and Ethical Speech Difficulty: easy

62 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Remember the Facts 4-2.5. Amnesty International has claimed that social media platforms contributed to the spread of misinformation during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Answer: True Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.2 Learning Objective: LO4.2 Explain how free speech has been both challenged and defended throughout US history.

Topic: The History of Free and Ethical Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-2.6. As the boundaries of free speech expand, the importance of ethical speech decreases.

Answer: False Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 4-2.7. Accommodation means that speakers should abandon their own convictions to show tolerance of the audience‘s beliefs.

Answer: False Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 4-2.8. Speakers have an ethical responsibility to give credit for information and ideas that are not their own.

Answer: True Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

63 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-2.9. Speakers have to cite sources for direct quotes but not for paraphrasing.

Answer: False Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-2.10. To be able to acknowledge your sources, you must first practice careful and systematic notetaking.

Answer: True Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-3 Fill-in-the-blank 4-3.1. During the public speaking process, _________ considerations should guide every step.

Answer: ethical Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.1 Learning Objective: LO4.1 Describe the relationships among ethics, free speech, and credibility.

Topic: Ethics Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-3.2. _________ is the root word of ethics and ethical.

Answer: Ethos Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.1

64 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO4.1 Describe the relationships among ethics, free speech, and credibility.

Topic: Ethics Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-3.3. According to the text, an audience perceives a speaker as credible when the speaker is competent, knowledgeable, dynamic, and _________.

Answer: trustworthy Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.1 Learning Objective: LO4.1 Describe the relationships among ethics, free speech, and credibility.

Topic: Ethics Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-3.4. The _________ _________ Act was struck down by the Supreme Court, which viewed the freedom of expression in a democratic society as more important than any theoretical benefit of censorship.

Answer: Communications Decency Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.2 Learning Objective: LO4.2 Explain how free speech has been both challenged and defended throughout US history.

Topic: The History of Free and Ethical Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-3.5. When creating a speech, a socially _________ goal conveys respect and offers the listener choices.

Answer: responsible Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-3.6. According to your text, if your speech‘s overall objective is to demean, coerce, or _________, it is unethical.

65 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: manipulate Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-3.7. Sensitivity to differences is known as_________.

Answer: accommodation Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-3.8. _________ is defined as presenting the words, sentence structures, or ideas of others without crediting them.

Answer: Plagiarism Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-3.9. Using compelling phrases from a source that you do not credit or acknowledge is known as _________.

Answer: patchwriting Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 4-3.10. MLA and APA style guides provide guidelines for creating a_________ _________.

66 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: written citation Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

4-4 Essay 4-4.1. Explain what is meant by the statement ―The right to speak freely must be balanced by the responsibility to speak ethically.‖ Answer: Answers will vary but may include references to speaker credibility/trustworthiness and to having a socially responsible goal, presenting all information to an audience, being sensitive to and tolerant of differences, and being honest.

Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.1 and 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.1 Describe the relationships among ethics, free speech, and credibility; LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Ethics; Speaking Ethically Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 4-4.2. What historical events have significantly impacted free speech in the United States?

Provide examples of the three events you perceive as being most influential in the evolution of free speech in the US. Answer: Events being perceived as influential will vary, but answers should include the following historical events: 1791: First Amendment to the US Constitution guaranteed that ―Congress shall make no law . . . abridging the freedom of speech.‖ 1919: Supreme Court ruled that it was lawful to restrict speech that presented ―a clear and present danger‖ to the nation. This led to the founding of the American Civil Liberties Union, the first organization formed to protect free speech. 1940: Congress declared it illegal to urge the violent overthrow of the federal government. However, for most of the last half of the twentieth century, the Supreme Court continued to protect rather than to limit free speech, upholding it as ―the core aspect of democracy.‖ 1964: Supreme Court narrowed the definition of slander and ruled that before a public official can recover damages for slander, they must prove that the slanderous statement was made with ―actual malice.‖ 1989: Supreme Court defended the burning of the US‘ flag as a ―speech act‖ protected by the First Amendment. 1997: Supreme Court struck down the federal

67 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Communications Decency Act of 1996 and ruled that ―the interest in encouraging freedom of expression in a democratic society outweighs any theoretical but unproven benefit of censorship.‖ 2001: The September 11 terrorist attacks sparked passage of the Patriot Act and new debate over the balance between national security and free speech. 2013: In the wake of the acquittal of the shooter of unarmed black teenager Trayvon Martin, Black Lives Matter gains traction in protesting racism and anti-Black brutality. 2017: The hashtag #MeToo becomes the slogan of a free speech movement for survivors of sexual harassment and assault. 2021: Amnesty International claims that social media platforms have contributed to the spread of false and misleading information during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.2 Learning Objective: LO4.2 Explain how free speech has been both challenged and defended throughout US history.

Topic: The History of Free and Ethical Speech Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 4-4.3. What constitutes a clear and responsible goal in public speaking? Provide specific examples of both ethical and unethical speaking goals.

Answer: Examples will vary, but answers should include the following five criteria: have a clear, responsible goal; use sound evidence and reasoning; be sensitive to, and tolerant of, differences; be honest; and don‘t plagiarize.

Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 4-4.4. Explain the difference between the concept of accommodation and abandoning your convictions. How can you be accommodating while still holding firm to your beliefs? Provide specific examples.

Answer: Specific examples will vary, but answers should include the definition of accommodation as being as aware as possible of others‘ feelings, needs, interests, and backgrounds. It communicates respect through demonstrating a willingness to listen to opposing viewpoints and learning about different beliefs and values.

Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically

68 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

4-4.5. Explain patchwriting as it relates to public speaking, and provide specific examples of patchwriting.

Answer: Examples will vary, but answers should include the definition of patchwriting as lacing a speech with compelling phrases that you find in a source but do not credit.

Chapter number: 04 Module number: 4.3 Learning Objective: LO4.3 List and explain five criteria for ethical public speaking.

Topic: Speaking Ethically Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

Test Bank Chapter 5 5-1 Multiple Choice 5-1.1. Because we hear so many sounds simultaneously, the first requirement of listening is to A) select.

B) understand.

C) remember.

D) attend.

Answer: A Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.1 Learning Objective: LO5.1 List and describe five barriers to effective listening.

Topic: Overcoming Barriers to Effective Listening Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-1.2. When we, as listeners, focus on the message, we A) attend.

B) remember.

C) understand.

D) respond.

Answer: A

69 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.1 Learning Objective: LO5.1 List and describe five barriers to effective listening.

Topic: Overcoming Barriers to Effective Listening Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-1.3. Marco is preparing a speech on the basic principles underlying nuclear physics.

Justifiably, he is concerned about the technical terms in his speech because it is highly likely that his audience will not be familiar with this topic. If Marco doesn‘t translate the terms into recognizable forms, what aspect of the listening process will be hampered for his listeners?

A) remembering B) attending C) understanding D) selecting Answer: C Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.1 Learning Objective: LO5.1 List and describe five barriers to effective listening.

Topic: Overcoming Barriers to Effective Listening Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 5-1.4. When listeners assign meaning to a message, they are A) selecting.

B) understanding.

C) attending.

D) remembering.

Answer: B Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.1 Learning Objective: LO5.1 List and describe five barriers to effective listening.

Topic: Overcoming Barriers to Effective Listening Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-1.5. When listeners react with behavior that demonstrates they listened to a message, they are A) attending.

B) selecting.

C) understanding.

70 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

D) responding.

Answer: D Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.1 Learning Objective: LO5.1 List and describe five barriers to effective listening.

Topic: Overcoming Barriers to Effective Listening Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-1.6. Nick is worried about his statistics exam after lunch, so he isn‘t really listening to his speech instructor. The listening barrier here is A) personal concerns.

B) personal prejudice.

C) information overload.

D) outside distractions.

Answer: A Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.1 Learning Objective: LO5.1 List and describe five barriers to effective listening.

Topic: Overcoming Barriers to Effective Listening Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 5-1.7. Tiana comes into the classroom early on the day of her speech. She closes the blinds, checks the room temperature, and adjusts the lighting. Which barrier to listening is Tiana trying to overcome?

A) information overload B) receiver apprehension C) personal concerns D) outside distractions Answer: D Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.1 Learning Objective: LO5.1 List and describe five barriers to effective listening.

Topic: Overcoming Barriers to Effective Listening Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 5-1.8. When the audience has clearly decided before you even begin to speak that you will have

71 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

nothing useful to say, the listening barrier you need to overcome is A) information overload.

B) personal concerns.

C) prejudice.

D) redundancy.

Answer: C Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.1 Learning Objective: LO5.1 List and describe five barriers to effective listening.

Topic: Overcoming Barriers to Effective Listening Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 5-1.9. Kari is listening to speeches from the candidates for Art Club president. When it is Sharon‘s turn to speak, Kari notices Sharon does not make eye contact with her audience and keeps her arms crossed throughout her entire speech. Kari is using which listening strategy?

A) Listen mindfully.

B) Be a selfish listener.

C) Listen ethically.

D) Listen with your eyes.

Answer: D Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.2 Learning Objective: LO5.2 Identify and implement strategies for becoming a better listener.

Topic: How to Become a Better Listener Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 5-1.10. Javi attends a political debate held at his school. The first candidate to speak is someone from the opposing political party. Although Javi does not care for the candidate, the topic at hand is important to him. Which listening strategy should Javi utilize in this situation?

A) Listen mindfully.

B) Be a selfish listener.

C) Practice listening.

D) Become an active listener.

Answer: A Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.2 Learning Objective: LO5.2 Identify and implement strategies for becoming a better listener.

72 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: How to Become a Better Listener Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 5-1.11. In her speech about homelessness in the United States, Charlotte makes an offhand comment that causes Amy, an audience member who once experienced homelessness, to become angry. What type of listening strategy should Amy use in this situation?

A) Listen ethically.

B) Listen mindfully.

C) Listen for major ideas.

D) Monitor your emotional reaction to a message.

Answer: D Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.2 Learning Objective: LO5.2 Identify and implement strategies for becoming a better listener.

Topic: How to Become a Better Listener Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 5-1.12. What kind of listening strategy occurs during a speech when the listeners ask themselves, ―What‘s in this for me?‖ A) Be a selfish listener.

B) Practice listening.

C) Become an active listener.

D) Listen mindfully.

Answer: A Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.2 Learning Objective: LO5.2 Identify and implement strategies for becoming a better listener.

Topic: How to Become a Better Listener Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 5-1.13. In a speech about how Texas became a state, Martina provided three main points and delivered them in a chronological pattern. Two of her classmates, Anna and Natsu, were discussing the speech the next day. Anna remembered Martina‘s three main points, while Natsu only remembered the story used in the introduction. Who was the better listener, according to the textbook‘s strategies to enhance listening skills?

A) Natsu was the better listener because she followed the tip ―listen mindfully.‖ B) Natsu was the better listener because she followed the tip ―be a selfish listener.‖

73 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

C) Anna was the better listener because she followed the tip ―listen for major ideas.‖ D) Anna was the better listener because she followed the tip ―become an active listener.‖ Answer: C Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.2 Learning Objective: LO5.2 Identify and implement strategies for becoming a better listener.

Topic: How to Become a Better Listener Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 5-1.14. A person who likes information delivered with lots of facts and details is likely a(n) ________ listener.

A) relational-oriented B) analytical C) task-oriented D) critical Answer: B Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.2 Learning Objective: LO5.2 Identify and implement strategies for becoming a better listener.

Topic: How to Become a Better Listener Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-1.15. Cassie is a psychologist who deals with children and their emotional difficulties. What kind of listening style would she most likely have?

A) relational-oriented B) task-oriented C) judgmental D) critical Answer: A Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.2 Learning Objective: LO5.2 Identify and implement strategies for becoming a better listener.

Topic: How to Become a Better Listener Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 5-1.16. A person who prefers to listen for actions that need to be taken is which kind of listener?

74 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

A) task-oriented B) critical C) relational-oriented D) analytical Answer: A Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.2 Learning Objective: LO5.2 Identify and implement strategies for becoming a better listener.

Topic: How to Become a Better Listener Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-1.17. A person who spends time evaluating messages and is likely to catch inconsistencies and errors in the overall reasoning and evidence used to reach a conclusion is likely using which type of listening style?

A) task-oriented B) analytical C) relational-oriented D) critical Answer: D Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.2 Learning Objective: LO5.2 Identify and implement strategies for becoming a better listener.

Topic: How to Become a Better Listener Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-1.18. Paul remains alert and mentally re-sorts, rephrases, and repeats key information when listening to a speech. What type of listener is Paul?

A) an apprehensive listener B) an attentive listener C) an active listener D) a critical listener Answer: C Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.2 Learning Objective: LO5.2 Identify and implement strategies for becoming a better listener.

Topic: How to Become a Better Listener Difficulty: moderate

75 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Apply What You Know 5-1.19. As an audience member who is listening ethically, you should A) keep in mind that different cultures often have different styles of speaking.

B) withhold any nonverbal feedback until the conclusion of the speech.

C) refrain from questioning the speaker‘s facts.

D) avoid attending speeches with topics in which you have no interest.

Answer: A Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.2 Learning Objective: LO5.2 Identify and implement strategies for becoming a better listener.

Topic: How to Become a Better Listener Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 5-1.20. _________is the process of listening to evaluate the quality, appropriateness, value, and importance of the information you hear.

A) Accommodation B) Critical listening C) Information overload D) Reasoning Answer: B Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.3 Learning Objective: LO5.3 Identify and implement strategies for improving your critical listening and thinking skills.

Topic: How to Improve Critical Listening and Thinking Skills Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-1.21. The mental process of making accurate judgments about the conclusions presented in what you see, hear, and read is A) critical thinking.

B) critical inference.

C) critical information.

D) critical listening.

Answer: A Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.3

76 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO5.3 Identify and implement strategies for improving your critical listening and thinking skills.

Topic: How to Improve Critical Listening and Thinking Skills Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-1.22. A(n) _________is a conclusion based on partial information or an evaluation that has not been directly observed.

A) accommodation B) fact C) inference D) statistic Answer: C Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.3 Learning Objective: LO5.3 Identify and implement strategies for improving your critical listening and thinking skills.

Topic: How to Improve Critical Listening and Thinking Skills Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-1.23. According to your text, when evaluating something, you judge it by its A) importance.

B) value and appropriateness.

C) facts and evidence.

D) appeal.

Answer: B Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.4 Learning Objective: LO5.4 Use criteria to effectively and appropriately evaluate speeches.

Topic: How to Analyze and Evaluate Speeches Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-1.24. _________ is the process of using a method or criteria to evaluate the effectiveness and appropriateness of messages.

A) Accommodation B) Critical thinking C) Rhetorical criticism D) Reasoning

77 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: C Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.4 Learning Objective: LO5.4 Use criteria to effectively and appropriately evaluate speeches.

Topic: How to Analyze and Evaluate Speeches Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-1.25. Which of the following is a guideline for giving feedback on a speech to others?

A) Be specific.

B) Be general.

C) Be complimentary.

D) Be blunt.

Answer: A Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.4 Learning Objective: LO5.4 Use criteria to effectively and appropriately evaluate speeches.

Topic: How to Analyze and Evaluate Speeches Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 5-2 True/False 5-2.1. Selecting, attending, understanding, remembering, and responding are all a part of effective listening.

Answer: True Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.1 Learning Objective: LO5.1 List and describe five barriers to effective listening.

Topic: Overcoming Barriers to Effective Listening Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-2.2. According to the working memory theory of listening, as listeners, we find it harder to concentrate on and remember messages when our working memory is full.

Answer: True Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.1

78 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO5.1 List and describe five barriers to effective listening.

Topic: Overcoming Barriers to Effective Listening Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-2.3. If a listener is suffering from information overload, a speaker should employ lessinteresting supporting material.

Answer: False Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.1 Learning Objective: LO5.1 List and describe five barriers to effective listening.

Topic: Overcoming Barriers to Effective Listening Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-2.4. While explaining the complex process of creating a wedding cake, Sam periodically repeated the steps already covered to make sure everyone was following the process. Sam was attempting to avoid information overload.

Answer: True Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.1 Learning Objective: LO5.1 List and describe five barriers to effective listening.

Topic: Overcoming Barriers to Effective Listening Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 5-2.5. When you listen with your eyes, you pay attention to the speaker‘s nonverbal cues.

Answer: True Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.2 Learning Objective: LO5.2 Identify and implement strategies for becoming a better listener.

Topic: How to Become a Better Listener Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 5-2.6. A relational-oriented listener prefers a speaker who avoids emotion.

Answer: False Chapter number: 05

79 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 5.2 Learning Objective: LO5.2 Identify and implement strategies for becoming a better listener.

Topic: How to Become a Better Listener Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-2.7. Research indicates that you will do a better job of remembering what you hear if you type your notes on a computer rather than write them in longhand.

Answer: False Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.2 Learning Objective: LO5.2 Identify and implement strategies for becoming a better listener.

Topic: How to Become a Better Listener Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-2.8. Critical listening and critical thinking are the same process.

Answer: False Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.3 Learning Objective: LO5.3 Identify and implement strategies for improving your critical listening and thinking skills.

Topic: How to Improve Critical Listening and Thinking Skills Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 5-2.9. There is no difference between a fact and an inference.

Answer: False Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.3 Learning Objective: LO5.3 Identify and implement strategies for improving your critical listening and thinking skills.

Topic: How to Improve Critical Listening and Thinking Skills Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 5-2.10. ―Be positive‖ is not a tip for giving feedback to others on their speech.

Answer: False

80 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.4 Learning Objective: LO5.4 Use criteria to effectively and appropriately evaluate speeches.

Topic: How to Analyze and Evaluate Speeches Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-3 Fill-in-the-blank 5-3.1. According to the _________ memory theory of listening, as listeners, we find it harder to concentrate on and remember messages when our working memory is full.

Answer: working Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.1 Learning Objective: LO5.1 List and describe five barriers to effective listening.

Topic: Overcoming Barriers to Effective Listening Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-3.2. Most people talk at a rate of _________ words a minute.

Answer: 125 Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.1 Learning Objective: LO5.1 List and describe five barriers to effective listening.

Topic: Overcoming Barriers to Effective Listening Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-3.3. As stated by your text, most people are able to listen to as many as 700 or _________ words a minute.

Answer: 1,200 Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.1 Learning Objective: LO5.1 List and describe five barriers to effective listening.

Topic: Overcoming Barriers to Effective Listening Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-3.4. Avoiding information overload, minimizing outside distractions, and counteracting

81 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

prejudice as a listener or speaker are all ways to overcome _________ to effective listening.

Answer: barriers Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.1 Learning Objective: LO5.1 List and describe five barriers to effective listening.

Topic: Overcoming Barriers to Effective Listening Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 5-3.5. A _________ listener asks themselves, ―What‘s in this for me?‖ Answer: selfish Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.2 Learning Objective: LO5.2 Identify and implement strategies for becoming a better listener.

Topic: How to Become a Better Listener Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 5-3.6. ________ listeners often withhold judgment before reaching a conclusion.

Answer: Analytical Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.2 Learning Objective: LO5.2 Identify and implement strategies for becoming a better listener.

Topic: How to Become a Better Listener Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-3.7. During a speech, a(n) _________ listener re-sorts, rephrases, and repeats key information.

Answer: active Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.2 Learning Objective: LO5.2 Identify and implement strategies for becoming a better listener.

Topic: How to Become a Better Listener Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-3.8. The process of listening to evaluate the quality, appropriateness, value, and importance of the information you hear is known as critical _________.

82 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: listening Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.3 Learning Objective: LO5.3 Identify and implement strategies for improving your critical listening and thinking skills.

Topic: How to Improve Critical Listening and Thinking Skills Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-3.9. The process of using a method or criteria to evaluate the effectiveness and appropriateness of messages is called _________ _________.

Answer: rhetorical criticism Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.4 Learning Objective: LO5.4 Use criteria to effectively and appropriately evaluate speeches.

Topic: How to Analyze and Evaluate Speeches Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 5-3.10. Be specific, be constructive, and be realistic are all tips for giving _________ to others.

Answer: feedback Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.4 Learning Objective: LO5.4 Use criteria to effectively and appropriately evaluate speeches.

Topic: How to Analyze and Evaluate Speeches Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 5-4 Essay 5-4.1. Five barriers may interfere with your ability to listen effectively. In a well-developed, thorough essay, explain each barrier and provide an example of how each applies to the public speaking context.

Answer: Examples will vary, but answers should list the following five criteria: 1. Information overload 2. Personal concerns 3. Outside distractions 4. Prejudice

83 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

5. Differences between speech rate and thought rate Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.1 Learning Objective: LO5.1 List and describe five barriers to effective listening.

Topic: Overcoming Barriers to Effective Listening Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 5-4.2. There are several ways that people can improve their listening abilities. In a welldeveloped essay, select four of these methods, explain what each means, and offer an example of how each applies to a public speaking situation.

Answer: Examples will vary, but answers should include four of the following methods: 1. Listen with your eyes.

2. Listen mindfully.

3. Monitor your emotional reaction to a message.

4. Be a selfish listener.

5. Listen for major ideas.

6. Practice effective listening.

7. Understand your listening style.

8. Become an active listener.

9. Take effective notes.

10. Listen ethically.

Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.2 Learning Objective: LO5.2 Identify and implement strategies for becoming a better listener.

Topic: How to Become a Better Listener Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 5-4.3. Briefly describe each of the four major listening styles described in the text, and determine which one applies to you most.

Answer: Answers will vary but should include the following four styles and descriptions: 1. Relational-oriented: comfortable listing to others express feelings and emotions 2. Task-oriented: listen for actions that need to be taken, are skeptical, and prefer being given evidence to support recommendations for action 3. Analytical: prefer to listen to complex information laced with facts and details and often withhold judgment before reaching a specific conclusion.

4. Critical: spend time evaluating messages and are likely to catch inconsistencies and errors in the overall reasoning and evidence used to reach a conclusion.

Chapter number: 05

84 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 5.2 Learning Objective: LO5.2 Identify and implement strategies for becoming a better listener.

Topic: How to Become a Better Listener Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 5-4.4. Summarize the guidelines for ethical listening, and identify situations in which each could be effectively used.

Answer: Examples will vary, but the guidelines for ethical listening should include the following: Communicate your expectations and feedback: The audience member has the right to enter into a communication situation with expectations about the message and how the speaker will deliver it; they should know what information and ideas they want to get out of the communication transaction; they should expect a coherent, organized, and competently delivered presentation; and they should use verbal and nonverbal feedback to communicate their objectives and react to the speaker‘s message and delivery.

Be sensitive to and tolerant of differences: It is important for the audience member to remember that their preferred approach to speaking and listening may differ from the speaker‘s, but that doesn‘t make the speaker‘s approach wrong; they should remember that different cultures often have different styles of speaking; and they should appropriately adapt their listening style to maximize their comprehension of the message.

Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.2 Learning Objective: LO5.2 Identify and implement strategies for becoming a better listener.

Topic: How to Become a Better Listener Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 5-4.5. Your textbook provides several tips for analyzing and evaluating speeches, as well as for evaluating your own performances. In an in-depth essay, first discuss the important role that rhetorical criticism plays in the development of one‘s listening and speaking skills. Then discuss two of the guidelines for evaluating others‘ presentations and two guidelines for evaluating your own speaking abilities.

Answer: Rhetorical criticism allows a speaker to learn the value and appropriateness of their speech and helps them to improve through understanding what message they are conveying to an audience. It helps a listener to evaluate the effectiveness and appropriateness of messages.

Tips for giving feedback to others include being descriptive, specific, positive, constructive, sensitive, and realistic.

Tips for giving feedback to yourself include looking for and reinforcing your skills and speaking abilities, evaluating your effectiveness based on your specific speaking situation and audience,

85 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

and identifying one or two areas for improvement.

Chapter number: 05 Module number: 5.4 Learning Objective: LO5.4 Use criteria to effectively and appropriately evaluate speeches.

Topic: How to Analyze and Evaluate Speeches Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

Test Bank Chapter 6 6-1 Multiple Choice 6-1.1. Observing your audience and asking questions about them are forms of A) formal audience analysis.

B) environmental analysis.

C) informal audience analysis.

D) gathering supporting material.

Answer: C Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.1 Learning Objective: LO6.1 Use informal and formal methods of gathering information about your audience.

Topic: Gathering Information about Your Audience Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-1.2. Before planning his class speech on gun control legislation, Brad passed around a brief questionnaire asking whether his classmates were for or against gun control, whether they agree with the current laws, etc. Was this a good idea, according to your text?

A) Yes; performing this form of audience analysis is a good idea when it is possible.

B) Yes; this is a useful technique for analyzing the audience, since it will interest them in hearing what Brad has to say.

C) No; by using the questionnaire, he is revealing his speech topic to the class.

D) No; the class is a captive audience, so finding out their views ahead of time isn‘t necessary.

Answer: A Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.1 Learning Objective: LO6.1 Use informal and formal methods of gathering information about your audience.

86 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Gathering Information about Your Audience Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 6-1.3. _________questions allow for unrestricted answers without limiting responses to choices or alternatives.

A) Closed-ended B) Critical thinking C) Informal D) Open-ended Answer: D Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.1 Learning Objective: LO6.1 Use informal and formal methods of gathering information about your audience.

Topic: Gathering Information about Your Audience Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-1.4. Asking a question such as ―What do you believe the state should do about funding education?‖ is an example of ________ question.

A) a closed-ended B) an open-ended C) a psychological D) a leading Answer: B Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.1 Learning Objective: LO6.1 Use informal and formal methods of gathering information about your audience.

Topic: Gathering Information about Your Audience Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 6-1.5. For her informative speech assignment, Carol has chosen biomedical ethics as her topic.

Before she begins, she compiles a questionnaire of open-ended questions for audience members.

What kind of information will she gain from this type of question?

A) general B) biased C) vague

87 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

D) detailed Answer: D Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.1 Learning Objective: LO6.1 Use informal and formal methods of gathering information about your audience.

Topic: Gathering Information about Your Audience Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 6-1.6. You‘re deciding on a speech topic but need some information from your audience. Rather than asking them to divulge their opinions out loud on a couple of topics, you design a short questionnaire. The questionnaire asks whether a person agrees or disagrees with a series of statements regarding various topics. What question type are you using for the survey?

A) formal B) informal C) closed-ended D) open-ended Answer: C Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.1 Learning Objective: LO6.1 Use informal and formal methods of gathering information about your audience.

Topic: Gathering Information about Your Audience Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 6-1.7. When you ethically use the information you gathered to customize your speech to your audience, you are performing A) demographic analysis.

B) ethnocentrism.

C) audience adaptation.

D) psychological analysis.

Answer: C Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.2 Learning Objective: LO6.2 Explain how to analyze and use information to adapt to your audience.

Topic: Analyze Audience Information

88 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-1.8. Mr. Herrod knows not all of his students are thrilled to be in his geometry course.

However, in each class, he references popular events and entertainment he knows he and his students both find interesting, and demonstrates real ways geometry plays a role in each. Mr. Herrod is trying to A) secretly educate his students on topics they find uninteresting.

B) become the most popular instructor.

C) find common ground with his students.

D) connect with the younger generation.

Answer: C Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.2 Learning Objective: LO6.2 Explain how to analyze and use information to adapt to your audience.

Topic: Analyze Audience Information Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 6-1.9. Hakim is giving a speech about majoring in archeology to a group of high school students.

He requests information on the audience members‘ group membership, culture, and socioeconomic status so he can better connect archeology with their interests. What type of analysis is Hakim doing?

A) psychological B) cultural C) ethical D) demographic Answer: D Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.3 Learning Objective: LO6.3 Explain how to identify demographic information about your audience.

Topic: Identifying Demographic Information Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know

6-1.10. Collecting information about audience members concerning their age, gender, and ethnicity is part of ________ analysis.

89 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

A) situational B) psychological C) diversity D) demographic Answer: D Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.3 Learning Objective: LO6.3 Explain how to identify demographic information about your audience.

Topic: Identifying Demographic Information Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-1.11. Finding out that you will give your speech to an all-male audience whose members are around 30 years old is a form of ________ analysis.

A) demographic B) socioeconomic C) situational D) psychological Answer: A Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.3 Learning Objective: LO6.3 Explain how to identify demographic information about your audience.

Topic: Identifying Demographic Information Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 6-1.12. The culturally constructed and psychologically based perception of one‘s self as feminine, masculine, or androgynous is A) gender.

B) ethnocentrism.

C) sexuality.

D) socioeconomic status.

Answer: A Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.3 Learning Objective: LO6.3 Explain how to identify demographic information about your audience.

90 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Identifying Demographic Information Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-1.13. A social classification based on a variety of factors, such as nationality, religion, language, and ancestral heritage, that are shared by a group of people who also share a common geographic origin is referred to as A) race.

B) ethnicity.

C) culture.

D) ethnocentrism.

Answer: B Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.3 Learning Objective: LO6.3 Explain how to identify demographic information about your audience.

Topic: Identifying Demographic Information Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 6-1.14. What is ethnocentrism?

A) the belief that almost everyone in a cultural group will agree on core beliefs and values B) the attitude that the diverse cultural beliefs around the world should be respected by all C) the assumption that one‘s own cultural traditions and perspectives are superior to those of others D) the belief that although cultures are different, they all favor peace and harmony Answer: C Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.3 Learning Objective: LO6.3 Explain how to identify demographic information about your audience.

Topic: Identifying Demographic Information Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-1.15. As she prepares to speak to a group of fellow physical therapists, Dr. Kris recalls how many of her own coworkers believe they are making a difference in their patients‘ lives. She decides to work this aspect into her speech‘s conclusion to rally her listeners. This tactic focuses on which type of audience information?

A) ethnicity and race

91 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

B) group membership C) age D) ethnocentrism Answer: B Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.3 Learning Objective: LO6.3 Explain how to identify demographic information about your audience.

Topic: Identifying Demographic Information Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 6-1.16. A speaker who analyzes the audience‘s income, occupation, and educational level is interested in its A) cultural awareness.

B) individualism.

C) ethnicity.

D) socioeconomic status.

Answer: D Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.3 Learning Objective: LO6.3 Explain how to identify demographic information about your audience.

Topic: Identifying Demographic Information Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-1.17. Trying to determine an audience‘s attitudes, beliefs, or values toward a topic, purpose, or speaker is ________ analysis.

A) psychological B) environmental C) informational D) demographic Answer: A Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.4 Learning Objective: LO6.4 Explain how to identify psychological information about your audience.

Topic: Examining Psychological Information

92 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-1.18. In a psychological analysis, Marlin discovered that most of his audience didn‘t like the public transportation options to campus. This reflects the audience‘s A) values.

B) attitudes.

C) feelings.

D) beliefs.

Answer: B Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.4 Learning Objective: LO6.4 Explain how to identify psychological information about your audience.

Topic: Examining Psychological Information Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-1.19. In a psychological analysis, which of the following concepts are what the audience holds to be true or false?

A) values B) attitudes C) beliefs D) feelings Answer: C Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.4 Learning Objective: LO6.4 Explain how to identify psychological information about your audience.

Topic: Examining Psychological Information Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-1.20. Which of the following is considered the most deeply ingrained in a person resistant to change?

A) beliefs B) feelings C) values D) attitudes

93 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: C Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.4 Learning Objective: LO6.4 Explain how to identify psychological information about your audience.

Topic: Examining Psychological Information Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 6-1.21. A captive audience would BEST be described as people who A) are required to attend.

B) choose to attend.

C) do not attend.

D) may or may not attend.

Answer: A Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.4 Learning Objective: LO6.4 Explain how to identify psychological information about your audience.

Topic: Examining Psychological Information Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 6-1.22. Kevin decides he wants to hold a panel to discuss his favorite science fiction show at a nearby convention. When he arrives at the location, he sees many people dressed up as characters from the show. What type of audience will Kevin most likely have when he hosts his panel?

A) uninterested B) captive C) voluntary D) neutral Answer: C Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.4 Learning Objective: LO6.4 Explain how to identify psychological information about your audience.

Topic: Examining Psychological Information Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know

94 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

6-1.23. Rishi was presenting a speech on Type I diabetes, a disease he has had for years. He decided not to mention this fact to his audience. Which statement concerning Rishi‘s speech is the most accurate?

A) A speaker should not mention personal experiences, as the audience won‘t believe them.

B) A speaker should not mention negative personal experiences, only positive ones.

C) A speaker needs only facts and figures to build their credibility to the audience.

D) A speaker‘s personal experience makes them more credible to their audience.

Answer: D Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.4 Learning Objective: LO6.4 Explain how to identify psychological information about your audience.

Topic: Examining Psychological Information Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 6-1.24. An examination by the speaker of the time and place of the speech, the size of the expected audience, and the speaking occasion is a A) situational audience analysis.

B) formal analysis.

C) demographic analysis.

D) numerical analysis.

Answer: A Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.5 Learning Objective: LO6.5 Describe the speaking situation.

Topic: Considering the Speaking Situation Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-1.25. After you‘ve completed your speech, what are the BEST indicators of your speaking success?

A) verbal responses B) survey responses C) behavioral responses D) nonverbal responses Answer: C Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.6

95 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO6.6 Use strategies to assess audience reactions after your speech.

Topic: Reflecting on Your Audience after You Speak Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts True/False 6-2 6-2.1. Multiple-choice, true/false, and agree/disagree questions are examples of open-ended questions.

Answer: False Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.1 Learning Objective: LO6.1 Use informal and formal methods of gathering information about your audience.

Topic: Gathering Information about Your Audience Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-2.2. Asking audience members to select their education level from a list of options is an example of an open-ended question.

Answer: False Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.1 Learning Objective: LO6.1 Use informal and formal methods of gathering information about your audience.

Topic: Gathering Information about Your Audience Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-2.3. Audience analysis is the process of examining information about your listeners.

Answer: True Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.2 Learning Objective: LO6.2 Explain how to analyze and use information to adapt to your audience.

Topic: Analyze Audience Information Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

96 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

6-2.4. The age of adult audience members has little effect on speech content.

Answer: False Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.3 Learning Objective: LO6.3 Explain how to identify demographic information about your audience.

Topic: Identifying Demographic Information Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-2.5. A person‘s gender is determined by biology.

Answer: False Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.3 Learning Objective: LO6.3 Explain how to identify demographic information about your audience.

Topic: Identifying Demographic Information Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-2.6. Ethnocentrism is having pride in one‘s culture while acknowledging the value of other cultures.

Answer: False Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.3 Learning Objective: LO6.3 Explain how to identify demographic information about your audience.

Topic: Identifying Demographic Information Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 6-2.7. Making references to the political, social, service, professional, work, or religious groups your listeners belong to can help you tailor your speech to your specific audience.

Answer: True Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.3 Learning Objective: LO6.3 Explain how to identify demographic information about your audience.

97 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Identifying Demographic Information Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 6-2.8. Values are more deeply ingrained than attitudes or beliefs and are therefore more difficult to change.

Answer: True Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.4 Learning Objective: LO6.4 Explain how to identify psychological information about your audience.

Topic: Examining Psychological Information Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 6-2.9. The time your speech will take place is a factor in a situational audience analysis.

Answer: True Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.5 Learning Objective: LO6.5 Describe the speaking situation.

Topic: Considering the Speaking Situation Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-2.10. The most obvious verbal response to a speech is applause.

Answer: False Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.6 Learning Objective: LO6.6 Use strategies to assess audience reactions after your speech.

Topic: Reflecting on Your Audience after You Speak Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-3 Fill-in-the-blank 6-3.1. _________ questions allow for unrestricted, more detailed answers without limiting responses to specific choices or alternatives.

Answer: Open-ended

98 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.1 Learning Objective: LO6.1 Use informal and formal methods of gathering information about your audience.

Topic: Gathering Information about Your Audience Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-3.2. Audience _________ is defined as ethically using your information to customize your speech to the audience.

Answer: adaptation Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.2 Learning Objective: LO6.2 Explain how to analyze and use information to adapt to your audience.

Topic: Analyze Audience Information Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-3.3. Audience member _________ will alert you to the range of people you must reach with your message.

Answer: differences Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.2 Learning Objective: LO6.2 Explain how to analyze and use information to adapt to your audience.

Topic: Analyze Audience Information Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-3.4. _________ is a learned system of knowledge, behavior, attitudes, beliefs, values, and norms shared by a group of people.

Answer: Culture Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.3 Learning Objective: LO6.3 Explain how to identify demographic information about your audience.

Topic: Identifying Demographic Information Difficulty: easy

99 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Remember the Facts 6-3.5. Your text defines _________ as a term that has evolved to include a group of people with a common cultural history, nationality, or geographical location, as well as genetically transmitted physical attributes.

Answer: race Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.3 Learning Objective: LO6.3 Explain how to identify demographic information about your audience.

Topic: Identifying Demographic Information Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-3.6. When speaking to an audience that shares a group membership, great care must be taken when touching on religious beliefs or the audience‘s _________.

Answer: values Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.3 Learning Objective: LO6.3 Explain how to identify demographic information about your audience.

Topic: Identifying Demographic Information Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-3.7. A psychological audience analysis explores an audience‘s _________, beliefs, and values toward a topic, purpose, and speaker.

Answer: attitudes Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.4 Learning Objective: LO6.4 Explain how to identify psychological information about your audience.

Topic: Examining Psychological Information Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-3.8. While it is possible to move a(n) _________ audience toward your speaking goal, it‘s better to use facts to refute possible misperceptions a(n) _________ audience may hold.

100 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: favorable; unfavorable Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.4 Learning Objective: LO6.4 Explain how to identify psychological information about your audience.

Topic: Examining Psychological Information Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-3.9. Responsive facial expressions, smiles, and nods are all signs of _________ responses.

Answer: nonverbal Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.6 Learning Objective: LO6.6 Use strategies to assess audience reactions after your speech.

Topic: Reflecting on Your Audience after You Speak Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-3.10. The _________ responses of an audience are the best indicators of how successful your speech was.

Answer: behavioral Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.6 Learning Objective: LO6.6 Use strategies to assess audience reactions after your speech.

Topic: Reflecting on Your Audience after You Speak Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 6-4 Essay 6-4.1. What are the two approaches to gathering information about your audience? Give specific examples of each.

Answer: Examples will vary, but the two approaches to gathering information are informal (such as through observation) and formal (such as through open-ended and closed-ended questions).

Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.1 Learning Objective: LO6.1 Use informal and formal methods of gathering information about your audience.

Topic: Gathering Information about Your Audience

101 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 6-4.2. You are presenting a speech in class on a topic that you know to be highly controversial.

Using a hypothetical topic, develop a questionnaire to find out as much as possible about your audience‘s attitudes, beliefs, and values concerning this topic. Use both open-ended and closedended questions.

Answer: The topics and questionnaires will vary, but open-ended questions gather more detailed information from an audience and allow for unrestricted answers without limiting responses to specific choices or alternatives. Closed-ended questions offer alternatives from which to choose, such as multiple-choice, true/false, and agree/disagree questions.

Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.1 Learning Objective: LO6.1 Use informal and formal methods of gathering information about your audience.

Topic: Gathering Information about Your Audience Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 6-4.3. Imagine that you have been asked to speak to a group of elderly, religious people. Using the key elements of audience analysis, provide a thorough demographic audience analysis of this fictional group.

Answer: Demographic audience analysis consists of the following elements: age; gender, sex, and sexual orientation; culture, ethnicity, and race; group membership; and socioeconomic status.

Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.3 Learning Objective: LO6.3 Explain how to identify demographic information about your audience.

Topic: Identifying Demographic Information Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 6-4.4. Discuss the differences between sex and gender. How can you use this knowledge in an audience analysis?

Answer: Sex is determined biologically. Gender is the culturally constructed and psychologically based perception of one‘s self as feminine, masculine, or androgynous and can fall anywhere along a continuum from female to male and may not reflect the person‘s biological sex. Use of this knowledge provides a speaker with clues about the listeners, creating a clearer understanding

102 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

of the demographic to which they are speaking. This in turn helps a speaker to develop a clear and effective message.

Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.3 Learning Objective: LO6.3 Explain how to identify demographic information about your audience.

Topic: Identifying Demographic Information Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 6-4.5. Imagine you are a high school student addressing the local school board about the need for more security on campus. What type of situational analysis should you conduct? How would this affect your speech preparation?

Answer: The chosen situational analysis will vary but should include one of the following: time, location, size of audience, or occasion. Performing a situational analysis helps a speaker anticipate factors that will affect their speech. The speaker will also be able to anticipate questions or reactions the audience may have to the topic. The speaker can then use the information provided by the analysis as the basis of crafting a more effective message.

Chapter number: 06 Module number: 6.5 Learning Objective: LO6.5 Describe the speaking situation.

Topic: Considering the Speaking Situation Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

Test Bank Chapter 7 7-1 Multiple Choice 7-1.1. According to the text, the BEST way to determine whether your listeners are maintaining interest in your speech is to note A) the amount of eye contact they have with you.

B) how often they laugh.

C) how often they move.

D) the amount of noise they make.

Answer: A Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.1

103 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO7.1 Explain how to read nonverbal cues to understand listeners‘ reactions to your speech.

Topic: Read Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 7-1.2. Members of an attentive audience have which of the following?

A) closed eyes and nodding heads B) direct eye contact and attentive facial expressions C) attentive facial expressions and unfocused eye contact D) direct eye contact and frozen expressions Answer: B Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.1 Learning Objective: LO7.1 Explain how to read nonverbal cues to understand listeners‘ reactions to your speech.

Topic: Read Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 7-1.3. While delivering her speech, Patricia notices that numerous members of her audience have an entirely frozen, unresponsive face. Some also have a slightly tilted head; a faint, frozen smile; and a hand holding up their chin. According to the text, what does this indicate about the audience?

A) They are completely enthralled with Patricia‘s speech.

B) They are being distracted by external noise.

C) They are in complete disagreement with the content of Patricia‘s speech.

D) They are trying to appear interested, though they are probably daydreaming.

Answer: D Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.1 Learning Objective: LO7.1 Explain how to read nonverbal cues to understand listeners‘ reactions to your speech.

Topic: Read Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 7-1.4. Squirming, feet shuffling, and general body movement often indicate that members of the audience A) have questions they want to ask about your message.

104 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

B) have lost interest in your message.

C) are excited about your message.

D) disagree with your message.

Answer: B Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.1 Learning Objective: LO7.1 Explain how to read nonverbal cues to understand listeners‘ reactions to your speech.

Topic: Read Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 7-1.5. An audience member with a slight forward lean usually indicates which of the following?

A) The audience member is interested and paying attention.

B) The audience member is falling asleep.

C) The audience member is trying to see your visual aids more clearly.

D) The audience member is having a hard time hearing you.

Answer: A Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.1 Learning Objective: LO7.1 Explain how to read nonverbal cues to understand listeners‘ reactions to your speech.

Topic: Read Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 7-1.6. Which of the following nonverbal responses are indicators of interest and support?

A) leaning backward B) a tilted head and a frozen smile C) frequent applause and nods of agreement D) feet shuffling and general body movement Answer: C Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.1 Learning Objective: LO7.1 Explain how to read nonverbal cues to understand listeners‘ reactions to your speech.

Topic: Read Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts

105 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

7-1.7. While delivering her speech, Cadence asks the audience to respond to a question by giving a show of hands. The members of Cadence‘s audience respond by sheepishly looking at one another and eventually raising a finger or two. What might be inferred from this behavior?

A) They lack interest and enthusiasm for her speech.

B) They disagree with the premise of her speech.

C) They are completely enthralled with her speech.

D) They are being distracted by external noise.

Answer: A Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.1 Learning Objective: LO7.1 Explain how to read nonverbal cues to understand listeners‘ reactions to your speech.

Topic: Read Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 7-1.8. If your audience seems inattentive or bored, you should A) tell a story.

B) use a highly technical example.

C) make indirect references to the audience.

D) use more abstract facts and statistics.

Answer: A Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.2 Learning Objective: LO7.2 Describe several adaptations you can make to respond to listeners‘ nonverbal cues.

Topic: Respond to Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 7-1.9. Arjun notices his audience seems bored during his speech and decides to liven things up by telling a joke. Unfortunately, the audience does not share his sense of humor and the joke falls flat. What is Arjun‘s next best course of action to connect with his listeners?

A) use a personal illustration B) slow his delivery down C) tell another joke D) be more redundant with his key points Answer: A

106 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.2 Learning Objective: LO7.2 Describe several adaptations you can make to respond to listeners‘ nonverbal cues.

Topic: Respond to Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 7-1.10. Tanya is giving a speech on microbiology. After ―reading‖ her audience, Tanya pauses for dramatic effect in the middle of her speech. What kind of audience does Tanya most likely have at this point?

A) disagreeable B) confused C) inattentive or bored D) responsive Answer: C Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.2 Learning Objective: LO7.2 Describe several adaptations you can make to respond to listeners‘ nonverbal cues.

Topic: Respond to Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 7-1.11. While delivering her speech, Mariah notices that her audience seems confused, like they don‘t seem to understand her point. Which of the following actions should Mariah take to remedy this problem?

A) speed up the pace of her delivery B) be more redundant by repeating key points C) use appropriate humor D) tell a story Answer: B Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.2 Learning Objective: LO7.2 Describe several adaptations you can make to respond to listeners‘ nonverbal cues.

Topic: Respond to Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know

107 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

7-1.12. While delivering his speech, Nathan notices that his audience seems to disagree with his message. Which of the following actions should Nathan take to remedy this problem?

A) speed up the pace of his delivery B) remind listeners of his credibility and credentials C) eliminate abstract facts and statistics D) tell a story Answer: B Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.2 Learning Objective: LO7.2 Describe several adaptations you can make to respond to listeners‘ nonverbal cues.

Topic: Respond to Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 7-1.13. Which of the following is a way to customize your message to your audience?

A) using audience members‘ names to relate information to specific people B) asking audience members to come prepared with one relevant fact C) mentioning a website you visit frequently D) avoiding mention of specific groups or organizations Answer: A Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.3 Learning Objective: LO7.3 List several ways you can customize your message to your audience.

Topic: Customize Your Message to Your Audience Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 7-1.14. Jamie is a stand-up comedian who is performing on a stage in central Wisconsin. Jamie steps out onto stage, grabs the microphone, yells ―Hello, Wisconsin!‖ and then tells Wisconsinthemed jokes for two minutes before launching into their usual comedy act. What kind of audience adaptation is Jamie displaying here?

A) adapting the speech to an audience that is confused B) encouraging audience participation by requesting examples C) reading nonverbal cues D) customizing the message to the audience Answer: D Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.3

108 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO7.3 List several ways you can customize your message to your audience.

Topic: Customize Your Message to Your Audience Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 7-1.15. The specific segment of your audience that you most want to address or influence is your _______ audience.

A) diverse B) uninterested C) target D) captive Answer: C Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.4 Learning Objective: LO7.4 Identify and use strategies for adapting to a diverse audience.

Topic: Adapt to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 7-1.16. Is it important to be aware of the differences between you and your listeners because it can help you A) better identify with your audience.

B) know which speaking situations to avoid.

C) find common ground with your audience.

D) respond to nonverbal cues.

Answer: A Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.4 Learning Objective: LO7.4 Identify and use strategies for adapting to a diverse audience.

Topic: Adapt to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 7-1.17. Which of the following is the main challenge when focusing your speech on your target audience?

A) to make sure your target audience is diverse B) to understand the target audience‘s ethnic and cultural differences C) to gather information about your target audience D) to not lose or alienate the rest of your listeners

109 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: D Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.4 Learning Objective: LO7.4 Identify and use strategies for adapting to a diverse audience.

Topic: Adapt to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 7-1.18. Which of the following is a strategy suggested by the text to reach listeners in a diverse audience?

A) Avoid visual aids.

B) Use a variety of supporting materials.

C) Refer to recent news events.

D) Remind listeners of your credibility.

Answer: B Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.4 Learning Objective: LO7.4 Identify and use strategies for adapting to a diverse audience.

Topic: Adapt to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 7-1.19. Which of the following does the text recommend when giving a speech to an audience of which you‘re uncertain of their cultural preferences?

A) using only stories and illustrations as evidence B) using only facts and data as evidence C) ignoring nonverbal cues from the audience D) using a balance of logical and emotional supports Answer: D Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.4 Learning Objective: LO7.4 Identify and use strategies for adapting to a diverse audience.

Topic: Adapt to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 7-1.20. Miguel is giving a speech to a culturally diverse audience that does not share a common first language. Which of the following should he do to reach his listeners?

A) Use images, especially emotional ones, as visual aids.

B) Distribute the transcript of his speech before speaking.

110 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

C) Show a detailed outline of all ideas and evidence on PowerPoint slides.

D) Use only statistics and facts as supporting evidence.

Answer: A Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.4 Learning Objective: LO7.4 Identify and use strategies for adapting to a diverse audience.

Topic: Adapt to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 7-1.21. People from most cultures appreciate A) a good story.

B) abstract facts.

C) complex statistics.

D) a detailed outline.

Answer: A Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.4 Learning Objective: LO7.4 Identify and use strategies for adapting to a diverse audience.

Topic: Adapt to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: easy Skill: Understand the Concepts 7-1.22. Yasmine is preparing her visual aids for a diverse audience. To overcome language barriers, which PowerPoint slides would be the most effective?

A) a detailed outline Yasmine can read from while presenting B) slides with images that communicate universal messages C) a script of Yasmine‘s speech so the audience can read along D) charts and tables that illustrate complicated data Answer: B Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.4 Learning Objective: LO7.4 Identify and use strategies for adapting to a diverse audience.

Topic: Adapt to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 7-1.23. A target audience is a specific segment of the audience a speaker most wants to A) address or influence.

111 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

B) discourage from attending.

C) have return for a second speech.

D) encourage to participate.

Answer: A Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.4 Learning Objective: LO7.4 Identify and use strategies for adapting to a diverse audience.

Topic: Adapt to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 7-1.24. The term diversity simply means A) cultural differences.

B) ethnic differences.

C) differences.

D) common ground.

Answer: C Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.4 Learning Objective: LO7.4 Identify and use strategies for adapting to a diverse audience.

Topic: Adapt to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 7-1.25. Malik is giving a presentation on the benefits of quitting smoking cigarettes. Who is Malik‘s target audience for this speech?

A) listeners who currently smoke cigarettes B) listeners who have already quit smoking cigarettes C) listeners who have never smoked cigarettes D) listeners who are thinking about starting to smoke cigarettes Answer: A Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.4 Learning Objective: LO7.4 Identify and use strategies for adapting to a diverse audience.

Topic: Adapt to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 7-2 True/False

112 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

7-2.1. A speaker must rely on nonverbal cues from the audience to judge how people are responding to the message.

Answer: True Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.1 Learning Objective: LO7.1 Explain how to read nonverbal cues to understand listeners‘ reactions to your speech.

Topic: Read Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 7-2.2. If audience members are maintaining eye contact with the speaker, they are probably listening.

Answer: True Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.1 Learning Objective: LO7.1 Explain how to read nonverbal cues to understand listeners‘ reactions to your speech.

Topic: Read Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 7-2.3. Audience members that are moving around and shifting in their seats are more likely to be attentive to what you are saying.

Answer: False Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.1 Learning Objective: LO7.1 Explain how to read nonverbal cues to understand listeners‘ reactions to your speech.

Topic: Read Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 7-2.4. Making direct references to the audience is an appropriate tactic if they seem inattentive.

Answer: True Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.2

113 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO7.2 Describe several adaptations you can make to respond to listeners‘ nonverbal cues.

Topic: Respond to Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 7-2.5. If your audience seems confused or doesn‘t understand your point, you should be more redundant.

Answer: True Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.2 Learning Objective: LO7.2 Describe several adaptations you can make to respond to listeners‘ nonverbal cues.

Topic: Respond to Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 7-2.6. If your audience seems to be disagreeing with you, you should rely more on anecdotes and less on facts to present your case.

Answer: False Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.2 Learning Objective: LO7.2 Describe several adaptations you can make to respond to listeners‘ nonverbal cues.

Topic: Respond to Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 7-2.7. A national political candidate speaking to a local audience should customize their standard speech to include mention of the local community.

Answer: True Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.3 Learning Objective: LO7.3 List several ways you can customize your message to your audience.

Topic: Customize Your Message to Your Audience Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 7-2.8. If you‘re speaking to an audience of service, religious, political, or work group members,

114 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

you should make specific positive, but honest, references to that group.

Answer: True Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.3 Learning Objective: LO7.3 List several ways you can customize your message to your audience.

Topic: Customize Your Message to Your Audience Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 7-2.9. Audience diversity refers to only the ethnicity and cultural background of audience members.

Answer: False Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.4 Learning Objective: LO7.4 Identify and use strategies for adapting to a diverse audience.

Topic: Adapt to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 7-2.10. Customizing your speech specifically to influence your target audience is considered ethically questionable.

Answer: False Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.4 Learning Objective: LO7.4 Identify and use strategies for adapting to a diverse audience.

Topic: Adapt to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 7-3 Fill-in-the-blank 7-3.1. The best way to determine whether your listeners are maintaining interest in your speech is to note the amount of _________ _________ from the audience.

Answer: eye contact Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.1 Learning Objective: LO7.1 Explain how to read nonverbal cues to understand listeners‘ reactions to your speech.

115 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Read Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 7-3.2. A frozen, unresponsive face is also known as the _________-_________ look.

Answer: listener; stupor Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.1 Learning Objective: LO7.1 Explain how to read nonverbal cues to understand listeners‘ reactions to your speech.

Topic: Read Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 7-3.3. Frequent _________ or nods of agreement from the audience are indicators of interest and support.

Answer: applause Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.1 Learning Objective: LO7.1 Explain how to read nonverbal cues to understand listeners‘ reactions to your speech.

Topic: Read Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 7-3.4. Telling a story, making direct references to the audience, and asking for a direct response are all options for an audience that seems _________ or bored.

Answer: inattentive Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.2 Learning Objective: LO7.2 Describe several adaptations you can make to respond to listeners‘ nonverbal cues.

Topic: Respond to Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 7-3.5. Repeating key points is a useful way to help get your point across to a ________ audience.

Answer: confused

116 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.2 Learning Objective: LO7.2 Describe several adaptations you can make to respond to listeners‘ nonverbal cues.

Topic: Respond to Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 7-3.6. Providing additional data and evidence is a way to support your point with an audience that ________ with your message.

Answer: disagrees Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.2 Learning Objective: LO7.2 Describe several adaptations you can make to respond to listeners‘ nonverbal cues.

Topic: Respond to Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 7-3.7. Audiences prefer messages that are _________, or customized, just to them.

Answer: adapted Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.3 Learning Objective: LO7.3 List several ways you can customize your message to your audience.

Topic: Customize Your Message to Your Audience Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 7-3.8. Diversity simply means _________.

Answer: differences Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.4 Learning Objective: LO7.4 Identify and use strategies for adapting to a diverse audience.

Topic: Adapt to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 7-3.9. A specific segment of your audience that you most want to address or influence is your _________ audience.

117 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: target Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.4 Learning Objective: LO7.4 Identify and use strategies for adapting to a diverse audience.

Topic: Adapt to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 7-3.10. When adapting your speech to a diverse audience, you should remember the power of _________.

Answer: stories Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.4 Learning Objective: LO7.4 Identify and use strategies for adapting to a diverse audience.

Topic: Adapt to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 7-4 Essay 7-4.1. List and briefly describe the types of nonverbal cues the audience provides to the speaker.

Answer: The types of nonverbal cues the audience provides to the speaker are: 1. Eye contact: Noting the amount of eye contact listeners are having with the speaker is the best way to determine if they are maintaining interest in the speaker‘s speech; the more eye contact given, the more likely they are listening to the message. If they are looking elsewhere, it is reasonable to guess the audience has lost interest.

2. Facial expression: Attentive facial expressions indicate audience interest. The ―listener-stupor‖ look gives the appearance of interest through a slightly tilted head; a faint, frozen smile; and a hand holding up the chin; however, this frozen, unresponsive face often means the listener is thinking of something else other than a speaker‘s topic.

3. Movement and posture: An attentive audience does not move much and will have a slight forward lean indicating attention. General body movement indicates a lack of interest in the message by the audience.

4. Nonverbal responsiveness: Frequent applause, nods of agreement, and response when encouraged or invited to do so are all indictors of audience interest. Looking at one another before only a few tentatively respond indicates a lack of interest and enthusiasm by audience members.

Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.1

118 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO7.1 Explain how to read nonverbal cues to understand listeners‘ reactions to your speech.

Topic: Read Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 7-4.2. Name three things you, as a speaker, can do if you find that your audience seems bored with your speech.

Answer: Answers will vary but should include three of the following: tell a story; use an example to which the audience can relate; use a personal example; remind listeners why the message should be of interest to them; eliminate some abstract facts and statistics; use appropriate humor, though if the audience does not respond to this, use more stories or personal illustrations; make direct references to the audience; encourage audience participation by asking questions or requesting examples; ask for a direct response, such as a show of hands, to see if listeners agree or disagree; speed up the pace of the delivery; and pause for dramatic effect.

Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.2 Learning Objective: LO7.2 Describe several adaptations you can make to respond to listeners‘ nonverbal cues.

Topic: Respond to Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 7-4.3. Lupita has been speaking about the HIV epidemic in South Africa for ten minutes and is getting the feeling that the audience members do not understand her speech. What are three things she could do to help them get the point?

Answer: Answers will vary but should include three of the following: be more redundant; repeat key points; phrase the information in another way; think of a more concrete example to illustrate the point; use a visual aid to clarify a point; if Lupita has been speaking rapidly, she should slow her speaking rate; ask for feedback from audience members to help discover what may be unclear to them; and ask for an audience member to summarize the key points being made.

Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.2 Learning Objective: LO7.2 Describe several adaptations you can make to respond to listeners‘ nonverbal cues.

Topic: Respond to Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 7-4.4. During Tulu‘s speech on the need for stricter gun safety laws, she gets the feeling that the

119 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

audience is disagreeing with her message. What are three things she could do to remedy this issue?

Answer: Answers will vary but should include three of the following: provide additional data and evidence to support the point; remind her listeners of her credibility, credentials, or background; rely less on anecdotes and more on facts to present the case; write facts and data on a visual aid; and, if Tulu doesn‘t have the answers and data she needs, she should let her audience know she can provide them more information via mail, telephone, email, or social media (and should get back in touch with them).

Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.2 Learning Objective: LO7.2 Describe several adaptations you can make to respond to listeners‘ nonverbal cues.

Topic: Respond to Nonverbal Cues Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 7-4.5. Imagine you are giving a speech to a group of individuals who are quite diverse. Using some of the guidelines provided in the text, explain how you would adapt to this diverse audience.

Answer: Adaption explanations will vary, but answers should include some of the following: use a variety of supporting materials, including illustrations, examples, statistics, and opinions; remember the power of stories; consider showing the audience a brief outline to provide an overview of your key ideas, using PowerPoint or Prezi; and use visuals that transcend language differences, such as pictures and other images, especially emotional ones.

Chapter number: 07 Module number: 7.4 Learning Objective: LO7.4 Identify and use strategies for adapting to a diverse audience.

Topic: Adapt to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

Test Bank Chapter 8 Multiple Choice 8-1 8-1.1. When choosing a speech topic, you should consider A) your audience, yourself, and the occasion.

B) your audience and potential future audiences.

C) only yourself and your personal interests.

120 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

D) your instructor and which topic would get you the highest grade.

Answer: A Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 8-1.2. Which of the following should be kept in mind about your audience as you search for potential speech topics?

A) the age range of the audience, their gender, and how much information you want to provide B) who you will be speaking to, what they are interested in, and what time of day the speech will be given C) their interests and expectations and they knowledge they already have D) their knowledge, interests, and group associations Answer: C Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 8-1.3. The best public speaking topics reflect which of the following?

A) the most current events B) your personal experience or interests C) your desire for a good grade D) popular opinions Answer: B Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 8-1.4. What technique in selecting a speech topic will BEST motivate both your research and delivery?

121 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

A) choosing a topic of interest to you B) choosing a topic of interest to the audience C) choosing a topic no one else is using D) choosing a simple, easy-to-research topic Answer: A Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 8-1.5. When you make a list of your own interests and just begin writing as many topics related to these as you can think of, you are using a technique known as A) natural topic selection.

B) brainstorming.

C) topic building.

D) futility.

Answer: B Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 8-1.6. An informative speech has been assigned, so Angel starts to worry about what to present to the class. That night, Angel takes out a blank sheet of paper and writes down phrases until there is a long list of possible topics. What is Angel doing?

A) brainstorming B) procrastinating C) topic narrowing D) searching Answer: A Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: moderate

122 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Apply What You Know 8-1.7. Diego is troubled by his attempts to find a topic for his persuasive speaking assignment.

After looking through magazines and books to find a topic, Diego still can‘t come up with any decent ideas. When he thinks of something, he immediately dismisses it as boring. What technique would benefit Diego in this situation?

A) natural divisions B) brainstorming C) categorical development D) piggybacking Answer: B Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 8-1.8. Adam saw a television program last night that gave him a topic idea for an upcoming speech. Is this ethically appropriate?

A) No; using televised information for your speech topic is a form of plagiarism.

B) No; most topics discussed on talk shows are inappropriate speech material.

C) Yes; getting ideas from media is an option suggested in the text.

D) Yes, but he will have to address the topic the same way the talk show did.

Answer: C Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 8-1.9. Ada is brainstorming topics for her upcoming speech in her art history course. She thinks talking about Renaissance artists might be a good idea. This topic reminds her of a documentary she saw on early art tools and materials, which in turn reminds her of her uncle‘s use of artistic elements in his architectural designs. According to your text, is this an acceptable way for Ada to pick a speech topic?

A) Yes; Ada is thinking of multiple topics that might hold some interest for her classmates.

B) Yes; Ada is ―piggybacking‖ topics, with one topic reminding her of another.

C) No; Ada had the idea for doing a speech on Renaissance artists first, so she should stick with

123 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

that.

D) No; her uncle‘s career has nothing to do with Renaissance artists or tools, so Ada is getting off track.

Answer: B Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 8-1.10. Your brain is fried, and you just cannot come up with a creative topic for an assigned speech. As a last resort, you fire up your computer and search the web looking for something to spark your interest. Is this advisable, according to your textbook?

A) No; web sources offer unreliable material, which doesn‘t make for a good topic.

B) Yes, but topics generated from web sources take much longer to develop than others.

C) Yes; scanning web directories may be an effective strategy to find a speech topic.

D) No; it is a form of plagiarism when you poach speech topics from sites on the web.

Answer: C Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 8-1.11. When starting with a broad speech topic such as ―basketball,‖ you will probably need to narrow it down because A) speeches on sports-related topics should be much briefer.

B) your audience may get bored with the topic unless they are interested in sports.

C) it will require less time to research.

D) it needs to fit within the time limits of your speech.

Answer: D Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts

124 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

8-1.12. The _________of virtually any speech will be either to inform, to persuade, or to entertain.

A) general purpose B) blueprint C) central idea D) specific purpose Answer: A Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 8-1.13. The general purpose of a persuasive speech is to A) get members of an audience to relax and enjoy themselves.

B) change or reinforce an audience‘s beliefs and/or urge action.

C) define, describe, or explain something.

D) demonstrate how something works or is made.

Answer: B Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 8-1.14. Hao is preparing a speech about the types of bread he bakes at his bakery. What kind of general purpose would best describe Hao‘s speech?

A) to interest B) to persuade C) to entertain D) to inform Answer: D Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic

125 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 8-1.15. During your speech, you ask the audience to sign a petition increasing the amount of student parking areas. The general purpose of the speech is to A) persuade.

B) entertain.

C) reinforce.

D) inform.

Answer: A Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 8-1.16. A concise audience-centered statement of what your listeners should be able to do by the time you finish your speech is known as the A) specific purpose.

B) general purpose.

C) blueprint.

D) central idea.

Answer: A Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.2 Learning Objective: LO8.2 Write an audience-centered, specific-purpose statement for a speech.

Topic: Determine Your Specific Purpose Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 8-1.17. When wording the statement of your _________, use verbs that refer to observable or measurable behavior.

A) general purpose B) central idea C) specific purpose D) blueprint Answer: C Chapter number: 08

126 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 8.2 Learning Objective: LO8.2 Write an audience-centered, specific-purpose statement for a speech.

Topic: Determine Your Specific Purpose Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 8-1.18. ―At the end of my speech, my audience will understand the basic principle of flight‖ is an example of a A) general purpose.

B) blueprint.

C) specific purpose.

D) a central idea.

Answer: C Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.2 Learning Objective: LO8.2 Write an audience-centered, specific-purpose statement for a speech.

Topic: Determine Your Specific Purpose Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 8-1.19. A complete declarative sentence that summarizes your speech is known as the A) specific purpose.

B) general purpose.

C) central idea.

D) blueprint.

Answer: C Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.3 Learning Objective: LO8.3 State a central idea for a speech.

Topic: Develop Your Central Idea Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 8-1.20. A properly worded central idea or thesis statement should A) be a one-sentence summary of your speech.

B) be a paragraph, if necessary.

C) tell your audience what you want them to do.

D) be a natural division of your specific purpose.

Answer: A

127 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.3 Learning Objective: LO8.3 State a central idea for a speech.

Topic: Develop Your Central Idea Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 8-1.21. Should the central idea of a speech reflect consideration of the audience?

A) No; the audience is attending the speech to learn something new, which has no effect on the information being shared.

B) Yes; it is polite for a speaker to consider who they will be speaking to, even if the audience has nothing to do with the topic.

C) Yes; considering the audience to be as intelligent as the speaker will help the speaker not have to change their speech too much when creating it.

D) Yes; the audience‘s needs, interests, expectations, and knowledge need to be considered when developing a speech or else the speaker runs the risk of losing the audience‘s attention before even beginning to develop the speech.

Answer: D Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.3 Learning Objective: LO8.3 State a central idea for a speech.

Topic: Develop Your Central Idea Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 8-1.22. Searching for natural divisions in your central idea is a strategy for determining your A) general purpose.

B) main ideas.

C) specific purpose.

D) blueprint.

Answer: B Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.4 Learning Objective: LO8.4 Apply three ways of generating main ideas from a central idea.

Topic: Generate and Preview Your Main Ideas Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 8-1.23. If a speaker says, ―Tonight, I‘m going to discuss with you two reasons why everyone should recycle, including cost-saving benefits and the problems waste creates in the

128 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

environment,‖ you should recognize this as A) a preview of main ideas.

B) a specific purpose statement.

C) an attention-getting device.

D) a general purpose statement.

Answer: A Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.4 Learning Objective: LO8.4 Apply three ways of generating main ideas from a central idea.

Topic: Generate and Preview Your Main Ideas Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 8-1.24. ―I'm going to talk about the sport of racquetball, including the history of the game, some of the basic equipment used when playing racquetball, and some of the health benefits derived from the sport.‖ This is an example of A) a blueprint.

B) a specific purpose.

C) an attention-getter.

D) a general purpose.

Answer: A Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.4 Learning Objective: LO8.4 Apply three ways of generating main ideas from a central idea.

Topic: Generate and Preview Your Main Ideas Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 8-1.25. A speech‘s blueprint is defined as A) the outline to be used in case a speaker gets lost while speaking.

B) the second version of a speech.

C) another word for the general purpose of the speech.

D) the combination of the central idea and the main ideas in the speech.

Answer: D Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.4 Learning Objective: LO8.4 Apply three ways of generating main ideas from a central idea.

Topic: Generate and Preview Your Main Ideas Difficulty: moderate

129 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Apply What You Know True/False 8-2 8-2.1. Your topic should be relevant to the interests and expectations of your listeners and should take into account the knowledge listeners already have about the subject.

Answer: True Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 8-2.2. It is BEST to only consider the audience, rather than your own personal experience, when selecting a topic.

Answer: False Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 8-2.3. Brainstorming involves dividing your central idea into natural divisions.

Answer: False Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 8-2.4. It is NOT a good idea to watch television or read the news in search of a speech topic.

Using these as a source of topics is a form of plagiarism.

Answer: False Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1

130 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 8-2.5. Many times, something you read when scanning a web directory can generate a great idea for a speech topic.

Answer: True Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 8-2.6. With the general purpose of ―to inform,‖ a speaker offers information to change or reinforce an audience‘s convictions.

Answer: False Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 8-2.7. The specific purpose can express as many ideas as needed for a speech topic.

Answer: False Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.2 Learning Objective: LO8.2 Write an audience-centered, specific-purpose statement for a speech.

Topic: Determine Your Specific Purpose Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 8-2.8. Specific purpose statements usually explain what the speaker will do during the speech, as in ―During my speech, I will tell you what I know about golf.‖ Answer: False Chapter number: 08

131 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 8.2 Learning Objective: LO8.2 Write an audience-centered, specific-purpose statement for a speech.

Topic: Determine Your Specific Purpose Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 8-2.9. A central idea can be worded as a phrase or a question.

Answer: False Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.3 Learning Objective: LO8.3 State a central idea for a speech.

Topic: Develop Your Central Idea Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 8-2.10. When combined with a central idea, the main ideas in a preview statement can form a ―blueprint‖ of a speech.

Answer: True Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.4 Learning Objective: LO8.4 Apply three ways of generating main ideas from a central idea.

Topic: Generate and Preview Your Main Ideas Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 8-3 Fill-in-the-blank 8-3.1. When choosing a topic for a speech, the three things speakers need to keep in mind are the audience, the _________, and themselves.

Answer: occasion Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 8-3.2. The listeners‘ interests, expectations, and _________ must be kept in mind when searching for potential speech topics.

132 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: knowledge Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 8-3.3. The best public speaking topics are those that reflect the speaker‘s personal ________ or interests.

Answer: experience Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 8-3.4. In order to avoid procrastinating, you should allow at least one ________ to develop and research your speech.

Answer: week Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 8-3.5. ________ speech topics includes the step of continuing without restraint.

Answer: Brainstorming Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

133 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

8-3.6. Speakers with the general purpose to ________ aim to get listeners to relax, smile, perhaps laugh, and generally enjoy themselves.

Answer: entertain Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 8-3.7. The _________ _________ of virtually any speech is to inform, to persuade, or to entertain.

Answer: general purpose Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 8-3.8. A ________ ________ statement may begin with ―At the end of my speech, the audience will…‖ Answer: specific-purpose Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.2 Learning Objective: LO8.2 Write an audience-centered, specific-purpose statement for a speech.

Topic: Determine Your Specific Purpose Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 8-3.9. The _________ _________, also known as the thesis statement, is a one-sentence summary of your speech.

Answer: central idea Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.3 Learning Objective: LO8.3 State a central idea for a speech.

Topic: Develop Your Central Idea Difficulty: easy

134 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Remember the Facts 8-3.10. You can produce a _________ for your speech by adding a preview of your main ideas to your central idea.

Answer: blueprint Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.4 Learning Objective: LO8.4 Apply three ways of generating main ideas from a central idea.

Topic: Generate and Preview Your Main Ideas Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 8-4 Essay 8-4.1. List and briefly explain three guidelines to consider when selecting a speech topic.

Answer: The three guidelines for selecting a speech topic are: 1. Consider the audience: Keep in mind the audience‘s interests, expectations, and concerns, as well as the knowledge they already have about the subject.

2. Consider the occasion: A topic must be appropriate for the occasion in order to be successful.

3. Consider yourself: Topics that reflect your personal experience or especially interest you are the best topics. Select one with which are you already familiar or one you would like to learn more about.

Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 8-4.2. What is brainstorming? Explain how it can help you in selecting a speech topic.

Answer: Brainstorming is the technique of generating ideas for speech topics. Because it is uninhibited and done by jotting down any ideas that come to mind, it creates a list of many topics that can later be evaluated against audience, occasion, and personal interest to choose a viable topic.

Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: difficult

135 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Analyze It 8-4.3. Identify the three general purposes that encompass most public speaking situations, and explain what distinguishes them from one another.

Answer: The three general purposes of a speech are: 1. To inform – these speeches give listeners information. They define, describe, or explain a thing, person, place, concept, process, or function to increase the knowledge of their listeners.

2. To persuade – these speeches try to get their audiences to believe or do something. They may offer information, but they use the information to try to change or reinforce an audience‘s beliefs or to urge some sort of action.

3. To entertain – these speeches aim to get listeners to relax, smile, perhaps laugh, and generally enjoy themselves.

Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.1 Learning Objective: LO8.1 Select and narrow a topic for a speech.

Topic: Select Your Topic Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 8-4.4. Using the general topic of ―college,‖ write a specific-purpose statement for each of the three general purposes of speeches.

Answer: Answers will vary. Examples include: To inform – ―At the end of my speech, the audience will list the resources available at our college to help them pick a major.‖ To persuade – ―At the end of my speech, the audience will describe the advantages of state colleges over private colleges.‖ To entertain – ―At the end of my speech, the audience will describe why movies about pledging for a fraternity or sorority have some truth to them.‖ Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.2 Learning Objective: LO8.2 Write an audience-centered, specific-purpose statement for a speech.

Topic: Determine Your Specific Purpose Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 8-4.5. What is the difference between a general purpose, a specific purpose, and a central idea of a speech?

Answer: The general purpose of a speech is to identify whether a speech is meant to inform, to persuade, or to entertain an audience. A specific purpose is a concise audience-centered

136 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

statement of what the listeners should be able to do by the time the speech is complete. Finally, the central idea is a one-sentence summary of a speech. Unlike the specific purpose, the central idea focuses on the content of a speech.

Chapter number: 08 Module number: 8.2 and 8.3 Learning Objective: LO8.2 Write an audience-centered, specific-purpose statement for a speech; LO8.3 State a central idea for a speech.

Topic: Determine Your Specific Purpose; Develop Your Central Idea Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

Test Bank Chapter 9 9-1 Multiple Choice 9-1.1. Joe is a former world champion weight lifter and professional body builder. He is preparing an informative speech on the abuse of steroids in physical fitness. Through his personal experiences, what quality can Joe add to the presentation of his speech?

A) satisfaction B) motivation C) credibility D) persuasion Answer: C Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.1 Learning Objective: LO9.1 Describe how personal knowledge and experience can serve as a source of supporting material for a speech.

Topic: Personal Knowledge and Experience Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 9-1.2. Google Scholar is an example of a A) database.

B) World Wide Web. C) web directory.

D) vertical search engine.

Answer: D Chapter number: 09

137 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 9-1.3. Strategies mentioned in the text to narrow your internet search results include A) preceding your search topic with the word only.

B) enclosing your search phrase in quotation marks or parentheses.

C) searching one word at a time and seeing which websites overlap.

D) using ―greater than‖ and ―less than‖ symbols.

Answer: B Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-1.4. Which of the following is an example of a domain?

A) http: B) .org C) // D) URL Answer: B Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-1.5. The purpose of _________ websites is to sell products or services.

A) commercial B) educational C) organizational D) military Answer: A Chapter number: 09

138 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-1.6. News and entertainment websites often have which of the following domains?

A) .org B) .gov C) .edu D) .com Answer: D Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-1.7. Information about or from the military is usually indicated by internet addresses that end in A) .mil.

B) .gov.

C) .com.

D) .org.

Answer: A Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-1.8. _________ websites usually have the domain .org.

A) Commercial B) Educational C) Organizational D) Military Answer: C

139 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-1.9. _________ is considered a critical factor in evaluating internet resources.

A) Length B) Accountability C) Country of origin D) Pleasing visual design Answer: B Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-1.10. Assessing the accuracy of a website includes A) seeing whether the site is signed.

B) considering whether the sponsor or author is a credible authority.

C) looking for the most recent posts.

D) observing how quickly the site loads.

Answer: B Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 9-1.11. Knowing who is accountable for a site, as well as the source of any financial support for the author or sponsor of the site, uses which evaluation criterion?

A) accountability B) usability C) objectivity D) timeliness

140 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: C Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-1.12. Carlos used internet sources for his informative speech about gun safety laws. However, his overreliance on the National Rifle Association site caused his speech to be slanted in one direction, rather than presenting multiple sides of the issue. Which of the six criteria for evaluating internet sources did Carlos ignore?

A) objectivity B) diversity C) usability D) accountability Answer: A Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 9-1.13. The more recent, the better applies best to the _________ evaluation criterion.

A) accuracy B) objectivity C) timeliness D) diversity Answer: C Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-1.14. Orlando was using a news website to research supporting materials for his upcoming speech. He clicked a relevant article, only to find that he would have to pay in order to read it.

This affects the site‘s

141 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

A) usability.

B) diversity.

C) timeliness.

D) accuracy.

Answer: A Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 9-1.15. Xixi is researching job opportunities in her state for her upcoming speech on a career in phlebotomy. Each company website she goes to makes it a point to mention the company is an Equal Opportunity Employer for people of all backgrounds. This reflects the _________ criteria for evaluating internet resources.

A) accountability B) timeliness C) diversity D) objectivity Answer: C Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 9-1.16. Although useful for general knowledge, information from Wikipedia is usually considered inappropriate by instructors because A) anyone can add to or change the content of a Wikipedia entry.

B) Wikipedia is a digital-only source, whereas journals and magazines often have a physical counterpart.

C) they want their students to look at more than one website for source materials.

D) Wikipedia fails to delve into the minute details of information.

Answer: A Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

142 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 9-1.17. Which resource provides many full-text articles on a wide variety of subjects from 1887 to the present?

A) Newspaper Source Plus B) Academic Search Ultimate C) JSTOR. D) Nexis Uni Answer: B Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.3 Learning Objective: LO9.3 Explain how to use online databases to find supporting material for a speech.

Topic: Online Databases Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-1.18. A database that focuses on business, finance, industry, and law and includes many fulltext articles from newspapers, magazines, journals, newsletters, and wire services is A) Newspaper Source Plus.

B) Academic Search Ultimate.

C) Nexis Uni. D) JSTOR. Answer: C Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.3 Learning Objective: LO9.3 Explain how to use online databases to find supporting material for a speech.

Topic: Online Databases Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-1.19. Libraries‘ collections of books are generally called the A) stacks.

B) archives.

C) stashes.

D) periodicals.

143 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: A Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.4 Learning Objective: LO9.4 Describe traditional library holdings that can provide supporting material for a speech.

Topic: Traditional Library Holdings Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-1.20. A library‘s reference resources are usually available A) to be checked out.

B) only in the morning.

C) only when a librarian is present.

D) only for in-house research.

Answer: D Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.4 Learning Objective: LO9.4 Describe traditional library holdings that can provide supporting material for a speech.

Topic: Traditional Library Holdings Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 9-1.21. What is the first step in preparing for an interview with someone about your speech topic?

A) Plan what you will ask at the interview.

B) Determine your purpose for the interview.

C) Get background information on the interviewee and your topic.

D) Set up a time for the interview well in advance.

Answer: B Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.5 Learning Objective: LO9.5 Summarize how to conduct an effective interview.

Topic: Interviews Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-1.22. Your general speech topic is dog obedience, and you have arranged an interview with an authority. What is your next task?

A) Plan your questions.

144 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

B) Determine your purpose.

C) Send a note of thanks.

D) Conduct the interview.

Answer: A Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.5 Learning Objective: LO9.5 Summarize how to conduct an effective interview.

Topic: Interviews Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 9-1.23. Marcie was conducting an interview with the local homeless shelter supervisor. The supervisor kept answering ―Yes‖ or ―No‖ to all of Marcie‘s questions. Marcie was getting frustrated because she was not getting the material she needed. What was the problem here?

A) The supervisor was probably new and inexperienced and didn‘t know the answers.

B) Marcie was not at fault; the supervisor was just closed-minded and not helpful.

C) Marcie had planned only closed-ended questions and forgot to follow up by asking ―Why?‖ D) Marcie asked too many questions, which resulted in her receiving insufficient answers.

Answer: C Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.5 Learning Objective: LO9.5 Summarize how to conduct an effective interview.

Topic: Interviews Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 9-1.24. Lakshmi is gathering sources of support for her persuasive speech on animal testing for medical purposes. She makes use of web sources and finds a great deal of relevant material, which she records for later use. However, when outlining the speech, she can‘t find the sources of many of the facts and statistics she plans to use. What is Lakshmi‘s problem?

A) Lakshmi doesn‘t have a problem; the audience trusts her to be truthful and not to make up facts.

B) Lakshmi forgot to create a preliminary bibliography with all necessary material to locate the sources.

C) Lakshmi violated a principle of outlining: never insert supporting material into an outline for a speech.

D) Lakshmi forgot to get full citations on her sources, but she can orally cite what she remembers.

Answer: B

145 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.6 Learning Objective: LO9.6 Explain five strategies for a methodical research process.

Topic: Research Strategies Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 9-1.25. Sam is perusing websites in order to find useful information for his speech. The most efficient way to compile a record of references and information he finds useful is A) taking screenshots of every website.

B) writing everything down using a pen and a pad of paper.

C) copying and pasting links and information into a blank email.

D) using a web-based citation manager.

Answer: D Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.6 Learning Objective: LO9.6 Explain five strategies for a methodical research process.

Topic: Research Strategies Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 9-2 True/False 9-2.1. Your personal knowledge often has the advantage of heightening your credibility in the minds of your listeners.

Answer: True Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.1 Learning Objective: LO9.1 Describe how personal knowledge and experience can serve as a source of supporting material for a speech.

Topic: Personal Knowledge and Experience Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-2.2. A vertical search engine is more specialized than a Google search.

Answer: True Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

146 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-2.3. The purpose of a commercial website is to advocate a group‘s point of view.

Answer: False Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

9-2.4. The domain of an educational website is usually .edu.

Answer: True Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-2.5. It is essential to evaluate internet resources before using them for speech research.

Answer: True Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-2.6. Evaluating a source for usability means making sure the information is NOT biased.

Answer: False Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet

147 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-2.7. Online databases provide access to bibliographic information, abstracts, and full texts for a variety of resources.

Answer: True Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.3 Learning Objective: LO9.3 Explain how to use online databases to find supporting material for a speech.

Topic: Online Databases Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-2.8. Books in a library‘s collection are often organized by publication date.

Answer: False Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.4 Learning Objective: LO9.4 Describe traditional library holdings that can provide supporting material for a speech.

Topic: Traditional Library Holdings Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-2.9. The call numbers of print reference resources will contain the prefix ref.

Answer: True Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.4 Learning Objective: LO9.4 Describe traditional library holdings that can provide supporting material for a speech.

Topic: Traditional Library Holdings Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-2.10. When preparing for an interview, you should keep your questions spontaneous rather than planning them.

Answer: False Chapter number: 09

148 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 9.5 Learning Objective: LO9.5 Summarize how to conduct an effective interview.

Topic: Interviews Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-3 Fill-in-the-blank 9-3.1. Personal knowledge often has the advantage of heightening your _________ in the minds of your listeners.

Answer: credibility Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.1 Learning Objective: LO9.1 Describe how personal knowledge and experience can serve as a source of supporting material for a speech.

Topic: Personal Knowledge and Experience Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-3.2. A _________ search engine helps narrow the number of websites listed in a web search.

Answer: vertical Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-3.3. Commercial websites use the _________ domain.

Answer: .com Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-3.4. _________ websites advocate a group‘s point of view.

149 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: Organizational Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-3.5. The _________ evaluation strategy for internet resources includes searching the authors‘ names to determine their expertise and authority, seeing whether the site is signed, and searching an organization‘s name to determine reputability.

Answer: accountability Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-3.6. A site‘s layout and design is judged by the _________ evaluation strategy for internet resources.

Answer: usability Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-3.7. ________ ________ provide access to bibliographic information, abstracts, and full texts for a variety of resources.

Answer: Online databases Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.3 Learning Objective: LO9.3 Explain how to use online databases to find supporting material for a speech.

Topic: Online Databases Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

150 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

9-3.8. Libraries‘ collections of books are called the _________.

Answer: stacks Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.4 Learning Objective: LO9.5 Describe traditional library holdings that can provide supporting material for a speech.

Topic: Traditional Library Holdings Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 9-3.9. A _________ _________ is a list of promising resources.

Answer: preliminary bibliography Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.6 Learning Objective: LO9.6 Explain five strategies for a methodical research process.

Topic: Research Strategies Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-3.10. A web-based________ ________ can collect, organize, and format citation information for resources.

Answer: citation manager Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.6 Learning Objective: LO9.6 Explain five strategies for a methodical research process.

Topic: Research Strategies Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 9-4 Essay 9-4.1. List and briefly describe at least four criteria for evaluating internet resources.

Answer: Answers will vary but should include four of the following criteria: Accountability: finding out what individual or organization is responsible for the website. This may be clear in the site‘s title or its URL. Follow links or search the author‘s name to determine their expertise and authority. If a site is unsigned, search for the sponsoring organization or consider the domain to determine reputability.

Accuracy: determining whether the information a site contains is accurate. Unless you are an

151 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

expert in the area the site addresses, consider whether the author or sponsor is a credible authority, assess the care with which the site has been written (it should be relatively free of writing errors), and conduct additional research into the site‘s information to verify or refute it.

Objectivity: considering the interests, philosophical or political biases, and the source of financial support for the author or sponsor of a site. Consider any advertisements on the site that might influence its content as well.

Timeliness: looking to see if a site has recent posts or has been kept current. Many sites contain statements specifying when the site was created and when it was last updated.

Usability: evaluating the layout and design of the site, as well as how quickly the site loads and if there is a fee to gain access to any information on the site.

Diversity: determining a website is free of material that communicates bias against any gender, ethnicity, race, culture, sexual orientation, and/or people with disabilities.

Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 9-4.2. List the five types of common website categories, their domains, and their purposes.

Answer: The five types of common website categories, their domains, and their purposes are: 1. Commercial: .com domain. The purpose is to sell products or services, although news and entertainment sites also often have .com domains.

2. Educational: .edu domain. This type of site provides information about an educational entity.

3. Government: .gov domain. These websites provide information produced by government agencies, offices, and departments.

4. Military: .mil domain. Information about or from the military.

5. Organizational: .org domain. The purpose of this type of website is to advocate a group‘s point of view.

Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.2 Learning Objective: LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech.

Topic: The Internet Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 9-4.3. Assume that you will be conducting a personal interview with an authority on your speech topic as a form of supporting material. How would you go about planning the interview?

Answer: Answers will vary but should include the steps of determining your purpose, scheduling a meeting, asking the interviewee if it is acceptable to record the interview, and planning your

152 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

questions using a combination of open-ended and closed-ended questions.

Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.5 Learning Objective: LO9.5 Summarize how to conduct an effective interview.

Topic: Interviews Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 9-4.4. If you are preparing a speech on taxation trends in the United States, what are four types of sources of information that could be utilized to provide supporting material? Offer clear explanations as to why each source would be beneficial.

Answer: Four sources of information include: 1. Personal experience: you may be an expert in this area, or this may be a subject with which you have had personal experience. This knowledge has the added benefit of heightening the speaker‘s credibility.

2. Internet and online databases: expansive, wide variety of resources spanning early to up-todate information. Includes full-text news, magazine, and journal articles, as well as access to newsletters and credible websites (government websites, in this case).

3. Traditional library materials: rich sources of supporting materials. Using the library permits access to in-house reference materials. Librarians are also available to suggest additional print or electronic resources.

4. Interviews: direct access to a credible person who may know the answers to some of the important questions of the topic. The speaker is also able to pursue specific points or topics. An interview may result in the interviewee mentioning something the interviewer did not think of.

Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5 Learning Objective: LO9.1 Describe how personal knowledge and experience can serve as a source of supporting material for a speech; LO9.2 Locate and evaluate internet resources for a speech; LO9.3 Explain how to use online databases to find supporting material for a speech; LO9.4 Describe traditional library holdings that can provide supporting material for a speech; LO9.5 Summarize how to conduct an effective interview.

Topic: Personal Knowledge and Experience, The Internet, Online Databases, Traditional Library Holdings, and Interviews.

Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 9-4.5. In a well-developed essay, explain what should occur in the process of performing research for a speech topic. Identify the research strategies you would use to make your research efforts easier and more efficient.

Answer: Student research strategies will vary, but answers should include the following

153 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

processes: Develop a preliminary bibliography listing promising resources, and employ a citation manager to collect, organize, and format citation information of the discovered resources.

Locate potential resources: obtain full texts and other resources from the web and online databases as well as from traditional library holdings.

Assess the usefulness of resources: sources should be evaluated as to whether or not they will be of use. This includes glancing over the table of contents; noting charts, graphs, or other materials that could be used as visual aids; and browsing a key chapter or two as well as websites and articles.

Read and record: resources with the greatest potential should be used, recording any examples, statistics, opinions, or other supporting material that might be useful. It is important to keep track of sources and to cite them appropriately.

Identify possible presentation aids: charts, graphs, photographs, and other potentially valuable visual material may be discovered. It is important to keep copies or make a list of any potential presentation aids.

Chapter number: 09 Module number: 9.6 Learning Objective: LO9.6 Explain five strategies for a methodical research process.

Topic: Research Strategies Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

Test Bank Chapter 10 10-1 Multiple Choice 10-1.1. A story or anecdote almost always guarantees audience interest by appealing to their A) beliefs.

B) values.

C) emotions.

D) imaginations.

Answer: C Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.1 Learning Objective: LO10.1 Explain the importance of and best practices for using illustrations in a speech.

Topic: Use Illustrations Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

154 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

10-1.2. A short illustration of no longer than a sentence or two is called A) a hypothetical illustration.

B) a brief illustration.

C) an explanation.

D) a literal illustration.

Answer: B Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.1 Learning Objective: LO10.1 Explain the importance of and best practices for using illustrations in a speech.

Topic: Use Illustrations Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 10-1.3. Brief illustrations often have more impact when used A) only in an impersonal way.

B) in a series.

C) only one at a time, throughout your speech.

D) only in the introduction or conclusion.

Answer: B Chapter number: 10 Learning Objective: LO10.1 Explain the importance of and best practices for using illustrations in a speech.

Topic: Use Illustrations Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 10-1.4. An opening, complications, a climax, and a resolution are all traits of ________ illustrations.

A) extended B) personal C) hypothetical D) brief Answer: A Chapter number: 10 Learning Objective: LO10.1 Explain the importance of and best practices for using illustrations in a speech.

Topic: Use Illustrations Difficulty: easy

155 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Remember the Facts 10-1.5. A speaker‘s experience with a topic can BEST be related to the audience using ________ illustration.

A) a hypothetical B) an extended C) a brief D) a personal Answer: D Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.1 Learning Objective: LO10.1 Explain the importance of and best practices for using illustrations in a speech.

Topic: Use Illustrations Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 10-1.6. Sula asks her listeners to imagine that they could never eat avocados or drink coffee again. She then explains that this may be the future if the bee population continues to decline.

Sula is using which type of illustration in this situation?

A) personal B) hypothetical C) brief D) extended Answer: B Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.1 Learning Objective: LO10.1 Explain the importance of and best practices for using illustrations in a speech.

Topic: Use Illustrations Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 10-1.7. _________ provide the details that allow audience members to develop mental pictures of what speakers are talking about.

A) Illustrations B) Definitions C) Explanations D) Descriptions

156 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: D Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.2 Learning Objective: LO10.2 Differentiate how descriptions and explanations are used in speeches.

Topic: Use Descriptions and Explanations Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 10-1.8. If, as supporting material for a speech, you give reasons or causes for a policy, principle, or event, you are using A) a definition.

B) a description.

C) an explanation.

D) an analogy.

Answer: C Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.2 Learning Objective: LO10.2 Differentiate how descriptions and explanations are used in speeches.

Topic: Use Descriptions and Explanations Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 10-1.9. A definition in a speech that defines a terms as it would be found in a dictionary is known as A) a classification.

B) a description.

C) a straightforward definition.

D) an operational definition.

Answer: A Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.3 Learning Objective: LO10.3 Summarize how to use definitions in a speech.

Topic: Provide Definitions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 10-1.10. What kind of definition is used when a speaker defines a term by showing how it works or how it is applied in a specific instance?

157 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

A) an analogy B) an operational definition C) a classification D) an illustration Answer: B Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.3 Learning Objective: LO10.3 Summarize how to use definitions in a speech.

Topic: Provide Definitions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 10-1.11. While giving a speech, Fernando states, ―An IRA is an individual retirement account that allows people to save for retirement with either tax-free growth or on a tax-deferred basis.‖ This is a form of supporting material known as A) an analogy.

B) a definition.

C) a description.

D) a brief illustration.

Answer: B Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.3 Learning Objective: LO10.3 Summarize how to use definitions in a speech.

Topic: Provide Definitions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 10-1.12. In her speech, Rosa states, ―A child with rickets would likely experience bone pain, inhibited growth, and a curved spine.‖ This type of supporting material is A) an operational definition.

B) an analogy.

C) a classification.

D) an opinion.

Answer: A Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.3 Learning Objective: LO10.3 Summarize how to use definitions in a speech.

Topic: Provide Definitions Difficulty: moderate

158 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Apply What You Know 10-1.13. Analogies deal with A) brief illustrations and relationships.

B) definitions and explanations.

C) explanations and comparisons.

D) relationships and comparisons.

Answer: D Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.4 Learning Objective: LO10.4 Describe how to use analogies in a speech.

Topic: Use Analogies Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 10-1.14. According to the text, to help audience members from different cultures understand terms they may not be familiar with, it can be useful to use A) extended examples.

B) redundant illustrations.

C) literal analogies.

D) figurative analogies.

Answer: C Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.4 Learning Objective: LO10.4 Describe how to use analogies in a speech.

Topic: Use Analogies Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 10-1.15. If you describe the relationships among a group of coworkers as a seething snake pit, filled with hissing gossip and sharp-fanged attacks, you are using a(an) A) literal analogy.

B) figurative analogy.

C) extended illustration.

D) brief illustration.

Answer: B Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.4 Learning Objective: LO10.4 Describe how to use analogies in a speech.

159 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Use Analogies Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 10-1.16. Which of the following is an important guideline for the use of statistics in a speech?

A) Use statistics that are mainly from secondary sources.

B) Use as many statistics as you can find because they enhance credibility.

C) Use reputable, authoritative, unbiased sources for your statistics.

D) Report a statistic down to the last decimal point to be thorough and accurate.

Answer: C Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.5 Learning Objective: LO10.5 Explain how to effectively present statistics in a speech.

Topic: Use Statistics as Support Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 10-1.17. The most authoritative source for statistics is A) the primary source.

B) the secondary source.

C) the internet.

D) a secondhand account.

Answer: A Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.5 Learning Objective: LO10.5 Explain how to effectively present statistics in a speech.

Topic: Use Statistics as Support Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 10-1.18. Statistics from the government and independent sources are generally considered A) biased.

B) unbiased.

C) outdated.

D) inaccurate.

Answer: B Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.5 Learning Objective: LO10.5 Explain how to effectively present statistics in a speech.

160 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Use Statistics as Support Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 10-1.19. In her speech about the benefits of car air bags, Karen states, ―In December 2001, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration estimated that 7,585 people were alive because of their airbags—over 7,500 people. That‘s about half the number of students at the college here.

Imagine, all those lives saved, by a simple airbag.‖ What guideline about the use of statistics is Karen following in her speech?

A) using expert testimony B) using visual aids to present statistics C) using secondary sources D) making statistics understandable and memorable Answer: D Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.5 Learning Objective: LO10.5 Explain how to effectively present statistics in a speech.

Topic: Use Statistics as Support Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 10-1.20. When someone who is an authority on a subject states their opinion, this is considered A) expert testimony.

B) an individual opinion.

C) lay testimony.

D) a literary quotation.

Answer: A Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.6 Learning Objective: LO10.6 Describe the value of using opinions in a speech.

Topic: Use Opinions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 10-1.21. An opinion stated by a person with firsthand experience when interviewed by a local television station reporter is providing A) factual material.

B) expert testimony.

C) lay testimony.

D) unbiased testimony.

161 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: C Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.6 Learning Objective: LO10.6 Describe the value of using opinions in a speech.

Topic: Use Opinions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 10-1.22. Jimmy wants to use a literary quotation as supporting material in his speech on great presidents of the twentieth century. The BEST advice for him is to A) keep the quote brief.

B) make sure it is long and important.

C) say ―quote‖ and ―unquote.‖ D) try to find quotes that are new to the audience.

Answer: A Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.6 Learning Objective: LO10.6 Describe the value of using opinions in a speech.

Topic: Use Opinions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 10-1.23. The more experts who support your viewpoint and the larger the numbers you cite both reflect a principle of selecting the BEST supporting material, which the text calls A) magnitude.

B) variety.

C) relevance.

D) suitability.

Answer: A Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.7 Learning Objective: LO10.7 Select the best supporting material for a speech.

Topic: Select the Best Supporting Material Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 10-1.24. In his speech about violent crime on college campuses, Naveed cites statistics from state and county law enforcement documents; then he includes statistics from incidents on his own campus. Which principle of selecting the BEST supporting material is Naveed using?

162 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

A) relevance B) suitability C) concreteness D) magnitude Answer: A Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.7 Learning Objective: LO10.7 Select the best supporting material for a speech.

Topic: Select the Best Supporting Material Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 10-1.25. Your final decision to use a piece of supporting material depends on its suitability to A) the occasion, your audience, the instructor, and your topic.

B) your speech, your audience, the level of humor, and the relevance.

C) you, your speech, the occasion, and your audience.

D) your audience, the occasion, the theme, and your speech.

Answer: C Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.7 Learning Objective: LO10.7 Select the best supporting material for a speech.

Topic: Select the Best Supporting Material Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 10-2 True/False 10-2.1. An illustration rarely generates audience interest.

Answer: False Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.1 Learning Objective: LO10.1 Explain the importance of and best practices for using illustrations in a speech.

Topic: Use Illustrations Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 10-2.2. In a speech, you should use only one brief illustration, so as not to confuse your audience.

163 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: False Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.1 Learning Objective: LO10.1 Explain the importance of and best practices for using illustrations in a speech.

Topic: Use Illustrations Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 10-2.3. To use illustrations effectively, you should be certain that your stories are directly relevant to the idea or point they are supposed to support.

Answer: True Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.1 Learning Objective: LO10.1 Explain the importance of and best practices for using illustrations in a speech.

Topic: Use Illustrations Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 10-2.4. A description is a statement that makes clear how something is done or why it exists in its present form or existed in its past form.

Answer: False Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.2 Learning Objective: LO10.2 Differentiate how descriptions and explanations are used in speeches.

Topic: Use Descriptions and Explanations Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 10-2.5. A literal analogy relies on imaginative insights.

Answer: False Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.4 Learning Objective: LO10.4 Describe how to use analogies in a speech.

Topic: Use Analogies Difficulty: moderate

164 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Understand the Concepts 10-2.6. The most authoritative source for statistics is the primary source.

Answer: True Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.5 Learning Objective: LO10.5 Explain how to effectively present statistics in a speech.

Topic: Use Statistics as Support Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 10-2.7. Lay testimony is often more memorable than expert testimony.

Answer: True Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.6 Learning Objective: LO10.6 Describe the value of using opinions in a speech.

Topic: Use Opinions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 10-2.8. When it comes to using literary quotations in your speech, the more the better.

Answer: False Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.6 Learning Objective: LO10.6 Describe the value of using opinions in a speech.

Topic: Use Opinions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 10-2.9. When evaluating any supporting material you hope to use, you should consider accountability, accuracy, objectivity, timeliness, usability, and diversity.

Answer: True Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.7 Learning Objective: LO10.7 Select the best supporting material for a speech.

Topic: Select the Best Supporting Material Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

165 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

10-2.10. When it comes to evaluating supporting material, concreteness is NOT relevant.

Answer: False Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.7 Learning Objective: LO10.7 Select the best supporting material for a speech.

Topic: Select the Best Supporting Material Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 10-3 Fill-in-the-blank 10-3.1. An anecdote that almost always guarantees audience interest by appealing to their emotions is known as a(n) _________.

Answer: illustration Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.1 Learning Objective: LO10.1 Explain the importance of and best practices for using illustrations in a speech.

Topic: Use Illustrations Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 10-3.2. The types of illustrations are brief, extended, personal, and _________.

Answer: hypothetical Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.1 Learning Objective: LO10.1 Explain the importance of and best practices for using illustrations in a speech.

Topic: Use Illustrations Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 10-3.3. Good _________ make people, places, and events come alive for your audience.

Answer: descriptions Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.2

166 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO10.2 Differentiate how descriptions and explanations are used in speeches.

Topic: Use Descriptions and Explanations Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 10-3.4. _________ and _________ definition are the two uses of definitions in speeches.

Answer: Classification; operational Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.3 Learning Objective: LO10.3 Summarize how to use definitions in a speech.

Topic: Provide Definitions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 10-3.5. _________ help your listeners understand unfamiliar ideas, things, and situations by showing how these are similar to something they already know.

Answer: Analogies Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.4 Learning Objective: LO10.4 Describe how to use analogies in a speech.

Topic: Use Analogies Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 10-3.6. _________ can help a speaker express the relationship of a part to the whole.

Answer: Statistics Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.5 Learning Objective: LO10.5 Explain how to effectively present statistics in a speech.

Topic: Use Statistics as Support Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 10-3.7. The _________ source is the most authoritative source.

Answer: primary Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.5

167 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO10.5 Explain how to effectively present statistics in a speech.

Topic: Use Statistics as Support Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 10-3.8. In statistics, adding or multiplying related numbers creates _________ statistics.

Answer: exploded Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.5 Learning Objective: LO10.5 Explain how to effectively present statistics in a speech.

Topic: Use Statistics as Support Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 10-3.9. _________ testimony is often the more memorable kind of testimony.

Answer: Lay Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.6 Learning Objective: LO10.6 Describe the value of using opinions in a speech.

Topic: Use Opinions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 10-3.10. Magnitude, relevance, concreteness, _________, humor, and suitability are all ways of evaluating supporting material.

Answer: variety Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.7 Learning Objective: LO10.7 Select the best supporting material for a speech.

Topic: Select the Best Supporting Material Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 10-4 Essay 10-4.1. Explain the elements of a good description. Illustrate with a specific example.

Answer: Examples will vary, but answers should include the elements of a good description, which are details that allow audience members to develop a mental picture of what a speaker is

168 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

talking about. Descriptions are vivid, accurate, and specific. They also make people, places, and events come alive for an audience.

Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.2 Learning Objective: LO10.2 Differentiate how descriptions and explanations are used in speeches.

Topic: Use Descriptions and Explanations Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 10-4.2. What is the difference between explaining how and explaining why? How could each be used in a speech?

Answer: Explaining how discusses or demonstrates processes and how they work. This could be used in a technical speech, such as explaining how a four-cylinder car engine works. Explaining why involves giving causes or reasons for a policy, principle, or event. Explaining why provides an analysis that often leads to better solutions. This could be used in a speech examining the reasoning behind methods of speech therapy.

Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.2 Learning Objective: LO10.2 Differentiate how descriptions and explanations are used in speeches.

Topic: Use Descriptions and Explanations Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 10-4.3. Using the hypothetical speech topic of the prevalence of binge drinking in the college population, explain how supporting material in the form of a brief illustration, an explanation, and a statistic could be used in the speech.

Answer: Answers will vary but should include use of a brief illustration (an impactful statement no longer than a sentence or two), an explanation (a statement that clarifies how something is done or why it exists in its present form or existed in its past form), and a statistic (information that can help a speaker express the magnitude or seriousness of a situation).

Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.1, 10.2, 10.5 Learning Objective: LO10.1 Explain the importance of and best practices for using illustrations in a speech; LO10.2 Differentiate how descriptions and explanations are used in speeches; LO10.5 Explain how to effectively present statistics in a speech.

Topic: Use Illustrations, Use Descriptions and Explanations, and Use Statistics as Support Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

169 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

10-4.4. Discuss the difference between a literal and a figurative analogy. Give an example of each.

Answer: Examples will vary, but answers should include the following definitions: Literal analogy – a comparison between two similar things. This can be useful to help audience members from different cultures understand terms they are not familiar with.

Figurative analogy – a comparison that relies on imaginative insights comparing two objects that share an essential similarity.

Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.4 Learning Objective: LO10.4 Describe how to use analogies in a speech.

Topic: Use Analogies Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 10-4.5. If you have more material than you can possibly use when constructing your speech, you can use the six criteria listed in the text to make sure you choose the most effective material.

Choose five of these six criteria, and illustrate how they can be used in making your final decision.

Answer: Answers will vary but should include five of the following six criteria: 1. Magnitude – larger numbers lead to more convincing statistics. Also, the more experts support a view, the more the speaker‘s testimony will command the audience‘s attention.

2. Relevance – using supporting material that is the most relevant or ―closest to home‖ for the audience.

3. Concreteness – using concrete examples and specific statistics to discuss abstract ideas.

4. Variety – using a mix of illustrations, opinions, definitions, and statistics to be more interesting and convincing to audience members than using just one type of supporting material.

5. Humor –if the topic is not serious or somber, a touch of humor is usually appreciated by an audience in an example or opinion.

6. Suitability – deciding if a piece of supporting material suits you (the speaker), your speech, the occasion, and your audience.

Chapter number: 10 Module number: 10.7 Learning Objective: LO10.7 Select the best supporting material for a speech.

Topic: Select the Best Supporting Material Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

Test Bank Chapter 11

170 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

11-1 Multiple Choice 11-1.1. When your central idea has natural divisions, the organizational pattern is most likely A) chronological.

B) cause and effect.

C) spatial.

D) topical.

Answer: D Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.1 Learning Objective: LO11.1 List and describe five patterns for organizing the main ideas of a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Main Ideas Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 11-1.2. Organizing your points by discussing the most important or convincing one first uses the principle of A) primacy.

B) recency.

C) complexity.

D) organization.

Answer: A Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.1 Learning Objective: LO11.1 List and describe five patterns for organizing the main ideas of a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Main Ideas Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 11-1.3. According to this principle, the point that is discussed last is the one audiences will remember best.

A) primacy B) complexity C) recency D) topical Answer: C Chapter number: 11

171 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 11.1 Learning Objective: LO11.1 List and describe five patterns for organizing the main ideas of a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Main Ideas Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 11-1.4. Arranging your main points from simple to the most complex follows the guidelines of which principle?

A) primacy B) recency C) organization D) complexity Answer: D Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.1 Learning Objective: LO11.1 List and describe five patterns for organizing the main ideas of a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Main Ideas Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 11-1.5. When you save the most important material for last, you are using the principle of A) primacy.

B) specificity.

C) recency.

D) complexity.

Answer: C Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.1 Learning Objective: LO11.1 List and describe five patterns for organizing the main ideas of a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Main Ideas Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 11-1.6. The pattern of speech organization used in a speech topic that progresses in order of time is a ________ pattern.

A) topical B) cause-and-effect

172 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

C) spatial D) chronological Answer: D Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.1 Learning Objective: LO11.1 List and describe five patterns for organizing the main ideas of a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Main Ideas Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 11-1.7. When explaining the progress of molecular discoveries, Guilherme began by discussing Mendel‘s 1866 studies about inheritance of biological traits in peas, ending with recent information about the human genome project. Which pattern of organization would BEST suit Guilherme‘s speech?

A) spatial B) topical C) cause and effect D) chronological Answer: D Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.1 Learning Objective: LO11.1 List and describe five patterns for organizing the main ideas of a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Main Ideas Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 11-1.8. The principles of primacy and recency apply to which of the following organizational patterns?

A) spatial B) cause and effect C) topical D) problem–solution Answer: C Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.1 Learning Objective: LO11.1 List and describe five patterns for organizing the main ideas of a speech.

173 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Organizing Your Main Ideas Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 11-1.9. A speaker who relies on _________organization arranges ideas according to physical locations or directions.

A) cause-and-effect B) chronological C) spatial D) topical Answer: C Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.1 Learning Objective: LO11.1 List and describe five patterns for organizing the main ideas of a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Main Ideas Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 11-1.10. Deanna makes the claim in her persuasive speech that unregulated car emissions in major urban areas worldwide contribute to the depletion of the ozone layer, which contributes to global warming. Which type of organizational pattern is reflected in this example?

A) problem–solution B) spatial C) topical D) cause and effect Answer: D Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.1 Learning Objective: LO11.1 List and describe five patterns for organizing the main ideas of a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Main Ideas Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 11-1.11. According to the ________ principle, the cause–effect pattern emphasizes the effects, and the effect–cause pattern emphasizes the causes.

A) recency B) complexity C) primacy

174 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

D) spatially Answer: A Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.1 Learning Objective: LO11.1 List and describe five patterns for organizing the main ideas of a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Main Ideas Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 11-1.12. A speech topic presenting an issue that needs to be resolved will probably be organized A) as problem–solution.

B) by the recency principle.

C) as cause and effect.

D) as chronological.

Answer: A Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.1 Learning Objective: LO11.1 List and describe five patterns for organizing the main ideas of a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Main Ideas Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 11-1.13. The five linear, direct organizational patterns described in the text descend from A) East Asian traditions.

B) western European tradition.

C) early American universities.

D) Latin American traditions.

Answer: B Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.1 Learning Objective: LO11.1 List and describe five patterns for organizing the main ideas of a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Main Ideas Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 11-1.14. In her speech, Padma first describes how hunger is a worldwide problem. She then

175 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

explains that there is a hunger problem in the U.S. Finally, she describes a family experiencing hunger in her hometown in the U.S. What strategy of using supporting material is Padma employing here?

A) primacy–recency B) ―soft‖ to ―hard‖ evidence C) complexity D) specificity Answer: D Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.2 Learning Objective: LO11.2 Explain how to integrate supporting material into a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Supporting Material Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 11-1.15. Hypothetical illustrations, descriptions, and opinions are considered to be ________ evidence.

A) soft B) relevant C) specific D) hard Answer: A Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.2 Learning Objective: LO11.2 Explain how to integrate supporting material into a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Supporting Material Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 11-1.16. Hard evidence includes A) hypothetical illustrations and explanations.

B) descriptions and definitions.

C) analogies and opinions.

D) factual examples and statistics.

Answer: D Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.2 Learning Objective: LO11.2 Explain how to integrate supporting material into a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Supporting Material

176 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 11-1.17. In his speech on varying explanations of how the earth came into existence, Eduardo begins with opinions, moves to inferences, and uses scientific facts in support of his last point.

What principle of supporting material organization is Eduardo reflecting in his speech?

A) ―soft‖ to ―hard‖ evidence B) specificity C) complexity D) primacy–recency Answer: A Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.2 Learning Objective: LO11.2 Explain how to integrate supporting material into a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Supporting Material Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 11-1.18. Transitions, previews, and summaries are all examples of A) main ideas.

B) organization.

C) supporting material.

D) signposts.

Answer: D Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.3 Learning Objective: LO11.3 Use verbal and nonverbal signposts to organize a speech for the ears of others.

Topic: Organizing Your Presentation for the Ears of Others: Signposting Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 11-1.19. According to your text, one significant difference between writing and public speaking is that A) readers cannot go back to review a missed point.

B) public speaking is more repetitive.

C) writing involves more creative flourishes.

D) writing is more logically ordered.

Answer: B

177 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.3 Learning Objective: LO11.3 Use verbal and nonverbal signposts to organize a speech for the ears of others.

Topic: Organizing Your Presentation for the Ears of Others: Signposting Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 11-1.20. A _________is a statement of what is to come.

A) preview B) connector C) verbal transition D) review Answer: A Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.3 Learning Objective: LO11.3 Use verbal and nonverbal signposts to organize a speech for the ears of others.

Topic: Organizing Your Presentation for the Ears of Others: Signposting Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 11-1.21. ―Initial‖ and ‗internal‖ are two types of A) complexity.

B) summaries.

C) conclusions.

D) previews.

Answer: D Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.3 Learning Objective: LO11.3 Use verbal and nonverbal signposts to organize a speech for the ears of others.

Topic: Organizing Your Presentation for the Ears of Others: Signposting Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 11-1.22. A main reason to use previews, summaries, and signposts is to A) help your audience follow the organization of your speech.

B) keep your speech simple, so you don‘t get confused during your delivery.

C) make the speech long enough to fill the allotted time period.

178 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

D) make sure you thoroughly cover your topic.

Answer: A Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.3 Learning Objective: LO11.3 Use verbal and nonverbal signposts to organize a speech for the ears of others.

Topic: Organizing Your Presentation for the Ears of Others: Signposting Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 11-1.23. A planned pause in a speech may be used as A) an effective filler.

B) a nonverbal transition.

C) a summary.

D) an internal preview.

Answer: B Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.3 Learning Objective: LO11.3 Use verbal and nonverbal signposts to organize a speech for the ears of others.

Topic: Organizing Your Presentation for the Ears of Others: Signposting Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 11-1.24. In a speech, Aisha says, ―You should now understand the three most-recommended methods for improving your ability to recall people‘s names: the repetition method, the wordassociation method, and the visual imagery method. I hope you will put these methods into practice and will remember my name the next time you see me in the hall.‖ What device is Aisha making use of in her speech?

A) a final summary B) a transition C) an internal summary D) a preview statement Answer: A Module number: 11.3 Learning Objective: LO11.3 Use verbal and nonverbal signposts to organize a speech for the ears of others.

Topic: Organizing Your Presentation for the Ears of Others: Signposting

179 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 11-1.25. ―I want to pause here just so you can see how far we have come,‖ Brian says to his audience. ―You‘ve learned that any problem you have is only a problem with your attitude.

You‘ve learned that the world isn‘t out to get you, but it‘s not going out of its way to be nice to you. And you‘ve learned that everyone has obstacles in their lives.‖ Which kind of transition is Brian using at this point?

A) a final summary B) an internal summary C) a nonverbal transition D) an internal preview Answer: B Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.3 Learning Objective: LO11.3 Use verbal and nonverbal signposts to organize a speech for the ears of others.

Topic: Organizing Your Presentation for the Ears of Others: Signposting Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 11-2 True/False 11-2.1. The principle of recency means that an audience will BEST remember your last supporting point.

Answer: True Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.1 Learning Objective: LO11.1 List and describe five patterns for organizing the main ideas of a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Main Ideas Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 11-2.2. A speech on which factors to consider when selecting a mountain bike would best be organized chronologically.

Answer: False Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.1

180 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO11.1 List and describe five patterns for organizing the main ideas of a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Main Ideas Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 11-2.3. In a speech that examines the causes and effects of something, the cause must be covered first.

Answer: False Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.1 Learning Objective: LO11.1 List and describe five patterns for organizing the main ideas of a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Main Ideas Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 11-2.4. Stating a problem and then discussing its causes pertains most directly to the problem– solution pattern of arranging points.

Answer: False Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.1 Learning Objective: LO11.1 List and describe five patterns for organizing the main ideas of a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Main Ideas Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 11-2.5. All cultures tend to organize and process information in a linear pattern.

Answer: False Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.1 Learning Objective: LO11.1 List and describe five patterns for organizing the main ideas of a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Main Ideas Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 11.2.6. Specificity means that you can organize your supporting material either from general to

181 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

specific or from specific to general.

Answer: True Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.2 Learning Objective: LO11.2 Explain how to integrate supporting material into a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Supporting Material Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 11-2.7. Soft to hard organization of supporting material relies chiefly on the principle of recency.

Answer: True Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.2 Learning Objective: LO11.2 Explain how to integrate supporting material into a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Supporting Material Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 11-2.8. Using verbal signposts will improve your audience‘s ability to follow your speech.

Answer: True Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.3 Learning Objective: LO11.3 Use verbal and nonverbal signposts to organize a speech for the ears of others.

Topic: Organizing Your Presentation for the Ears of Others: Signposting Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 11-2.9. Previews help to ensure that audience members will first anticipate and later remember the important points of a speech.

Answer: True Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.3 Learning Objective: LO11.3 Use verbal and nonverbal signposts to organize a speech for the ears of others.

Topic: Organizing Your Presentation for the Ears of Others: Signposting Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

182 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

11-2.10. Speakers should use previews only at the beginning of their speeches.

Answer: False Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.3 Learning Objective: LO11.3 Use verbal and nonverbal signposts to organize a speech for the ears of others.

Topic: Organizing Your Presentation for the Ears of Others: Signposting Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 11-3 Fill-in-the-blank 11-3.1. Emphasizing your most important or convincing idea first uses the principle of _________.

Answer: primacy Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.1 Learning Objective: LO11.1 List and describe five patterns for organizing the main ideas of a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Main Ideas Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 11-3.2. _________ organization arranges ideas according to their physical locations or directions.

Answer: Spatial Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.1 Learning Objective: LO11.1 List and describe five patterns for organizing the main ideas of a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Main Ideas Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 11-3.3. If the recency principle is applied to a cause-and-effect speech, the cause–effect pattern emphasizes the _________, while the effect–cause pattern emphasizes the _________.

Answer: effects; causes

183 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.1 Learning Objective: LO11.1 List and describe five patterns for organizing the main ideas of a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Main Ideas Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 11-3.4. Hypothetical illustrations, descriptions, explanations, definitions, analogies, and opinions are all considered _________ evidence.

Answer: soft Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.2 Learning Objective: Explain how to integrate supporting material into a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Supporting Material Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 11-3.5. According to your text, soft to hard organization of supporting material relies chiefly on the principle of _________.

Answer: recency Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.2 Learning Objective: LO11.2 Explain how to integrate supporting material into a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Supporting Material Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 11-3.6. _________ are organizational cues for your audience‘s ears.

Answer: Signposts Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.3 Learning Objective: LO11.3 Use verbal and nonverbal signposts to organize a speech for the ears of others.

Topic: Organizing Your Presentation for the Ears of Others: Signposting Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 11-3.7. A(n) _________ _________ is a statement of what the main ideas of a speech will be.

184 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: initial preview Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.3 Learning Objective: LO11.3 Use verbal and nonverbal signposts to organize a speech for the ears of others.

Topic: Organizing Your Presentation for the Ears of Others: Signposting Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 11-3.8. A(n) _________ _________ is usually presented in conjunction with a central idea as a blueprint for a speech.

Answer: initial preview Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.3 Learning Objective: LO11.3 Use verbal and nonverbal signposts to organize a speech for the ears of others.

Topic: Organizing Your Presentation for the Ears of Others: Signposting Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 11-3.9. Phrases and wording such as ―in addition to,‖ ―in other words,‖ and ―also‖ are all examples of _________ _________.

Answer: verbal transitions Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.3 Learning Objective: LO11.3 Use verbal and nonverbal signposts to organize a speech for the ears of others.

Topic: Organizing Your Presentation for the Ears of Others: Signposting Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 11-3.10. The two types of summaries are _________ and final.

Answer: internal Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.3 Learning Objective: LO11.3 Use verbal and nonverbal signposts to organize a speech for the ears of others.

Topic: Organizing Your Presentation for the Ears of Others: Signposting

185 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 11-4 Essay 11-4.1. Using the hypothetical topic ―What Not to Do in a Foreign Country,‖ select an organizational pattern from the ones described in your text. Then defend why this pattern would be BEST suited for this particular topic.

Answer: Organization pattern choice will vary but should include one of the following: topical, chronological, spatial, cause and effect, or problem–solution.

Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.1 Learning Objective: LO11.1 List and describe five patterns for organizing the main ideas of a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Main Ideas Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 11-4.2. What are the main differences between the cause-and-effect pattern and the problem– solution pattern for organizing speech points and supporting material?

Answer: Cause-and-effect organization may first identify a situation and then discuss the effects that result from it, resulting in an emphasis on the effects. This type of organization may also present a situation and then seek its causes, which results in an emphasis on the causes. Problemsolution organization emphasizes how best to solve a problem.

Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.1 Learning Objective: LO11.1 List and describe five patterns for organizing the main ideas of a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Main Ideas Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 11-4.3. In any speech, supporting material must be organized in order to support your main ideas in the best way possible. Your text discusses five strategies that will help you decide how to order this material. Using the topic ―Always Wear Your Seat Belt,‖ name three of these strategies, and illustrate how you might use them in this speech.

Answer: Strategies and illustrations will vary, but answers should include three of the following organization strategies: primacy, recency, specificity, complexity, and soft to hard evidence.

Chapter number: 11

186 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 11.2 Learning Objective: LO11.2 Explain how to integrate supporting material into a speech.

Topic: Organizing Your Supporting Material Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 11-4.4. What is a signpost? Give two specific examples and explain their value in a speech.

Answer: Examples and their values will vary, but answers should include that a signpost is an organizational cue for the audience‘s ears. Signposts include previews, transitions, and summaries.

A previews is a statement of what is to come and helps ensure audience members will anticipate and later remember the important points in a speech. The two types of previews are initial previews and internal previews A transitions is a verbal or nonverbal signal that a speaker has finished discussing one idea and is moving to another. The two types of transitions are verbal and nonverbal.

A summary recaps what has been said and provides listeners with additional exposure to ideas that can help them grasp and remember the message. This includes the internal summary and the final summary.

Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.3 Learning Objective: LO11.3 Use verbal and nonverbal signposts to organize a speech for the ears of others.

Topic: Organizing Your Presentation for the Ears of Others: Signposting Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 11-4.5. In a speech entitled ―How to Cook Thanksgiving Dinner,‖ name and give specific examples of how different types of signposts could be used to help your audience understand and remember your speech.

Answer: Examples will vary, but answers should include use of previews, transitions, and summaries.

Chapter number: 11 Module number: 11.3 Learning Objective: LO11.3 Use verbal and nonverbal signposts to organize a speech for the ears of others.

Topic: Organizing Your Presentation for the Ears of Others: Signposting Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

Test Bank Chapter 12

187 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

12-1 Multiple Choice 12-1.1. When developing a preparation outline, you should write down which of the following?

A) directions for delivering your speech B) the speech‘s general purpose C) the length of time provided for the speech D) your main ideas, subpoints, and supporting material Answer: D Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 12-1.2. The speaker‘s outline that lets you judge the unity and coherence of your speech, determine how well the parts fit together, and see how smoothly the speech flows is the ________ outline.

A) delivery B) preparation C) numerical D) preliminary Answer: B Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-1.3. Writing down your main ideas, subpoints, and supporting material, then using geometric shapes and arrows to indicate logical relationships is a technique known as A) graphing.

B) clustering.

C) brainstorming.

D) laddering.

Answer: B

188 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-1.4. When producing a preparation outline, it is important to follow A) your instructor‘s guidelines.

B) a modified outlining format.

C) your own format.

D) MLA guidelines.

Answer: A Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 12-1.5. Why should you use complete sentences in a preparation outline, according to the text?

A) This will help you judge the coherence of the speech.

B) This will assist you in realizing the importance of good grammar.

C) This will ensure that you use these sentences word for word when you deliver the speech.

D) This will guarantee that you use the best wording possible for the speech.

Answer: A Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 12-1.6. What is the major benefit of using standard outline formatting?

A) It points out important phrases you need to remember.

B) It helps you remember the main ideas of your speech.

C) It lets you see relationships among main ideas and supporting material.

D) It is neat and appropriate for speechmaking.

Answer: C

189 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 12-1.7. Although unlikely, an outline may have to be subdivided beyond the level of lowercase letters (such as a, b, c). Which subdivision would come next?

A) numbers in parentheses B) capital letters in parentheses C) lowercase letters in parentheses D) Roman numerals in brackets Answer: A Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-1.8. When using standard outline formatting for a speech, which of the following is the proper order of subdivision for a point?

A) a, 1, A, I B) A, 1, I, a C) 1, A, a, I D) I, A, 1, a Answer: D Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-1.9. If you have more than five subpoints in your outline, A) you should indent each subpoint further than the one above it.

B) make a note to tell the audience to pay close attention during this part of your speech.

C) you may want to place some of them under another point.

D) indent the group and place parentheses around them.

190 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: C Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-1.10. Which of the following is one of the features of standard outline formatting?

A) Use at least two subpoints, if any, for each main idea.

B) Use capital letters for all subpoints.

C) Indent to the number or letter above.

D) Use numbers for all of your subpoints.

Answer: A Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-1.11. In a preparation outline, the specific purpose should be placed A) in the introduction.

B) at the top of the outline.

C) on the source page.

D) at the bottom of the outline.

Answer: B Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-1.12. What is the purpose of including the specific purpose in your outline?

A) It serves as a yardstick by which to measure the relevance of each main idea and piece of supporting material.

B) It serves as a reminder of what topic you will be speaking on.

C) It serves as a guide to how many subpoints the speech should have.

191 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

D) It lets other people know what your speech will be about.

Answer: A Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 12-1.13. In a preparation outline, the blueprint should come immediately after the A) speech body.

B) central idea.

C) conclusion.

D) introduction.

Answer: D Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-1.14. Once you have completed your preparation outline, you should analyze it by asking which of the following questions?

A) Does the speech as outlined fulfill the purpose you have specified?

B) Will the signposts help listeners understand how informed you are on the topic?

C) Does it include appropriate delivery cues?

D) Among your classmates, have you chosen the best topic?

Answer: A Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-1.15. Which of the following statements about speaking notes is TRUE? A) They are the same as the preparation outline, except they are written on note cards.

B) They are the same as the preparation outline, except they are enlarged and double-spaced.

192 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

C) They are more detailed than the preparation outline.

D) They are shorter than the preparation outline.

Answer: D Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.2 Learning Objective: LO12.2 Prepare speaking notes for a speech.

Topic: Preparing Your Speaking Notes Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 12-1.16. Wade is in the process of giving a speech to his class. He has his speaking notes on hand and is reading from them, word for word. Is Wade using his speaking notes correctly?

A) Yes; Wade will be able to convey his points exactly as he would like because he has them written down.

B) Yes; memorizing or improvising any part of a speech is not the proper way of being a speaker.

C) No; speaking notes serve as an outline and should not be detailed enough to be read word for word.

D) No; Wade should be reading from his standard outline instead.

Answer: C Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.2 Learning Objective: LO12.2 Prepare speaking notes for a speech.

Topic: Preparing Your Speaking Notes Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 12-1.17. What tip is suggested regarding the use of speaking notes?

A) Make sure your letters and words are large enough to be read easily.

B) Use complete sentences throughout your notes.

C) Do not write out statistics or direct quotations.

D) Do not write your introduction and conclusion.

Answer: A Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.2 Learning Objective: LO12.2 Prepare speaking notes for a speech.

Topic: Preparing Your Speaking Notes Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

193 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

12-1.18. Which of the following should be written out in full in your speaking notes?

A) the first main point B) the last main point C) statistics D) the specific purpose Answer: C Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.2 Learning Objective: LO12.2 Prepare speaking notes for a speech.

Topic: Preparing Your Speaking Notes Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-1.19. Which of the following is the best alternative option for electronic speaking notes?

A) whiteboard notes B) note cards C) cue cards D) a tablet Answer: B Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.2 Learning Objective: LO12.2 Prepare speaking notes for a speech.

Topic: Preparing Your Speaking Notes Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-1.20. Corine decides to write out the first and last sentences of her presentation to include in her speaking notes. Is this acceptable?

A) Yes; speaking notes can include the first and last sentences of a presentation.

B) Yes; but they must be highlighted and on separate note cards.

C) No; only the introduction and conclusion may be written out.

D) No; short notes are the only format permitted for use in speaking notes.

Answer: A Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.2 Learning Objective: LO12.2 Prepare speaking notes for a speech.

Topic: Preparing Your Speaking Notes Difficulty: moderate

194 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Apply What You Know 12-1.21. Which of the following should be included in speaking notes: the central idea or the specific-purpose statement?

A) both the central idea and the purpose statement B) neither the central idea nor the purpose statement C) the purpose statement only D) the central idea only Answer: D Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.2 Learning Objective: LO12.2 Prepare speaking notes for a speech.

Topic: Preparing Your Speaking Notes Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-1.22. Things such as ―louder,‖ ―pause,‖ or ―walk two steps left‖ are known as A) supporting material.

B) delivery cues.

C) a standard outline.

D) verbal content.

Answer: B Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.2 Learning Objective: LO12.2 Prepare speaking notes for a speech.

Topic: Preparing Your Speaking Notes Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-1.23. When Jorge shows Laura his speaking notes for an upcoming speech, she criticizes Jorge for including supporting material and signposts in his outline. Who is right?

A) Laura is right because supporting material and signposts do not belong in speaking notes.

B) Laura is right about the supporting material, but Jorge is right about the signposts.

C) Jorge is right because supporting material and signposts should be included in speaking notes.

D) Jorge is right because all elements of a speech should be detailed in speaking notes.

Answer: C Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.2 Learning Objective: LO12.2 Prepare speaking notes for a speech.

195 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Preparing Your Speaking Notes Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 12-1.24. Arjun‘s speaking notes are five pages long and include full paragraphs of explanation so that he won‘t forget anything during his speech. Is this wise, according to your textbook?

A) Yes; anything that cues a speaker‘s memory is welcome in speaking notes.

B) No, because the delivery outline should contain key words or phrases, not paragraphs.

C) No, but only because Arjun failed to transfer the information onto note cards.

D) Yes; full explanations are necessary in all outlines if a speaker is to be successful.

Answer: B Module number: 12.2 Learning Objective: LO12.2 Prepare speaking notes for a speech.

Topic: Preparing Your Speaking Notes Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 12-1.25. On the evaluations for your previous two speeches, you received a comment about a ―speedy vocal delivery.‖ You want to make sure not to repeat that mistake on your next speaking assignment, so you write in the margins of your note cards ―Slow down.‖ Is this appropriate to do in speaking notes?

A) No; comments like this may be seen by the audience and damage your credibility.

B) Yes; comments like this are effective delivery reminders on speaking notes.

C) Yes, but only if you include those comments on your original preparation outline.

D) No; comments like this will only confuse you and make you more nervous when you speak.

Answer: B Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.2 Learning Objective: LO12.2 Prepare speaking notes for a speech.

Topic: Preparing Your Speaking Notes Module number: 12.2 12-2 True/False 12-2.1. You should write your preparation outline in phrases rather than complete sentences.

Answer: False Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

196 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-2.2. You should write your delivery cues in your preparation outline.

Answer: False Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-2.3. Signposts are NOT included in a preparation outline.

Answer: False Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-2.4. The preparation outline is typically used by a speaker during the speech.

Answer: False Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-2.5. The preparation outline should be written in standard outline formatting.

Answer: True Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: easy

197 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Remember the Facts 12-2.6. It is acceptable to use a manuscript of your speech for your speaking notes.

Answer: False Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.2 Learning Objective: LO12.2 Prepare speaking notes for a speech.

Topic: Preparing Your Speaking Notes Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-2.7. You should NOT include the specific-purpose statement in your speaking notes.

Answer: True Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.2 Learning Objective: LO12.2 Prepare speaking notes for a speech.

Topic: Preparing Your Speaking Notes Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-2.8. You should include your central idea in your speaking notes.

Answer: True Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.2 Learning Objective: LO12.2 Prepare speaking notes for a speech.

Topic: Preparing Your Speaking Notes Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-2.9. You should write out your key signposts in your speaking notes.

Answer: True Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.2 Learning Objective: LO12.2 Prepare speaking notes for a speech.

Topic: Preparing Your Speaking Notes Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

198 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

12-2.10. Delivery cues in your speaking notes should be written in a different color or font.

Answer: True Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.2 Learning Objective: LO12.2 Prepare speaking notes for a speech.

Topic: Preparing Your Speaking Notes Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

12-3 Fill-in-the-blank 12-3.1. _________ is a visual mapping strategy that is done by writing down all of your speech‘s main ideas, subpoints, and supporting material and then using geometric shapes and arrows to indicate the logical relationships among them.

Answer: Clustering Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-3.2. Unless you write your preparation outline in _________ _________, you will have trouble judging the coherence of the speech.

Answer: complete sentences Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-3.3. _________ outline formatting lets you see at a glance the exact relationships among the various main ideas and supporting material in your speech.

Answer: Standard Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1

199 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-3.4. The _________ _________ should be written at the top of your preparation outline.

Answer: specific purpose Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-3.5. In a preparation outline, the introduction is placed _________ the statement of your specific purpose.

Answer: after Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-3.6. The blueprint immediately follows the _________ in a preparation outline.

Answer: introduction Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-3.7. The _________ _________ are a shorter outline of your speech.

Answer: speaking notes Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.2 Learning Objective: LO12.2 Prepare speaking notes for a speech.

200 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Preparing Your Speaking Notes Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 12-3.8. In case of technical difficulty, _________ _________ are a useful speaking notes backup because they are small enough to be held in one hand.

Answer: note cards Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.2 Learning Objective: LO12.2 Prepare speaking notes for a speech.

Topic: Preparing Your Speaking Notes Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-3.9. The _________ _________ but not the specific-purpose statement should be included in a speaker‘s speaking notes.

Answer: central idea Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.2 Learning Objective: LO12.2 Prepare speaking notes for a speech.

Topic: Preparing Your Speaking Notes Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-3.10. _________ _________ include notes such as ―louder,‖ ―pause,‖ or ―walk two steps left.‖ Answer: Delivery cues Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.2 Learning Objective: LO12.2 Prepare speaking notes for a speech.

Topic: Preparing Your Speaking Notes Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 12-4 Essay 12-4.1. Imagine that you will be presenting an informative speech on this topic: ―Reality Programs I Have Learned to Love.‖ Develop an outline for this topic that demonstrates your understanding of correct outline form. Include a specific-purpose statement, central idea,

201 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

introduction, main ideas, subpoints, and a conclusion in the outline.

Answer: Answers will vary but should include the correct outline formatting (I. First main idea.

A. First subpoint of I. B. Second subpoint of I. 1. First subpoint of B. 2. Second subpoint of B. a.

First subpoint of 2. b. Second subpoint of 2. II. Second main idea), complete with a specificpurpose statement, central idea, introduction, main points, subpoints, and a conclusion.

Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 12-4.2. Briefly discuss three ways that a preparation outline differs from speaking notes.

Answer: Answers will vary but should include the following. Preparation outline: detailed; may be created using the clustering strategy; written in complete sentences; the specific purpose is written and labeled at the top; includes the blueprint and the full versions of the introduction and conclusion. Speaking notes: used during a speech; are a shorter outline; use electronic technology and note cards to display them; do not contain detailed sentences (except perhaps the first and last sentences of a speech); have shortened versions of an introduction and conclusion; include a central idea but not a specific-purpose statement; statistics, direct quotations, sources, and key signposts are written out; may include delivery cues.

Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1, 12.2 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech; LO12.2 Prepare speaking notes for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline, Preparing Your Speaking Notes Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 12-4.3. Explain the clustering technique of and how you can use it to develop an outline.

Answer: Answers will vary but should include writing down all main ideas, subpoints, and supporting material for the speech and using geometric shapes and arrows to indicate the logical relationships among them. The ultimate goal is to produce a plan that lets you judge the unity and coherence of your speech, determine how well the parts fit together, and see how smoothly the speech flows.

Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline

202 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 12-4.4. Why should you analyze your preparation outline? Identify and explain the questions you can use to do so.

Answer: Answers will vary but should mention that analyzing assists the speaker in possibly revising the speech. Questions and explanations include: Does the speech as outlined fulfill the purpose you have specified? If not, revise the specific purpose or change the direction and content of the speech itself. Are the main ideas logical extensions (natural divisions, reasons, or steps) of the central idea? If not, revise either the central idea or the main ideas. Do the signposts enhance the flow of one idea into the next? If not, change or add previews, summaries, or transitions. Does each subpoint provide support for the point under which it falls? If not, then either move or delete the subpoint. Is your outline form correct?

Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.1 Learning Objective: LO12.1 Develop a preparation outline for a speech.

Topic: Develop a Preparation Outline Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 12-4.5. Provide a detailed explanation of the process of preparing speaking notes.

Answer: Answers will vary but should include creating a shorter outline of your speech in standard outline formatting; choosing the appropriate technology (and a backup option); including shortened versions of the introduction and conclusion; including the central idea and not the purpose statement; writing out in full any statistics, direct quotations, sources, and key signposts; and including delivery cues if necessary.

Chapter number: 12 Module number: 12.2 Learning Objective: LO12.2 Prepare speaking notes for a speech.

Topic: Preparing Your Speaking Notes Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

Test Bank Chapter 13 13-1 Multiple Choice 13-1.1. Is drafting an introduction often the first task completed in preparing a speech?

A) Yes; speeches are written in a logical order.

B) Yes; the introduction sets the tone for the speech and must be established first.

203 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

C) No; an outline of the conclusions you want your audience to draw is the first step.

D) No; the introduction is an overview of your message, so the message must be decided first.

Answer: D Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.1 Learning Objective: LO13.1 Explain the functions of a speech introduction.

Topic: Purposes of Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 13-1.2. The first function of an introduction is to A) preview the main ideas.

B) establish credibility.

C) get the audience‘s attention.

D) reveal the topic.

Answer: C Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.1 Learning Objective: LO13.1 Explain the functions of a speech introduction.

Topic: Purposes of Introductions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 13-1.3. A key purpose of the introduction is to A) gain favorable attention for your speech.

B) alienate the audience so they want to learn more about your topic.

C) disgust the audience in order to gain audience attention.

D) gain audience attention by irritating the audience.

Answer: A Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.1 Learning Objective: LO13.1 Explain the functions of a speech introduction.

Topic: Purposes of Introductions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 13-1.4. The best way to establish listening motivation of your audience is A) providing them with colorful visual aids.

B) showing the audience how your topic affects them.

204 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

C) yelling loudly so you will capture their attention.

D) staying silent until all of their attention is directed at you.

Answer: B Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.1 Learning Objective: LO13.1 Explain the functions of a speech introduction.

Topic: Purposes of Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 13-1.5. The degree to which the information in your speech affects your listeners directly is known as A) similarity.

B) complementarity.

C) relevance.

D) affect.

Answer: C Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.1 Learning Objective: LO13.1 Explain the functions of a speech introduction.

Topic: Purposes of Introductions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 13-1.6. The BEST way to ensure that your introduction introduces the subject of your speech is to A) state your general purpose in your introduction.

B) avoid references to the content of your speech.

C) use more than one speech device in your introduction.

D) state your central idea in the introduction.

Answer: D Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.1 Learning Objective: LO13.1 Explain the functions of a speech introduction.

Topic: Purposes of Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 13-1.7. It is important in an introduction to build trust with the audience and to have

205 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

believability. This is known as speaker A) likability.

B) popularity.

C) credibility.

D) trustworthiness.

Answer: C Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.1 Learning Objective: LO13.1 Explain the functions of a speech introduction.

Topic: Purposes of Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 13-1.8. Dr. Jackson is about to give a speech discussing the merits of a new inner-ear hearing device. As the host introduces her, he comments on Dr. Jackson‘s 20 years in the field of audiology, her participation in numerous high-profile research projects, and her latest article in an industry-standard scientific journal. These mentions help establish A) the long-term job prospects in audiology.

B) Dr. Jackson‘s relative inexperience in the field.

C) Dr. Jackson‘s outgoing personality.

D) Dr. Jackson‘s credibility for her speech.

Answer: D Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.1 Learning Objective: LO13.1 Explain the functions of a speech introduction.

Topic: Purposes of Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 13-1.9. The final step in an introduction is to provide your audience with the main ideas of your speech. This step is known as A) a summary.

B) an explanation.

C) a specific purpose.

D) a preview.

Answer: D Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.1 Learning Objective: LO13.1 Explain the functions of a speech introduction.

206 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Purposes of Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 13-1.10. An initial preview statement is an organizational strategy called A) an introduction.

B) a signpost.

C) a summary.

D) the main idea.

Answer: B Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.1 Learning Objective: LO13.1 Explain the functions of a speech introduction.

Topic: Purposes of Introductions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 13-1.11. Are illustrations and anecdotes allowed in the introduction of a speech?

A) Yes, as this will introduce the subject and almost invariably gain an audience‘s attention.

B) Yes, audiences use anecdotes as the sole source in determining a speaker‘s credibility.

C) No, they should be saved only for the conclusion of the speech as a way to help the audience remember the topic.

D) No, only facts and statistics are permitted for use in an introduction.

Answer: A Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 13-1.12. Isabella is introducing her speech on sustainability. She informs her audience, ―The average American generates nearly 4.5 pounds of trash each day.‖ Which method of introduction is Isabella using?

A) Refer to historical events.

B) Use quotations.

C) Present startling facts or statistics.

D) Use illustrations or anecdotes.

Answer: C

207 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 13-1.13. A speech introduction that begins with ―Did you know that the U.S. government has put secrecy orders on more than 5,000 patents?‖ is employing a device known as A) a reference to a historical event.

B) use of appropriate humor.

C) use of a startling fact.

D) use of an anecdote.

Answer: C Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 13-1.14. How often should quotations be used in a speech?

A) As often as possible, since it shows the audience the speaker has done research on the topic.

B) Never since a speech should be in the speaker‘s own words.

C) At least once for every main point the speaker is covering.

D) Only when they are extremely interesting, compelling, or to the point.

Answer: D Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 13-1.15. In an introduction, you may ask a question that doesn‘t require a response but prompts your listeners‘ mental participation. This is called ________ question.

A) a primacy B) a hypothetical C) a rhetorical D) an unanswerable

208 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: C Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 13-1.16. Leah asked her audience, ―How would you feel if all of your life savings suddenly disappeared?‖ What introductory device was Leah using?

A) establishing her credibility B) asking a rhetorical question C) presenting a startling fact D) referring to recent events Answer: B Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 13-1.17. A speaker opens with the following question: ―Did you know that on this date in 1954, the USS Nautilus, the first atomic submarine, was launched at Groton, Connecticut?‖ What device is being employed in this introduction?

A) a reference to a historical event B) an effective use of humor C) a startling fact or statistic D) a preview of the topic Answer: A Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 13-1.18. Jamal saying to his audience ―Last week, scientists made an astounding breakthrough in cancer treatment‖ is an example of

209 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

A) referring to a historical event.

B) referring to a recent event.

C) revealing something personal.

D) making note of the occasion.

Answer: B Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 13-1.19. What might result from a speaker properly referring to recent events in their introduction?

A) The speaker will have to do less research because there will be a large amount of information available on the topic.

B) The audience will see the speaker as less credible because the topic is too new to be considered established fact.

C) The audience will perceive the speaker as knowledgeable about current affairs.

D) The speaker will not have to write an introduction since referring to the event will be more than enough to establish the speech‘s main ideas.

Answer: C Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 13-1.20. Thanking someone for inviting you to speak as part of your introduction is an example of A) a reference to a recent event.

B) an illustration.

C) revealing something about yourself.

D) a rhetorical device.

Answer: C Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

210 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 13-1.21. Which of the following should speakers do when they want to establish a bond between themselves and their audiences?

A) Make note of the occasion.

B) Reveal something about themselves.

C) Refer to historical events.

D) Acknowledge the preceding speech.

Answer: B Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 13-1.22. Janet‘s introduction contained the following remarks: ―How many of you know someone who has tried to quit smoking, successfully or unsuccessfully? Have any of the smokers in this audience tried to quit? Well, if you have tried to quit and failed, you are among the 20 percent of Americans who have tried to quit multiple times. A few months ago, I tried to quit for the umpteenth time, but this time I made it. I‘d like to tell you exactly how I made it.‖ Which of the following statements is accurate about this introduction?

A) Janet shouldn‘t discuss her own experience with quitting smoking because it sets up some distance between her and the audience.

B) Janet has successfully combined introductory devices of questions to the audience, statistical information, and a personal reference.

C) Janet has too many devices in this introduction; the audience will be confused rather than intrigued by this introduction.

D) Janet has successfully combined introductory devices of startling statements, reference to historical events, and illustrations.

Answer: B Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know

211 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

13-1.23. References to _________ are usually made at weddings, birthday parties, and dedications.

A) preceding speeches B) historical events C) the occasion D) recent events Answer: C Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 13-1.24. ―You have heard several ideas for investing your money wisely this morning from other speakers, but I‘m going to share with you a way to do it with maximum safety and minimal risk‖ is an example of a A) historical event reference.

B) recent event reference.

C) reference to a preceding speech.

D) personal reference.

Answer: C Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 13-1.25. Zane is nervous; the previous speaker just spoke on a topic very similar to his own.

Zane has only a few moments before he is called to the podium to speak. What method would be best for Zane to employ in his introduction?

A) Provide a startling fact or statistic so the audience will forget about the other speech.

B) Insult the previous speech and position his as the better topic.

C) Ask the audience if they would like to hear about the same topic again.

D) Refer to the preceding speech and draw analogies to it.

Answer: D Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2

212 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 13-2 True/False 13-2.1. The first goal of the speech introduction is to gain the attention of the audience.

Answer: True Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.1 Learning Objective: LO13.1 Explain the functions of a speech introduction.

Topic: Purposes of Introductions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 13-2.2. In your introduction, after you have captured the attention of the audience, your work is done.

Answer: False Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.1 Learning Objective: LO13.1 Explain the functions of a speech introduction.

Topic: Purposes of Introductions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 13-2.3. Relevance refers to the degree to which listeners should act.

Answer: False Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.1 Learning Objective: LO13.1 Explain the functions of a speech introduction.

Topic: Purposes of Introductions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 13-2.4. As a speaker, you should NOT include your central idea in your introduction.

Answer: False Chapter number: 13

213 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 13.1 Learning Objective: LO13.1 Explain the functions of a speech introduction.

Topic: Purposes of Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 13-2.5. You should NOT attempt to startle an audience with amazing or shocking information.

Answer: False Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts

13-2.6. Humor is NOT a good attention-gaining strategy if your audience is linguistically diverse.

Answer: True Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 13-2.7. When using a question to open a speech, you will generally use a rhetorical question, the kind you don‘t expect an answer to.

Answer: True Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 13-2.8. Telling the audience about your personal experience with your topic can help establish your credibility.

214 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: True Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 13-2.9. The purpose of revealing something personal about yourself is to establish the speaker‘s authority over the audience.

Answer: False Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 13-2.10. If a preceding speaker has spoken on a topic that is closely related to yours, it may be wise to draw an analogy between the two speeches.

Answer: True Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 13-3 Fill-in-the-blank 13-3.1. Drafting a speech‘s introduction is more often the _________ task in preparing a speech.

Answer: last Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.1 Learning Objective: LO13.1 Explain the functions of a speech introduction.

Topic: Purposes of Introductions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

215 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

13-3.2. A key purpose of the introduction is to gain _________ attention for your speech.

Answer: favorable Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.1 Learning Objective: LO13.1 Explain the functions of a speech introduction.

Topic: Purposes of Introductions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 13-3.3. _________ is the degree to which the information in your speech affects your listeners directly.

Answer: Relevance Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.1 Learning Objective: LO13.1 Explain the functions of a speech introduction.

Topic: Purposes of Introductions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 13-3.4. Including a statement of your _________ _________ in the introduction is the best way to ensure your introduction introduces the subject of your speech.

Answer: central idea Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.1 Learning Objective: LO13.1 Explain the functions of a speech introduction.

Topic: Purposes of Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 13-3.5. Being well prepared, appearing confident, and sharing your personal experience with the topic are all ways to establish _________.

Answer: credibility Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.1 Learning Objective: LO13.1 Explain the functions of a speech introduction.

Topic: Purposes of Introductions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts

216 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

13-3.6. A _________ usually comes near the end of the introduction and allows your listeners to anticipate the main ideas of your speech.

Answer: preview Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.1 Learning Objective: LO13.1 Explain the functions of a speech introduction.

Topic: Purposes of Introductions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 13-3.7. Startling facts or _________ can grab an audience‘s attention and motivate them to listen further.

Answer: statistics Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 13-3.8. A(n) _________ question is one to which you would not expect an answer.

Answer: rhetorical Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 13-3.9. If another writer or speaker has expressed an opinion on your topic that is more authoritative, comprehensive, or memorable than what you can say, you might want to use a ________.

Answer: quotation Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions

217 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 13-3.10. ―Recent‖ events are defined in the text as events that occurred within the past_________ or so.

Answer: year Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 13-4 Essay 13-4.1. Your textbook provides five functions of the speech introduction. In an essay, identify these functions and explain their importance in a public speech.

Answer: Answers will vary but should include: (1) get the audience‘s attention, (2) introduce the subject, (3) give the audience a reason to listen, (4) establish your credibility, and (5) preview your main ideas.

Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.1 Learning Objective: LO13.1 Explain the functions of a speech introduction.

Topic: Purposes of Introductions Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 13-4.2. What is a rhetorical question? Explain what it is, how it can be presented, and why it is effective in getting the audience‘s attention.

Answer: Answers will vary but should include the following: A rhetorical question is a question asked to which you don‘t expect an answer. It can be presented either by itself or in tandem with another method of introduction. It can be effective because it can prompt your listeners‘ mental participation in your introduction by getting their attention and giving them a reason to listen.

Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

218 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

13-4.3. Give an example of each of the following introductory devices: (1) referring to historical events, (2) referring to recent events, (3) revealing something about yourself, (4) making note of the occasion, and (5) acknowledging preceding speeches.

Answer: Answers will vary but may include the following: (1) On this date in history, Bhutan ended its status as the only country in the world to prohibit television.

(2) Recently, an important election debate took place.

(3) I know exactly how hard it is to live away from home for the first time.

(4) I want to congratulate the happy couple on their wedding. Weddings have always been exciting events that include a rich history of tradition.

(5) As my colleague has just explained, weddings have a history of fascinating traditions associated with them. Indian weddings have their own unique history and traditions.

Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 13-4.4. Compare and contrast startling facts and rhetorical questions as attention-gaining devices.

Make up an example of each using the speech topic ―parking on campus.‖ Answer: Answers will vary but should include the definition of a rhetorical question (a question asked to which you don‘t expect an answer).

Comparison: both are effective introduction devices that will grab an audience‘s attention and motivate the audience to listen.

Contrast: Startling facts or statistics will help an audience remember your speech. They may include facts such as the ratio of parking spaces compared to commuter students or parking rules and regulations that could get a car ticketed.

Rhetorical question: ―How many times have you had to drive around for at least 15 minutes before finding a parking space on campus?‖ Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 13-4.5. Using the hypothetical speech topic ―The Importance of an Internship,‖ develop four possible introductions to this speech, illustrating your understanding of the various devices that

219 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

can be used in an introduction.

Answer: Answers will vary but may include the following: Use illustrations or anecdotes: Ursula Burns started out as a mechanical engineering summer intern at Xerox. From there, she worked her way up and in 2009 was named Xerox‘s CEO. Present startling facts or statistics: According to a survey, 60 percent of employers expressed a preference for hiring applicants with internships on their resume.

Use quotations: ―Tell me and I forget, teach me and I may remember, involve me and I learn.‖ —Benjamin Franklin Use humor: You will survive the trials of your internship, and best of all, someday you will be able to impose them on someone else.

Ask questions: How many people here have already had an internship?

Refer to historical events: Experts agree that the 11th- and 12th-century trade guilds of Europe were the basis of the modern-day internship.

Refer to recent events: Google uses interns as a way of diversifying their workforce, leading to exposure to the technology industry for students who are historically underrepresented in the field.

Use personal references: I know what it is like to make the coffee and write the memos. I also know what it is like to be in charge of the research division of the same company. I was once an intern.

Refer to the occasion: The first day of an internship is an exciting one, filled with opportunity.

Refer to preceding speeches: As you have heard my colleague state, day one of an internship is full of opportunities. These opportunities are short term, but they can make an important, long-term difference.

Chapter number: 13 Module number: 13.2 Learning Objective: LO13.2 List and discuss methods for introducing a speech.

Topic: Effective Introductions Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

Test Bank Chapter 14 14-1 Multiple Choice 14-1.1. Long after you finish speaking, what will the audience most likely remember about your closing remarks?

A) your energy level when delivering them B) the effect, if not the content C) nothing, unless you include an exciting and explosive conclusion

220 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

D) the exact number of times you repeated yourself to drive home your main ideas Answer: B Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 14-1.2. What are the two primary purposes of a speech conclusion?

A) to shock the audience and elicit a response B) to introduce new material and to grab the audience‘s attention C) to grab the audience‘s attention and to elicit a response D) to summarize the speech and to provide closure Answer: D Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 14-1.3. The end of your speech is your last chance to A) confirm your credibility with the audience.

B) restate all of your main and sub points.

C) entertain your audience.

D) impress the central idea on your audience.

Answer: D Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 14-1.4. Besides reiterating the central idea of your speech, the conclusion is also your last chance to A) ask the audience how they would rate your speech-giving skills.

B) inform the audience of other topics you considered speaking about.

221 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

C) introduce new information.

D) repeat your main ideas for the audience.

Answer: D Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 14-1.5. Which of the following is a function of a speech conclusion?

A) restating the main ideas B) providing new material C) invoking guilt in the audience D) fading out gradually Answer: A Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 14-1.6. The text mentions that many of the most memorable quotes from famous speakers were from which part of their speeches?

A) the introduction B) the main idea C) the conclusion D) the body Answer: C Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 14-1.7. _________lets the audience know the speech has ended.

A) Relevance

222 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

B) Accommodation C) Closure D) Recency Answer: C Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 14-1.8. To provide the audience with a sense of closure, you should use A) verbal and nonverbal signals.

B) a formal statement expressing your intent to provide closure.

C) the exact same closing line you used in your introduction.

D) a startling quote or statistic.

Answer: A Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 14-1.9. Words such as finally and phrases such as for my last point, and in conclusion are all examples of A) verbal signals indicating the end of your speech.

B) nonverbal signals indicating the end of your speech.

C) ways a speaker can lengthen their speech to fit a time limit.

D) speech-enhancing phrases.

Answer: A Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 14-1.10. Is making a final, impassioned plea acceptable when ending your speech?

223 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

A) Yes; it signals the end of your speech and may motivate the audience to respond to your message.

B) Yes; it is the only way to have an impact on the audience.

C) No; the audience will be more likely to respond to your message if they remember your speech as factual and dignified.

D) No; an impassioned plea may be used only in a speech‘s introduction.

Answer: A Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Apply What You Know 14-1.11. When Meera said, ―I implore you all to call your members of Congress,‖ this is BEST described as A) a verbal signal.

B) a startling statement.

C) a nonverbal cue to end the speech.

D) an action step.

Answer: D Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Apply What You Know 14-1.12. At the end of your speech, your goal is to motivate your listeners to A) listen to you.

B) come to a consensus on how they feel about your topic.

C) respond to your message.

D) want to hear you speak again.

Answer: C Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: easy

224 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill Level: Remember the Facts 14-1.13. When audience members feel they are or could be personally involved or affected, they will A) take a moment to think about your topic before dismissing it entirely.

B) post about it on social media if nothing else interesting comes along.

C) be more likely to respond to your message.

D) be more likely to view you as a credible speaker.

Answer: C Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 14-1.14. Two distinct ways of concluding a speech are A) a reference to the introduction and a rhetorical question.

B) an inspirational appeal or challenge and a rhetorical question.

C) a rhetorical question and an impactful visual aid.

D) a reference to the introduction and an inspirational appeal or challenge.

Answer: D Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.2 Learning Objective: LO14.2 List and discuss methods for concluding a speech.

Topic: Effective Conclusions Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 14-1.15. In the introduction to her speech about eating disorders, Sheila told the story of her friend who almost died of anorexia. In her conclusion, she reminded her audience what her friend went through and added that her friend was currently doing well in her treatment. Was this an appropriate strategy for her speech?

A) Yes; this is a strategy for providing closure known as a reference to the introduction.

B) Yes; this is a strategy for providing closure known as a reference to the occasion.

C) Yes; this is a strategy for providing closure known as an appeal to action.

D) No; the introduction and conclusion are separate elements of a speech and should not overlap.

Answer: A Chapter number: 14

225 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 14.2 Learning Objective: LO14.2 List and discuss methods for concluding a speech.

Topic: Effective Conclusions Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Apply What You Know 14-1.16. Which of the following is an effective way to provide closure in the conclusion?

A) Leaving a story from the introduction open-ended B) Answering your opening rhetorical question C) Introducing a new fact or statistic that is even more startling than the ones you used throughout your speech D) Reminding the audience that you are credible so they should listen to you Answer: B Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.2 Learning Objective: LO14.2 List and discuss methods for concluding a speech.

Topic: Effective Conclusions Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 14-1.17. A related introduction and conclusion provide A) another opportunity to be redundant for confused audience members.

B) unified support for the ideas in between.

C) a helpful summarization for those that arrived late to your speech.

D) a way for the audience to verify your credibility.

Answer: B Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.2 Learning Objective: LO14.2 List and discuss methods for concluding a speech.

Topic: Effective Conclusions Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 14-1.18. Alluding to the introduction in your conclusion will make your speech memorable and A) provide closure.

B) enhance your credibility.

C) invoke a sense of relevance.

D) leave your audience feeling completely satisfied.

Answer: A

226 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.2 Learning Objective: LO14.2 List and discuss methods for concluding a speech.

Topic: Effective Conclusions Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 14-1.19. In his speech about registering to vote, Dan explains the new legislation that allows voter registration to coincide with driver‘s license renewal. He concludes by stating that anyone who is not registered should immediately register in time for the next election. Finally, Dan reiterates, ―Everyone please register to vote; it‘s your right and your duty as a citizen.‖ What aspect of effective conclusions has Dan utilized?

A) a shaming technique to motivate action B) a personal reference to his own experience C) an effective summary of main points in a speech D) an inspirational appeal or challenge to the audience Answer: D Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.2 Learning Objective: LO14.2 List and discuss methods for concluding a speech.

Topic: Effective Conclusions Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Apply What You Know 14-1.20. ―With all that I have presented here today, will you be smart enough to put your money into Company X?‖ This is an example of a A) startling fact.

B) challenge.

C) summary of key points.

D) desperate plea.

Answer: B Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.2 Learning Objective: LO14.2 List and discuss methods for concluding a speech.

Topic: Effective Conclusions Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Apply What You Know 14-1.21. ―In less than two weeks, summer will begin. We will all have our beach trips planned and our weekends at the lake to look forward to. Are you going to risk skin cancer, or are you

227 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

going to use sunscreen?‖ This is an example of A) a reference to the introduction.

B) an inspirational appeal.

C) a challenge.

D) use of anecdotes.

Answer: C Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.2 Learning Objective: LO14.2 List and discuss methods for concluding a speech.

Topic: Effective Conclusions Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Apply What You Know 14-1.22. ―Think about your life and whether you would deny a parent, child, or sibling of a long life full of the things we take for granted.‖ This statement is an example of A) an inspirational appeal.

B) an appeal to action.

C) a reference to the introduction.

D) a use of anecdotes.

Answer: A Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.2 Learning Objective: LO14.2 List and discuss methods for concluding a speech.

Topic: Effective Conclusions Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Apply What You Know 14-1.23. ―Keep the components of health care in mind to ensure you live a long and fulfilling life.‖ This statement is an example of A) a personal anecdote.

B) an inspirational appeal.

C) a reference to the introduction.

D) a use of startling facts.

Answer: B Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.2 Learning Objective: LO14.2 List and discuss methods for concluding a speech.

Topic: Effective Conclusions Difficulty: moderate

228 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill Level: Apply What You Know 14-1.24. ―I encourage everyone to remember that prejudice negatively affects our society, and we have the power to stop it. Be sure to sign this petition before leaving today.‖ This statement is an example of A) a famous quotation.

B) an appeal to action.

C) humor.

D) a question.

Answer: B Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.2 Learning Objective: LO14.2 List and discuss methods for concluding a speech.

Topic: Effective Conclusions Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Apply What You Know 14-1.25. Which of the following is an effective conclusion technique?

A) Referring to your references B) Using inappropriate humor C) Using propaganda D) Creating an inspirational appeal Answer: D Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.2 Learning Objective: LO14.2 List and discuss methods for concluding a speech.

Topic: Effective Conclusions Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Apply What You Know 14-2 True/False 14-2.1. One of the purposes of a conclusion is to help your audience remember your main ideas.

Answer: True Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: easy

229 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill Level: Remember the Facts 14-2.2. Most speakers only summarize the speech as a conclusion.

Answer: False Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 14-2.3. Providing closure in a conclusion lets the audience know that the speech is finished.

Answer: True Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 14-2.4. Nonverbal signals should NOT be used to provide closure.

Answer: False Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 14-2.5. In a persuasive speech, it is effective to make a final plea to get your audience to perform a specific action.

Answer: True Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts

230 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

14-2.6. One of the purposes of a conclusion is to motivate the audience to act.

Answer: True Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 14-2.7. Any of the methods used for the introduction of your speech can be used in the conclusion.

Answer: True Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.2 Learning Objective: LO14.2 List and discuss methods for concluding a speech.

Topic: Effective Conclusions Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 14-2.8. Answering a rhetorical question from your introduction is an excellent way to provide closure in your conclusion.

Answer: True Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.2 Learning Objective: LO14.2 List and discuss methods for concluding a speech.

Topic: Effective Conclusions Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 14-2.9. It is NOT a good idea to finish a story in a conclusion; it should have already been done in the introduction.

Answer: False Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.2 Learning Objective: LO14.2 List and discuss methods for concluding a speech.

Topic: Effective Conclusions Difficulty: easy

231 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill Level: Remember the Facts 14-2.10. Inspirational appeals are a way to conclude a speech.

Answer: True Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.2 Learning Objective: LO14.2 List and discuss methods for concluding a speech.

Topic: Effective Conclusions Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 14-3 Fill-in-the-blank 14-3.1. Long after you finish speaking, your audience is likely to remember the _________ of your closing remarks, if not the content.

Answer: effect Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 14-3.2. The two purposes of an effective conclusion are to _________ the speech and to provide _________.

Answer: summarize; closure Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 14-3.3. The end of your speech provides you the opportunity to restate the _________ ideas for your audience.

Answer: main Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1

232 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 14-3.4. The _________ of their speeches is where many of the most memorable quotations from famous speakers are found.

Answer: conclusion Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 14-3.5. Most main ideas can be summarized as part of the transition between the _________ of a speech and its conclusion.

Answer: body Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 14-3.6. The most obvious purpose of a conclusion is to provide _________.

Answer: closure Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 14-3.7. The transition word finally is an example of a ________ signal.

Answer: verbal Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1

233 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 14-3.8. Using a falling vocal inflection for your final statement is an example of a ________ signal.

Answer: nonverbal Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 14-3.9. At the beginning of your speech, your goal was to motivate your audience to ________ to your message; at the end, you want to motivate listeners to _________ to your message.

Answer: listen; respond Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 14-3.10. When audience members feel they are or could be personally involved or affected, they are more likely to _________ to your message.

Answer: respond Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 14-4 Essay 14-4.1. Two primary purposes of speech conclusions are explored in your text. Give examples of each of these in a topic of your choosing.

234 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: Answers will vary but should include the two primary purposes: summarizing the speech and providing closure.

Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: difficult Skill Level: Analyze It 14-4.2. Why is it important to summarize your speech in the conclusion? Explain the ways in which you can do so.

Answer: Answers will vary but should include that summarizing a speech is the last chance for a speaker to impress the central idea on their listeners. It is also the last chance for the speaker to repeat the main ideas for the audience. A speech can be summarized by either reemphasizing the central idea in a memorable way or restating the main ideas.

Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.1 Learning Objective: LO14.1 Explain the functions of a speech conclusion.

Topic: Purposes of Conclusions Difficulty: difficult Skill Level: Analyze It 14-4.3. Identify and explain two methods for creating memorable conclusions. Provide a hypothetical example of each with the topic ―donating money to charity.‖ Answer: Answers will vary but may include: Refer to the introduction: At the beginning of this speech, I told you about my friend, Tom, who was experiencing homelessness. Thanks to charitable donations, Tom was able to gain the right kinds of employable skills. Today, not only is Tom employed by a Fortune 500 company, but he owns his own home.

Make an inspirational appeal: Anyone can experience homelessness for a variety of reasons. But thanks to donations, homelessness doesn‘t have to be a permanent situation.

Make a challenge: Don‘t let these people go unhoused a moment longer. Show them they‘re loved. Show them you care! Donate and help them find their way to a better life!

Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.2 Learning Objective: LO14.2 List and discuss methods for concluding a speech.

Topic: Effective Conclusions Difficulty: difficult Skill Level: Analyze It

235 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

14-4.4. Identify and explain three ways you can provide closure in the conclusion by alluding to your introduction.

Answer: Finish a story from your introduction, answer your opening rhetorical question, and remind the audience of the startling fact or statistic you presented in the introduction.

Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.2 Learning Objective: LO14.2 List and discuss methods for concluding a speech.

Topic: Effective Conclusions Difficulty: difficult Skill Level: Analyze It 14-4.5. Using the hypothetical speech topic ―Mandating Seatbelt Use,‖ develop two possible conclusions for this speech, illustrating your understanding of devices used to develop effective conclusions.

Answer: Answers will vary but should include the devices ―refer to the introduction‖ and ―make an inspirational appeal or challenge.‖ Chapter number: 14 Module number: 14.2 Learning Objective: LO14.2 List and discuss methods for concluding a speech.

Topic: Effective Conclusions Difficulty: difficult Skill Level: Analyze It

Test Bank Chapter 15 15-1 Multiple Choice 15-1.1. A speaker‘s ability to use comment clauses demonstrates that oral style is _________ than written style.

A) less formal B) less personal C) more repetitious D) less interesting Answer: A Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.1 Learning Objective: LO15.1 Describe three differences between oral and written language styles.

Topic: Oral versus Written Language Style

236 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-1.2. A speaker‘s opportunities to provide summaries throughout the speech demonstrate that oral style is _________ than written style.

A) less formal B) more personal C) more repetitious D) more scholarly Answer: C Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.1 Learning Objective: LO15.1 Describe three differences between oral and written language styles.

Topic: Oral versus Written Language Style Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-1.3. Previews, transitions, and summaries are all areas where speakers A) build in repetition to make sure that listeners will grasp their messages.

B) transition to more formal language.

C) pause for dramatic effect.

D) focus attention on the audience.

Answer: A Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.1 Learning Objective: LO15.1 Describe three differences between oral and written language styles.

Topic: Oral versus Written Language Style Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-1.4. Specific words are often concrete words, which appeal to A) the more educated audience members.

B) one of our five senses.

C) our memorable ideas.

D) the most prominent listener qualities.

Answer: B Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.2 Learning Objective: LO15.2 List and explain three ways to use words effectively.

237 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Use Words Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-1.5. ________ words are often abstract words.

A) Concrete B) Specific C) Sense D) General Answer: D Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.2 Learning Objective: LO15.2 List and explain three ways to use words effectively.

Topic: Use Words Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-1.6. The more concrete your words are, the clearer your communication will be. This holds true for which theory?

A) general semantics B) developmental language C) specific word D) concrete semantics Answer: A Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.2 Learning Objective: LO15.2 List and explain three ways to use words effectively.

Topic: Use Words Effectively Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 15-1.7. For the best chance to communicate your intended message, you should use which of the following types of words in a speech as an effective strategy?

A) vague B) simple C) abstract D) complex Answer: B Chapter number: 15

238 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 15.2 Learning Objective: LO15.2 List and explain three ways to use words effectively.

Topic: Use Words Effectively Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 15-1.8. Using the term ―gasping for breath‖ instead of ―had trouble breathing‖ is an example of what language style technique?

A) specific and concrete B) simple C) ambiguous D) alliteration Answer: A Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.2 Learning Objective: LO15.2 List and explain three ways to use words effectively.

Topic: Use Words Effectively Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 15-1.9. _________ of words are normally found in the dictionary.

A) Denotations B) Connotations C) Loose meanings D) Vague meanings Answer: A Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.2 Learning Objective: LO15.2 List and explain three ways to use words effectively.

Topic: Use Words Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-1.10. A word‘s connotation is based on A) how the word is used in a specific region.

B) its appeal to our five senses.

C) the definition in the dictionary.

D) our past experiences.

Answer: D

239 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.2 Learning Objective: LO15.2 List and explain three ways to use words effectively.

Topic: Use Words Effectively Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 15-1.11. ―Spanglish‖ an example of A) ethnic vernacular.

B) regionalism.

C) jargon.

D) slang.

Answer: A Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.3 Learning Objective: LO15.3 Discuss how to adapt your language style to diverse listeners.

Topic: Adapting Your Language Style to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 15-1.12. _________ refers to words or phrases that are specific to one part of the country but are rarely used in quite the same way in other places.

A) Ethnic vernacular B) Regionalism C) Jargon D) Spanglish Answer: B Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.3 Learning Objective: LO15.3 Discuss how to adapt your language style to diverse listeners.

Topic: Adapting Your Language Style to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-1.13. _________ refers to the specialized language of a particular profession or interest group.

A) Ethnic vernacular B) Regionalism C) Jargon D) Slang

240 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: C Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.3 Learning Objective: LO15.3 Discuss how to adapt your language style to diverse listeners.

Topic: Adapting Your Language Style to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 15-1.14. Which of the following is TRUE about Standard American English?

A) It is inherently right, and all other forms are wrong.

B) Speakers are to speak in SAE only.

C) It is best used with an audience consisting of others who share your ethnic, regional, or professional background.

D) It conforms to a standard most speakers of American English can readily understand.

Answer: D Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.3 Learning Objective: LO15.3 Discuss how to adapt your language style to diverse listeners.

Topic: Adapting Your Language Style to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 15-1.15. Which of the following is an example of sexist language?

A) member of Congress B) server C) chair D) policeman Answer: D Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.3 Learning Objective: LO15.3 Discuss how to adapt your language style to diverse listeners.

Topic: Adapting Your Language Style to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 15-1.16. Memorable speeches are stylistically distinctive, create arresting images, and A) have ―ear appeal.‖ B) use detailed visual aids.

C) have ―sound verbiage.‖

241 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

D) are impossible for beginning speakers to achieve.

Answer: A Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.4 Learning Objective: LO15.4 List and explain three types of memorable word structures.

Topic: Craft Memorable Word Structures Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-1.17. According to your text, metaphors, similes, and personification are all A) parts of speech.

B) general semantics.

C) stylistically distinctive.

D) figurative language.

Answer: D Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.4 Learning Objective: LO15.4 List and explain three types of memorable word structures.

Topic: Craft Memorable Word Structures Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 15-1.18. Which of the following is a figure of speech that uses an implied comparison?

A) simile B) personification C) metaphor D) alliteration Answer: C Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.4 Learning Objective: LO15.4 List and explain three types of memorable word structures.

Topic: Craft Memorable Word Structures Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-1.19. _________ is a figure of speech comparing two things using the words like or as.

A) A simile B) Personification C) A metaphor

242 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

D) Alliteration Answer: A Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.4 Learning Objective: LO15.4 List and explain three types of memorable word structures.

Topic: Craft Memorable Word Structures Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-1.20. ―The tree drooped sadly in the rain‖ uses what kind of stylistic device?

A) Personification B) Metaphor C) Crisis rhetoric D) Simile Answer: A Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.4 Learning Objective: LO15.4 List and explain three types of memorable word structures.

Topic: Craft Memorable Word Structures Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 15-1.21. ―All accounted for‖ is an example of what stylistic device?

A) omission B) inversion C) using comparisons D) suspension Answer: A Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.4 Learning Objective: LO15.4 List and explain three types of memorable word structures.

Topic: Craft Memorable Word Structures Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 15-1.22. ―For the sake of our unity as a people and the strength of our democracy, I offer my concession‖ is an example of what stylistic device(s)?

A) simile B) inversion

243 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

C) suspension D) parallelism Answer: C Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.4 Learning Objective: LO15.4 List and explain three types of memorable word structures.

Topic: Craft Memorable Word Structures Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 15-1.23. _________ occurs when two or more clauses or sentences have the same grammatical pattern.

A) Onomatopoeia B) Parallelism C) Repetition D) Alliteration Answer: B Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.4 Learning Objective: LO15.4 List and explain three types of memorable word structures.

Topic: Craft Memorable Word Structures Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-1.24. ―Ask not what you can do for your country. Ask what your country can do for you‖ is an example of A) antithesis.

B) parallelism.

C) repetition.

D) alliteration.

Answer: A Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.4 Learning Objective: LO15.4 List and explain three types of memorable word structures.

Topic: Craft Memorable Word Structures Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 15-1.25. Words like crunch, boom, and roar are all examples of

244 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

A) cadence.

B) alliteration.

C) antithesis.

D) onomatopoeia.

Answer: D Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.4 Learning Objective: LO15.4 List and explain three types of memorable word structures.

Topic: Craft Memorable Word Structures Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 15-2 True/False 15-2.1. Oral language styles tend to use more pronouns than written language.

Answer: True Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.1 Learning Objective: LO15.1 Describe three differences between oral and written language styles.

Topic: Oral versus Written Language Style Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-2.2. It is better to use general words in a speech than specific words.

Answer: False Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.2 Learning Objective: LO15.2 List and explain three ways to use words effectively.

Topic: Use Words Effectively Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 15-2.3. The denotative meaning of a word can be found in the dictionary.

Answer: True Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.2 Learning Objective: LO15.2 List and explain three ways to use words effectively.

Topic: Use Words Effectively

245 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 15-2.4. Denotative meanings of words often reside within the individual.

Answer: False Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.2 Learning Objective: LO15.2 List and explain three ways to use words effectively.

Topic: Use Words Effectively Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 15-2.5. Regionalisms are easily understood by most audiences regardless of where they are from.

Answer: False Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.3 Learning Objective: LO15.3 Discuss how to adapt your language style to diverse listeners.

Topic: Adapting Your Language Style to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-2.6. It is important to avoid biased language.

Answer: True Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.3 Learning Objective: LO15.3 Discuss how to adapt your language style to diverse listeners.

Topic: Adapting Your Language Style to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-2.7. Sexist language is always a direct and intentional form of discrimination.

Answer: False Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.3 Learning Objective: LO15.3 Discuss how to adapt your language style to diverse listeners.

Topic: Adapting Your Language Style to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts

246 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

15-2.8. According to the text, referring to a woman as ―chairman of the board‖ is sexist language.

Answer: True Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.3 Learning Objective: LO15.3 Discuss how to adapt your language style to diverse listeners.

Topic: Adapting Your Language Style to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-2.9. A simile is an implied comparison.

Answer: False Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.4 Learning Objective: LO15.4 List and explain three types of memorable word structures.

Topic: Craft Memorable Word Structures Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-2.10. Parallelism occurs when many words in a sentence begin with the same letter.

Answer: False Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.4 Learning Objective: LO15.4 List and explain three types of memorable word structures.

Topic: Craft Memorable Word Structures Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-3 Fill-in-the-blank 15-3.1. Oral language style is more repetitious, more _________, and less _________ than written.

Answer: personal; formal Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.1 Learning Objective: LO15.1 Describe three differences between oral and written language styles.

247 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Oral versus Written Language Style Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-3.2. _________, or specific, words appeal to one of our five senses.

Answer: Concrete Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.2 Learning Objective: LO15.2 List and explain three ways to use words effectively.

Topic: Use Words Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-3.3. The linguistic theory known as _________ semantics holds that the more concrete your words are, the clearer your communication will be.

Answer: general Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.2 Learning Objective: LO15.2 List and explain three ways to use words effectively.

Topic: Use Words Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-3.4. Specific, concrete nouns create memorable _________.

Answer: images Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.2 Learning Objective: LO15.2 List and explain three ways to use words effectively.

Topic: Use Words Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-3.5. The _________ of a word is its literal meaning.

Answer: denotation Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.2 Learning Objective: LO15.2 List and explain three ways to use words effectively.

Topic: Use Words Effectively

248 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-3.6. Cajun speech is an example of _________.

Answer: ethnic vernacular Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.3 Learning Objective: LO15.3 Discuss how to adapt your language style to diverse listeners.

Topic: Adapting Your Language Style to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-3.7. The use of a masculine noun to refer generically to all people is considered biased or _________.

Answer: sexist Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.3 Learning Objective: LO15.3 Discuss how to adapt your language style to diverse listeners.

Topic: Adapting Your Language Style to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 15-3.8. A _________ is an implied comparison, while a _________ is a less direct comparison that includes the word like or as.

Answer: metaphor; simile Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.4 Learning Objective: LO15.4 List and explain three types of memorable word structures.

Topic: Craft Memorable Word Structures Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 15-3.9. _________ reverses the expected word order of a phrase or sentence.

Answer: Inversion Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.4 Learning Objective: LO15.4 List and explain three types of memorable word structures.

Topic: Craft Memorable Word Structures

249 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 15-3.10. ―Don‘t think about what you want from life, think about what life wants from you‖ is an example of a sentence using _________.

Answer: antithesis Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.4 Learning Objective: LO15.4 List and explain three types of memorable word structures.

Topic: Craft Memorable Word Structures Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 15-4 Essay 15-4.1. Identify and explain the three major differences between written language and oral language.

Answer: Answers should include oral style is more personal, oral style is less formal, and oral style is more repetitious.

Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.1 Learning Objective: LO15.1 Describe three differences between oral and written language styles.

Topic: Oral versus Written Language Style Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 15-4.2. Identify and briefly explain the differences between connotative and denotative meanings of words. Provide an example of each.

Answer: Answers will vary but should include the following definitions: Connotative – consists of the meaning of a word based on our experiences. ―Notorious.‖ Denotative – the literal meaning of a word as one might find it in a dictionary. ―Famous.‖ Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.2 Learning Objective: LO15.2 List and explain three ways to use words effectively.

Topic: Use Words Effectively Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 15-4.3. Your textbook describes four factors for using words effectively in a public speech. In a

250 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

thorough essay, identify and define these factors. Then, using the hypothetical speech topic ―The Best Movie Ever Made,‖ provide an example of language used in the speech for each factor.

Answer: Answers will vary but should include: Use specific, concrete words – appeal to one of the five senses and create memorable images. ―The transformation left his clothes shredded to tatters.‖ Use simple words – use words that are immediately understandable to your listeners; don‘t use jargon or pompous wording. ―The explosions were huge!‖ Use words correctly – know when to refer to an English usage handbook or a dictionary when necessary. Use denotation and connotation. ―The cinematography was astounding; the colors were vibrant in the well-established shots.‖ Use words concisely – use only as many words as necessary to convey the message. ―Finally, the movie ended with a twist.‖ Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.2 Learning Objective: LO15.2 List and explain three ways to use words effectively.

Topic: Use Words Effectively Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 15-4.4. Describe three ways to best adapt your language style to diverse listeners.

Answer: Answers should include using understandable language (including incorporating Standard American English according to your audience‘s needs); using respectful language (avoiding language that could be offensive to people of particular ethnic, racial, and religious backgrounds; social classes; sexual orientations; gender identities; or people with disabilities.

The speaker‘s language should not defame any group or be considered offensive or risqué); and using unbiased language (such as using inclusive pronouns or using the word firefighter instead of fireman).

Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.3 Learning Objective: LO15.3 Discuss how to adapt your language style to diverse listeners.

Topic: Adapting Your Language Style to Diverse Listeners Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 15-4.5. With the use of language, a public speaker can create drama and cadence in a speech.

First, explain how these two devices can add power and make your speech memorable. Then, choose two methods your textbook suggests for creating drama and two for creating cadence.

Explain each method, and offer a brief example for each.

Answer: Answers will vary but should include:

251 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Drama makes phrases and sentences memorable by phrasing something in a way that differs from the way the audience expects you to say it, keeping them in suspense or catching them slightly off guard. Methods include sentence length, omission, inversion, and suspension.

Cadence takes advantage of language rhythms. Methods include repetition, parallelism, antithesis, alliteration, and onomatopoeia.

Chapter number: 15 Module number: 15.4 Learning Objective: LO15.4 List and explain three types of memorable word structures.

Topic: Craft Memorable Word Structures Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

Test Bank Chapter 16 16-1 Multiple Choice 16-1.1. Reading from a manuscript word-for-word is usually A) the preferred way of giving a speech.

B) permitted only for the most experienced public speakers.

C) best when a speech is full of illustrative language.

D) a poor way to deliver a speech.

Answer: D Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.1 Learning Objective: LO 16.1 Explain how to effectively deliver a manuscript speech.

Topic: Manuscript Speaking Difficulty Level: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 16-1.2. When President Obama, as a government official, gave State of the Union addresses, he was giving ________ speeches.

A) memorized B) manuscript C) extemporaneous D) impromptu Answer: B Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.1 Learning Objective: LO 16.1 Explain how to effectively deliver a manuscript speech.

252 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Manuscript Speaking Difficulty Level: moderate Skill Level: Apply What You Know 16-1.3. Manuscript speaking should be utilized during which of the following situations?

A) during times of crisis when you need to use carefully crafted language B) when you are asked to speak at the last minute C) when you want to maintain the maximum amount of eye contact with the audience D) when you want to sound confident and conversational Answer: A Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.1 Learning Objective: LO 16.1 Explain how to effectively deliver a manuscript speech.

Topic: Manuscript Speaking Difficulty Level: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 16-1.4. When President George W. Bush made a statement to the press about Hurricane Katrina, he was delivering ________ speech.

A) a manuscript B) an impromptu C) a memorized D) an extemporaneous Answer: A Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.1 Learning Objective: LO 16.1 Explain how to effectively deliver a manuscript speech.

Topic: Manuscript Speaking Difficulty Level: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 16-1.5. What is one advantage of manuscript speaking?

A) It increases your credibility.

B) It makes your speech more interesting.

C) You can choose your words very carefully.

D) It makes it easier to make eye contact.

Answer: C Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.1

253 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO 16.1 Explain how to effectively deliver a manuscript speech.

Topic: Manuscript Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-1.6. According to the text, what is the key to an effective manuscript speech?

A) Appearing intelligent by using the maximum amount of technical language B) Using the manuscript as a presentation aid by showing it to the audience C) Concealing the manuscript from the audience so they don‘t know you are reading from it D) Sounding as though you are not giving a manuscript speech Answer: D Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.1 Learning Objective: LO 16.1 Explain how to effectively deliver a manuscript speech.

Topic: Manuscript Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-1.7. _________ speaking sounds stiff, stilted, and over-rehearsed.

A) Memorized B) Impromptu C) Manuscript D) Extemporaneous Answer: A Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.2 Learning Objective: LO 16.2 Summarize the advantages and disadvantages of memorizing a speech.

Topic: Memorized Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-1.8. When you perform _________ speaking, you run the risk of forgetting parts of your speech and awkwardly searching for words in front of your audience.

A) impromptu B) memorized C) manuscript D) extemporaneous Answer: B

254 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.2 Learning Objective: LO 16.2 Summarize the advantages and disadvantages of memorizing a speech.

Topic: Memorized Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-1.9. What is one advantage of memorized speaking?

A) most natural delivery style B) easiest for most speakers to do well C) maximum eye contact with the audience D) best technique for persuasive speaking Answer: C Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.2 Learning Objective: LO 16.2 Summarize the advantages and disadvantages of memorizing a speech.

Topic: Memorized Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-1.10. Kara is accepting an award. She wants to use a method of delivery that has the most potential for eye contact with the audience, because she wants to really ―drive home‖ her points.

What method of delivery would be best?

A) memorized B) impromptu C) extemporaneous D) manuscript Answer: A Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.2 Learning Objective: LO 16.2 Summarize the advantages and disadvantages of memorizing a speech.

Topic: Memorized Speaking Difficulty Level: moderate Skill Level: Apply What You Know 16-1.11. In which of the following situations is the memorized speaking style acceptable?

A) During an emergency that requires precise wording

255 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

B) When you want to appear natural and conversational C) When your speech doesn‘t require a strict organizational style D) When you are accepting an award Answer: D Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.2 Learning Objective: LO 16.2 Summarize the advantages and disadvantages of memorizing a speech.

Topic: Memorized Speaking Difficulty Level: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 16-1.12. An unrehearsed rebuttal to a comment made by a colleague during a meeting is an example of ________ speaking.

A) manuscript B) impromptu C) memorized D) extemporaneous Answer: B Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.3 Learning Objective: LO 16.3 Describe how to deliver an effective impromptu speech.

Topic: Impromptu Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-1.13. The method of speaking often described as ―thinking on your feet‖ or ―speaking off the cuff‖ is known as ________ speaking.

A) manuscript B) memorized C) impromptu D) extemporaneous Answer: C Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.3 Learning Objective: LO 16.3 Describe how to deliver an effective impromptu speech.

Topic: Impromptu Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts

256 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

16-1.14. When asked to deliver a speech at the last moment, the type of delivery style you will use is A) impromptu.

B) extemporaneous.

C) manuscript.

D) memorized.

Answer: A Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.3 Learning Objective: LO 16.3 Describe how to deliver an effective impromptu speech.

Topic: Impromptu Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-1.15. What is one advantage of impromptu speaking?

A) You can maintain direct eye contact with the audience.

B) It will not cause you to get as nervous.

C) You can choose your words very carefully.

D) It increases your credibility.

Answer: A Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.3 Learning Objective: LO 16.3 Describe how to deliver an effective impromptu speech.

Topic: Impromptu Speaking Difficulty Level: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 16-1.16. A disadvantage of an impromptu speech is that it usually lacks A) logical organization and thorough research.

B) eye contact.

C) informal speaking.

D) the prestige of a manuscript speech.

Answer: A Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.3 Learning Objective: LO 16.3 Describe how to deliver an effective impromptu speech.

Topic: Impromptu Speaking Difficulty Level: easy

257 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-1.17. A few minutes remain in the class period. The teacher assigns a student to stand before the class and give a brief speech on effective study habits. What method of delivery is utilized in this situation?

A) impromptu speaking B) manuscript speaking C) memorized speaking D) extemporaneous speaking Answer: A Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.3 Learning Objective: LO 16.3 Describe how to deliver an effective impromptu speech.

Topic: Impromptu Speaking Difficulty Level: moderate Skill Level: Apply What You Know 16-1.18. Those who give impromptu speeches have to speak from A) note cards.

B) their own experience and knowledge.

C) a manuscript.

D) the results of the research they have conducted.

Answer: B Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.3 Learning Objective: LO 16.3 Describe how to deliver an effective impromptu speech.

Topic: Impromptu Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-1.19. Dionne has been chosen to give an impromptu speech to her class. She decides to talk about snowboarding, since it is her favorite sport, and shares some of her personal experiences with her audience. Is sharing these personal illustrations an acceptable way to give an impromptu speech?

A) Yes; impromptu speeches rely on the speaker‘s own experiences.

B) Yes; Dionne finished her speech under the time limit, so it was allowed.

C) No; impromptu speeches should consist of professional topics only.

D) No; some of Dionne‘s classmates have never snowboarded, and her stories will not interest them.

258 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: A Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.3 Learning Objective: LO 16.3 Describe how to deliver an effective impromptu speech.

Topic: Impromptu Speaking Difficulty Level: moderate Skill Level: Apply What You Know 16-1.20. Is an honest ―I don‘t know‖ acceptable when giving an impromptu speech?

A) No; the speaker should have complete knowledge of the topic they are speaking on.

B) Yes; the audience will perceive it as a personal illustration and accept it.

C) Yes; facts, figures, and information should not be made up for a speech.

D) No; not having an answer damages a speaker‘s credibility.

Answer: C Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.3 Learning Objective: LO 16.3 Describe how to deliver an effective impromptu speech.

Topic: Impromptu Speaking Difficulty Level: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 16-1.21. Delivering a speech from a written or memorized general outline is ________ speaking.

A) extemporaneous B) manuscript C) impromptu D) memorized Answer: A Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.4 Learning Objective: LO 16.4 Explain the benefits of delivering a speech extemporaneously.

Topic: Extemporaneous Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-1.22 A speech that has been rehearsed enough so the speaker knows the key ideas and their organization, but not to the degree that the speech sounds memorized, is what type of speech?

A) impromptu B) memorized C) extemporaneous D) manuscript

259 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: C Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.4 Learning Objective: LO 16.4 Explain the benefits of delivering a speech extemporaneously.

Topic: Extemporaneous Speaking Difficulty Level: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 16-1.23 A(n) _________speech gives an audience the impression that it is being created as they listen to it.

A) short B) memorized C) manuscript D) extemporaneous Answer: D Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.4 Learning Objective: LO 16.4 Explain the benefits of delivering a speech extemporaneously.

Topic: Extemporaneous Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-1.24 Arnold is practicing his speech. The first few times he runs through it, he uses his notes as often as he needs. However, as he continues practicing, he begins to rely less and less on his notes. By the time he has to give his speech, Arnold has memorized his key ideas but not his speech word-for-word. What type of speech will Arnold give?

A) impromptu B) extemporaneous C) manuscript D) memorized Answer: B Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.4 Learning Objective: LO. 16.4 Explain the benefits of delivering a speech extemporaneously.

Topic: Extemporaneous Speaking Difficulty Level: moderate Skill Level: Apply What You Know

260 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

16-1.25. Given the task of preparing a speech, Susan decides to speak from an outline that can help her sound conversational and spontaneous. She wants to be able to adapt her remarks to the feedback she receives from the audience. She also wants to make more eye contact with the audience. What method of delivery will be BEST, given Susan‘s speech goals?

A) impromptu B) extemporaneous C) manuscript D) memorized Answer: B Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.4 Learning Objective: LO 16.4 Explain the benefits of delivering a speech extemporaneously.

Topic: Extemporaneous Speaking Difficulty Level: moderate Skill Level: Apply What You Know 16-2 True/False 16-2.1. Manuscript speaking is rarely done well enough to be interesting.

Answer: True Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.1 Learning Objective: LO 16.1 Explain how to effectively deliver a manuscript speech.

Topic: Manuscript Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-2.2. Maintaining constant, direct eye contact is an advantage of manuscript speaking.

Answer: False Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.1 Learning Objective: LO 16.1 Explain how to effectively deliver a manuscript speech.

Topic: Manuscript Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-2.3. One disadvantage of memorized speaking is that you can‘t make on-the-spot adaptations to your audience.

261 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: True Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.2 Learning Objective: LO 16.2 Summarize the advantages and disadvantages of memorizing a speech.

Topic: Memorized Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-2.4. Memorized speaking rarely sounds stiff, stilted, and over-rehearsed.

Answer: False Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.2 Learning Objective: LO 16.2 Summarize the advantages and disadvantages of memorizing a speech.

Topic: Memorized Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-2.5. Extemporaneous speaking and impromptu speaking are the same thing.

Answer: False Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.3 Learning Objective: LO 16.3 Describe how to deliver an effective impromptu speech.

Topic: Impromptu Speaking Difficulty Level: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 16-2.6. An impromptu speech is completely organized and researched.

Answer: False Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.3 Learning Objective: LO 16.3 Describe how to deliver an effective impromptu speech.

Topic: Impromptu Speaking Difficulty Level: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 16-2.7. The advantage of impromptu speaking is that you can speak informally and maintain direct eye contact with the audience.

262 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: True Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.3 Learning Objective: LO 16.3 Describe how to deliver an effective impromptu speech.

Topic: Impromptu Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-2.8. During an impromptu speech, you are always speaking from your own experience and knowledge.

Answer: True Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.3 Learning Objective: LO 16.3 Describe how to deliver an effective impromptu speech.

Topic: Impromptu Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-2.9. Rehearsal is an important step for excellent extemporaneous speakers.

Answer: True Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.4 Learning Objective: LO 16.4 Explain the benefits of delivering a speech extemporaneously.

Topic: Extemporaneous Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-2.10. Extemporaneous speaking is delivered in a conversational style.

Answer: True Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.4 Learning Objective: LO 16.4 Explain the benefits of delivering a speech extemporaneously.

Topic: Extemporaneous Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-3 Fill-in-the-blank

263 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

16-3.1. Government officials typically use the ________ style of speaking when communicating sensitive information.

Answer: manuscript Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.1 Learning Objective: LO 16.1 Explain how to effectively deliver a manuscript speech.

Topic: Manuscript Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-3.2. When a president makes a statement to the press , they most likely use a(n) ________ speech.

Answer: manuscript Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.1 Learning Objective: LO 16.1 Explain how to effectively deliver a manuscript speech.

Topic: Manuscript Speaking Difficulty Level: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 16-3.3. With _________ speaking, words can be carefully crafted when dealing with sensitive information.

Answer: manuscript Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.1 Learning Objective: LO 16.1 Explain how to effectively deliver a manuscript speech.

Topic: Manuscript Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-3.4. When reading from a manuscript, vary the rhythm and _________ of your voice to sound natural.

Answer: inflection Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.1 Learning Objective: LO 16.1 Explain how to effectively deliver a manuscript speech.

Topic: Manuscript Speaking Difficulty Level: easy

264 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-3.5. You run the risk of forgetting parts of your speech when using a _________ speech.

Answer: memorized Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.2 Learning Objective: LO 16.2 Summarize the advantages and disadvantages of memorizing a speech.

Topic: Memorized Speaking Difficulty Level: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 16-3.6. One advantage of memorized speaking is that it allows a speaker to have maximum _________ _________ with the audience.

Answer: eye contact Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.2 Learning Objective: LO 16.2 Summarize the advantages and disadvantages of memorizing a speech.

Topic: Memorized Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-3.7. In a(n) _________ speech, a speaker can speak the most informally and maintain direct eye contact with the audience.

Answer: impromptu Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.3 Learning Objective: LO 16.3 Describe how to deliver an effective impromptu speech.

Topic: Impromptu Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-3.8. Approximately _______ to _______ minutes is the most realistic time frame for most impromptu speeches.

Answer: one; three Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.3

265 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO 16.3 Describe how to deliver an effective impromptu speech.

Topic: Impromptu Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-3.9. In _________ speaking, you speak from a written or memorized general outline but do not have the exact wording in front of you.

Answer: extemporaneous Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.4 Learning Objective: LO 16.4 Explain the benefits of delivering a speech extemporaneously.

Topic: Extemporaneous Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-3.10. An extemporaneous-style speech is _________.

Answer: conversational Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.4 Learning Objective: LO 16.4 Explain the benefits of delivering a speech extemporaneously.

Topic: Extemporaneous Speaking Difficulty Level: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 16-4 Essay 16-4.1. You are the designated speaker at your grandparent‘s birthday celebration. What speech method do you choose, and why?

Answer: Responses will vary but may include manuscript speaking, memorized speaking, impromptu speaking, or extemporaneous speaking.

Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.1, 16.2, 16.3, and 16.4 Learning Objective: LO 16.1 Explain how to effectively deliver a manuscript speech; LO 16.2 Summarize the advantages and disadvantages of memorizing a speech; LO 16.3 Describe how to deliver an effective impromptu speech; LO 16.4 Explain the benefits of delivering a speech extemporaneously.

Topic: Manuscript Speaking, Memorized Speaking, Impromptu Speaking, and Extemporaneous Speaking Difficulty Level: difficult

266 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill Level: Analyze It 16-4.2. There are four primary methods of speech delivery. In a well-developed essay, identify the four methods. Then provide two advantages and two disadvantages connected to using each method.

Answer: Advantages and disadvantages will vary, but answers should include the four methods of speech delivery: manuscript, memorized, impromptu, and extemporaneous.

The manuscript method is done by reading word-for-word directly from a written speech.

Advantages include insurance against forgetting part of the speech, preciseness in times of crisis or in statements to the press by government officials, and the ability to choose words very carefully when dealing with sensitive and critical issues. Disadvantages include that it is a poor way to deliver a speech, it is rarely done well enough to be interesting, and it takes considerable skill and practice to make the message sound interesting.

The memorized method involves memorizing a speech. Advantages include allowing maximum eye contact with the audience, the speaker being able to move around freely, and being useful for occasions such as accepting an award, introducing a speaker, making announcements, or delivering brief remarks. Disadvantages include it sounding stiff, stilted, and over-rehearsed; the risk that the speaker will forget parts of their speech and end up awkwardly searching for words in front of the audience; and a lack of ability to make on-the-spot adaptations.

The impromptu method is presenting a speech on the spot. Advantages include the ability to speak informally, being able to easily adapt the speech to the audience, and the ability to maintain direct eye contact with the audience. Disadvantages include a lack of logical organization and thorough research, the speech being unimpressive, and a necessity to be careful with exactly how much is said, especially where controversial, sensitive, or classified topics are concerned.

The extemporaneous method involves writing and memorizing a general outline and knowing the key ideas and their organization but not having the speech memorized word-forword. Advantages include the conversational style, the speech being well organized and researched, and the audience having the impression the speech is being created as they listen to it. Disadvantages include the time it takes to prepare as well as the skill needed to deliver the speech well.

Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.1, 16.2, 16.3, and 16.4 Learning Objective: LO 16.1 Explain how to effectively deliver a manuscript speech; LO 16.2 Summarize the advantages and disadvantages of memorizing a speech; LO 16.3 Describe how to deliver an effective impromptu speech; LO 16.4 Explain the benefits of delivering a speech extemporaneously.

Topic: Manuscript Speaking, Memorized Speaking, Impromptu Speaking, and Extemporaneous Speaking Difficulty Level: difficult

267 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill Level: Analyze It 16-4.3. When is manuscript speaking appropriate? When should it be avoided? Explain your answers.

Answer: Manuscript speaking is best done during times of crisis or for statements to the press by government officials. The reason for this is that the speech can be carefully crafted when communicating sensitive information. However, it should be avoided because it takes considerable skill and practice to make the message sound interesting.

Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.1 Learning Objective: LO 16.1 Explain how to effectively deliver a manuscript speech.

Topic: Manuscript Speaking Difficulty Level: difficult Skill Level: Analyze It 16-4.4. What are the main differences between manuscript speaking and extemporaneous speaking?

Answer: Manuscript speaking is done by reading from a manuscript. This method is best used during times of crisis or for statements to the press by government officials. The reason for this is that the speech can be carefully crafted when communicating sensitive information. This type of speaking requires considerable skill and practice to make the message sound interesting.

Extemporaneous speaking, on the other hand, requires only a general outline and knowledge of the speech‘s key ideas and their organization. This method is more conversational and sounds spontaneous yet appropriately polished. This type of speaking takes time to prepare and needs skill to deliver the speech well.

Chapter number: 16 Module number: 16.1 and 16.4 Learning Objective: LO 16.1 Explain how to effectively deliver a manuscript speech; LO 16.4 Explain the benefits of delivering a speech extemporaneously.

Topic: Manuscript Speaking and Extemporaneous Speaking Difficulty Level: difficult Skill Level: Analyze It 16-4.5. Briefly describe at least three considerations for giving an impromptu speech.

Answer: Answers will vary but should contain three of the following considerations: What are your own experiences and knowledge you will be speaking from? Is the subject or information sensitive or classified? Is the topic controversial? Who are the members of the audience? What do they expect you to say? What is the occasion of the speech?

Chapter number: 16

268 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 16.3 Learning Objective: LO 16.3 Describe how to deliver an effective impromptu speech.

Topic: Impromptu Speaking Difficulty Level: difficult Skill Level: Analyze It

Test Bank Chapter 17 17-1 Multiple Choice 17-1.1. For most North Americans, the most important aspect of delivery in a public speaking situation is A) gestures.

B) eye contact.

C) credibility.

D) immediacy.

Answer: B Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.1 Learning Objective: LO17.1 Make effective eye contact during a speech.

Topic: Eye Contact Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-1.2. What gesture opens communication with your audience, keeps them interested, and makes you more credible?

A) rigid hand movements B) dramatic facial expressions C) eye contact with the audience D) calmly walking to the lectern Answer: C Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.1 Learning Objective: LO17.1 Make effective eye contact during a speech.

Topic: Eye Contact Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 17-1.3. How long should a speaker make eye contact with individuals in the audience?

269 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

A) Exactly 5 seconds.

B) Long enough to establish the feeling the speaker is talking directly to them.

C) Long enough to make the audience member uncomfortable.

D) The speaker shouldn‘t make eye contact but should look over the heads of the audience instead.

Answer: B Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.1 Learning Objective: LO17.1 Make effective eye contact during a speech.

Topic: Eye Contact Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 17-1.4. If a speech is being delivered via video or conferencing software, what should the speaker look at?

A) the camera lens B) the audience members on the screen C) the image of the speaker D) down at a manuscript Answer: A Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.1 Learning Objective: LO17.1 Make effective eye contact during a speech.

Topic: Eye Contact Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-1.5. Important points in a speech are emphasized with A) exclamation points.

B) gestures.

C) a speaker telling the audience to pay attention.

D) dramatic pauses.

Answer: B Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.2 Learning Objective: LO17.2 Use gestures effectively while speaking.

Topic: Gestures Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

270 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

17-1.6. Which of the following is a trait of the most effective gestures?

A) Tense and rigid B) Obtrusive C) Inconsistent with the speaker‘s message D) Coordinated with what the speaker says Answer: D Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.2 Learning Objective: LO17.2 Use gestures effectively while speaking.

Topic: Gestures Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 17-1.7. Meera is giving a speech on a cause she really believes in: providing drinkable water to third-world countries. Each time she makes a point, she smacks her fist into her palm for emphasis. Is this the correct use of gesture in a speech?

A) No; Meera should keep her hand gestures hidden behind the lectern.

B) Yes; speeches are improved with gestures no matter what type is used.

C) No; it is better to use a variety of gestures, rather than an all-purpose one.

D) Yes; such movements will help drive the points home to her audience.

Answer: C Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.2 Learning Objective: LO17.2 Use gestures effectively while speaking.

Topic: Gestures Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 17-1.8. Is there ever a time during a speech when sawing or slashing hand motions are acceptable?

A) Yes, but only when giving a speech on hand tools.

B) Yes, when trying to emphasize a particularly dramatic point.

C) No, the gesture will frighten audience members.

D) No, such a gesture will be misinterpreted and make the speaker look bad.

Answer: B Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.2 Learning Objective: LO17.2 Use gestures effectively while speaking.

271 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Gestures Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 17-1.9. Bold, sweeping, dramatic gestures are appropriate for which kind of audience and situation?

A) a large audience in a formal speaking situation B) a small audience in a formal speaking situation C) a small audience in an informal speaking situation D) a large audience in an informal speaking situation Answer: A Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.2 Learning Objective: LO17.2 Use gestures effectively while speaking.

Topic: Gestures Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 17-1.10. When communicating to an online audience, why should a speaker not use overly dramatic gestures?

A) They draw attention away from other speakers.

B) They are distracting.

C) The camera does not pick them up anyway.

D) The camera amplifies their intensity.

Answer: D Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.2 Learning Objective: LO17.2 Use gestures effectively while speaking.

Topic: Gestures Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-1.11. According to your text, speakers from some _________ cultures place more emphasis on the context of communication.

A) European B) Asian C) North American D) South American Answer: B

272 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.2 Learning Objective: LO17.2 Use gestures effectively while speaking.

Topic: Gestures Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-1.12. An important principle to keep in mind about the use of gestures is A) use gestures you think your audience will like.

B) use gestures that work best for you.

C) use as many gestures as possible during your speech.

D) keep the rest of your body rigid so the gestures are most noticeable.

Answer: B Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.2 Learning Objective: LO17.2 Use gestures effectively while speaking.

Topic: Gestures Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-1.13. If the audience focuses on your movement rather than on what you are saying, A) your audience is full of observant listeners.

B) you have the audience‘s complete attention.

C) it is better to stand still.

D) you need to time your movement to the main points of your speech.

Answer: C Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.3 Learning Objective: LO17.3 Move purposefully in ways that enhance your message while speaking.

Topic: Movement Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-1.14. Immediacy is defined as A) the perception of closeness between a speaker and an audience.

B) the part of a speech where a speaker shares a personal experience.

C) how close a speaker physically is to the members of the audience.

D) the speed at which the speaker talks.

273 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: A Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.3 Learning Objective: LO17.3 Move purposefully in ways that enhance your message while speaking.

Topic: Movement Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-1.15. Moving from behind a lectern to make a point, signal a change in mood, or turn to another idea are all examples of A) establishing immediacy.

B) reducing physical barriers.

C) aimless wandering.

D) random pacing.

Answer: B Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.3 Learning Objective: LO17.3 Move purposefully in ways that enhance your message while speaking.

Topic: Movement Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 17-1.16. Tom is speaking on a stage, behind a rather tall podium. His audience is made up of elementary school children. What does Tom need to do to immediately improve his speech?

A) reduce the physical barriers B) minimize any movement C) reduce his gesturing D) stand up straight Answer: A Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.3 Learning Objective: LO17.3 Move purposefully in ways that enhance your message while speaking.

Topic: Movement Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know

274 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

17-1.17. According to your text, there is evidence that the way you carry your body communicates A) very little useful information.

B) what kind of speech you are going to give.

C) how self-absorbed you are.

D) significant information.

Answer: D Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.4 Learning Objective: LO17.4 Display an appropriate posture while delivering a speech.

Topic: Posture Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 17-1.18. Your face and voice show your audience which emotion you are feeling; your posture communicates A) your professionalism.

B) how much speaking experience you have.

C) your physical stamina.

D) the intensity of that emotion.

Answer: D Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.4 Learning Objective: LO17.4 Display an appropriate posture while delivering a speech.

Topic: Posture Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 17-1.19. Juan is standing at the front of the classroom giving a speech on cybernetic medical enhancements. He is excited about his topic, but his shoulders are slouched, he shifts from foot to foot, and his head is drooped. What might the audience infer from this?

A) Juan‘s posture is not reflecting his interest in the speaking event.

B) Juan is not informed about the topic.

C) Juan is full of energy.

D) Juan is really enthusiastic about his topic.

Answer: A Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.2 Learning Objective: LO17.4 Display an appropriate posture while delivering a speech.

275 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Posture Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 17-1.20. Which part of the body plays a key role in expressing your thoughts and especially your emotions and attitudes?

A) Your shoulders B) Your face C) Your feet D) Your hands Answer: B Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.5 Learning Objective: LO17.5 Use facial expressions to enhance verbal messages.

Topic: Facial Expression Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-1.21. According to Paul Ekman, which of the following facial expressions is universal?

A) annoyance B) happiness C) contempt D) anxiety Answer: B Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.5 Learning Objective: LO17.5 Use facial expressions to enhance verbal messages.

Topic: Facial Expression Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-1.22. According to your text, listeners from high-context cultures often prefer A) less expressive and more serious facial expressions.

B) less subtle and more dramatic facial expressions.

C) less dramatic and subtler facial expressions.

D) more dramatic and less neutral facial expressions.

Answer: C Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.5

276 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO17.5 Use facial expressions to enhance verbal messages.

Topic: Facial Expression Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-1.23. Personal appearance is particularly important during what part of your presentation?

A) the opening moments B) the closing remarks C) the question-and-answer session D) the delivery of your main points Answer: A Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.6 Learning Objective: LO17.6 Choose appropriate attire for making a speech.

Topic: Personal Appearance Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-1.24. If a speaker violates the audience‘s expectations about appearance, A) the speaker will be more memorable in the audience‘s mind.

B) the audience will immediately agree with everything the speaker says.

C) audience members will likely get up and leave.

D) the speaker will be less successful in achieving their purpose.

Answer: D Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.6 Learning Objective: LO17.6 Choose appropriate attire for making a speech.

Topic: Personal Appearance Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 17-1.25. Climate, custom, culture, and audience expectations all influence A) how many gestures a speaker will use.

B) the length of the introduction.

C) how respectful a speaker is.

D) the appropriate wardrobe of a speaker.

Answer: D Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.6

277 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO17.6 Choose appropriate attire for making a speech.

Topic: Personal Appearance Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 17-2 True/False 17-2.1. While speaking to a large group at the annual Star Wars convention, John steadily maintains eye contact with just the two people in costume in the front row. Your speech teacher would consider John‘s technique effective.

Answer: False Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.1 Learning Objective: LO17.1 Make effective eye contact during a speech.

Topic: Eye Contact Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 17.2.2. Using just one hand for all of your speech‘s gestures is considered acceptable.

Answer: False Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.2 Learning Objective: LO17.2 Use gestures effectively while speaking.

Topic: Gestures Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts

17.2.3 It is best to make dramatic gestures when delivering a speech via video.

Answer: False Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.2 Learning Objective: LO17.2 Use gestures effectively while speaking.

Topic: Gestures Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

17-2.4. High-context listeners require vigorous and dramatic gestures.

278 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: False Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.2 Learning Objective: LO17.2 Use gestures effectively while speaking.

Topic: Gestures Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-2.5. A speaker‘s movement should be inconsistent with the verbal content of their message so the audience will be prompted to pay more attention.

Answer: False Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.3 Learning Objective: LO17.3 Move purposefully in ways that enhance your message while speaking.

Topic: Movement Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 17-2.6. It is never appropriate to move from behind the lectern.

Answer: False Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.3 Learning Objective: LO17.3 Move purposefully in ways that enhance your message while speaking.

Topic: Movement Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-2.7. If the audience focuses on your movement rather than on what you are saying, it is better to stand still.

Answer: True Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.3 Learning Objective: LO17.3 Move purposefully in ways that enhance your message while speaking.

Topic: Movement Difficulty: easy

279 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Remember the Facts 17-2.8. It is inappropriate to create a sense of immediacy between you and your audience.

Answer: False Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.3 Learning Objective: LO17.3 Move purposefully in ways that enhance your message while speaking.

Topic: Movement Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-2.9. Your posture should always call attention to itself.

Answer: False Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.4 Learning Objective: LO17.4 Display an appropriate posture while delivering a speech.

Topic: Posture Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-2.10. Your face plays a key role in communicating your emotions and attitudes to the audience.

Answer: True Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.5 Learning Objective: LO17.5 Use facial expressions to enhance verbal messages.

Topic: Facial Expression Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-3 Fill-in-the-blank 17-3.1. For most North Americans, the most important aspect of speech delivery in a public speaking situation is _________ _________.

Answer: eye contact Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.1

280 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO17.1 Make effective eye contact during a speech.

Topic: Eye Contact Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-3.2. Important points are often emphasized with _________.

Answer: gestures Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.2 Learning Objective: LO17.2 Use gestures effectively while speaking.

Topic: Gestures Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-3.3. Gestures should be _________, not tense or _________.

Answer: relaxed; rigid Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.2 Learning Objective: LO17.2 Use gestures effectively while speaking.

Topic: Gestures Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-3.4. Strive for _________ and _________ in your use of gestures.

Answer: variety; versatility Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.2 Learning Objective: LO17.2 Use gestures effectively while speaking.

Topic: Gestures Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-3.5. Reduce or eliminate _________ _________ between you and the audience.

Answer: physical barriers Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.3 Learning Objective: LO17.3 Move purposefully in ways that enhance your message while speaking.

281 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Movement Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-3.6. The perception of closeness between the speaker and the listeners is called _________.

Answer: immediacy Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.3 Learning Objective: LO17.3 Move purposefully in ways that enhance your message while speaking.

Topic: Movement Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-3.7. Whereas your face and voice play a major role in communicating a specific emotion, the _________ of that emotion is communicated by your posture.

Answer: intensity Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.4 Learning Objective: LO17.4 Display an appropriate posture while delivering a speech.

Topic: Posture Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-3.8. Your _________ plays a key role in expressing your thoughts and especially your emotions and attitudes.

Answer: face Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.5 Learning Objective: LO17.5 Use facial expressions to enhance verbal messages.

Topic: Facial Expression Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-3.9. There are _________ primary emotions demonstrated by facial expressions that are generally agreed upon around the world.

Answer: six Chapter number: 17

282 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 17.5 Learning Objective: LO17.5 Use facial expressions to enhance verbal messages.

Topic: Facial Expression Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-3.10. When presenting a speech online, remember that ________ can amplify the intensity of your emotional expressions.

Answer: close-ups Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.5 Learning Objective: LO17.5 Use facial expressions to enhance verbal messages.

Topic: Facial Expression Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 17-4 Essay 17-4.1. Why is eye contact important in a speech? Explain your answer.

Answer: Eye contact is important to most North Americans in public speaking situations. It opens communication, keeps your audience interested, and makes you more credible, all of which contribute to the success of a speaker‘s delivery. Eye contact also provides the speaker with feedback about how their speech is coming across, so it can be adapted if necessary. Eye contact can establish the feeling that you are talking directly to that individual audience member.

Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.1 Learning Objective: LO17.1 Make effective eye contact during a speech.

Topic: Eye Contact Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 17-4.2. Of the six functions of gestures discussed in your text, define four and give examples of how each could be used effectively in a speech.

Answer: Answers will vary, but four of the following guidelines should be described: stay natural, be definite, use gestures that are consistent with your message, vary your gestures but don‘t overdo it, make your gestures appropriate to your audience and situation, and adapt your gestures to audience cultural expectations.

Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.2

283 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO17.2 Use gestures effectively while speaking.

Topic: Gestures Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 17-4.3. List the four ways a speaker can move to enhance their message, and give an example of each.

Answer: Answers will vary but should include moving purposefully, reducing physical barriers, establishing immediacy, and moving effectively.

Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.3 Learning Objective: LO17.3 Move purposefully in ways that enhance your message while speaking.

Topic: Movement Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 17-4.4. Why is it important for a speaker to pay attention to their posture while speaking? Give an example of how posture might affect the message the speaker is conveying.

Answer: Examples will vary, but responses should include that posture and the way a person carries their body communicates significant information, including the intensity of the emotion they are trying to communicate. Posture should not call attention to itself but should instead reflect the speaker‘s interest in the speaking event and their attention to the task at hand.

Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.4 Learning Objective: LO17.4 Display an appropriate posture while delivering a speech.

Topic: Posture Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 17-4.5. Briefly describe how a speaker should decide what to wear during a speech.

Answer: A speaker‘s appearance affects how an audience will respond to them and their message. Climate, custom, culture, and audience expectations all play a role in what a speaker should wear. In addition, most people have certain expectations about the way a speaker should look. This should be analyzed to avoid violating the audience‘s expectations.

Chapter number: 17 Module number: 17.6 Learning Objective: LO17.6 Choose appropriate attire for making a speech.

Topic: Personal Appearance

284 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

Test Bank Chapter 18 18-1 Multiple Choice 18-1.1. Your credibility as a speaker and your ability to communicate your ideas clearly to your listeners will in large part depend on your A) physical appearance.

B) vocal delivery.

C) personal values.

D) rehearsal schedule.

Answer: B Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 18-1.2. What aspects of vocal delivery are directly related to the obligation of a speaker to be understood by an audience?

A) pitch, volume, rate, and pronunciation B) articulation, rate, dialect, and vocal variation C) volume, articulation, dialect, and pronunciation D) vocal variation, pitch, volume, and pronunciation Answer: C Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 18-1.3. Vocal volume is increased by A) raising your pitch.

B) increasing the level of articulation.

C) projecting more air through your larynx.

285 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

D) using a rising intonation pattern.

Answer: C Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-1.4. Speech volume is determined by the amount of air projected through your voice box, or A) larynx.

B) abdomen.

C) diaphragm.

D) esophagus.

Answer: A Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-1.5. The process of producing speech sounds clearly and distinctly is A) pronunciation.

B) articulation.

C) variation.

D) inflection.

Answer: B Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-1.6. When Maria speaks, she often mumbles or abbreviates words, making it hard for her audience to understand her. Maria has problems with A) pronunciation.

B) inflection.

286 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

C) variation.

D) articulation.

Answer: D Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 18-1.7. Which of the following is a consistent style of pronouncing words that is common to an ethnic group or geographic region?

A) inflection B) pitch C) articulation D) dialect Answer: D Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-1.8. Sarah, a native of Georgia, has a strong Southern accent. Should Sarah try to modify her dialect when she makes public presentations in other regions of the country?

A) No; if Sarah is proud of her Southern heritage, she should not attempt to modify her vocal style, even if audiences struggle to understand her.

B) Yes; if Sarah‘s dialect is so pronounced that audiences can‘t understand her, then she should attempt to modify her dialect.

C) No; Sarah probably needs to slow down to give non-Southern audiences more potential for understanding, but she shouldn‘t modify her dialect.

D) Yes; speakers should minimize any traces of regionalism in their vocal delivery so as to be understood by a wide variety of audiences.

Answer: B Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery

287 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 18-1.9. Most newscasters in the United States speak with A) standard American pronunciation.

B) a New England dialect.

C) an Upper Midwest dialect.

D) a Southern dialect.

Answer: A Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: moderate Skill: Remember the facts

18-1.10. The degree to which the sounds conform to those assigned to words in standard English is known as A) pronunciation.

B) articulation.

C) dialect.

D) inflection.

Answer: A Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-1.11. Which of the following can detract from a speaker‘s credibility?

A) speaking loudly B) mispronouncing words C) using notes D) pausing Answer: B Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1

288 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-1.12. ―I‘ll eat just as soon as I warsh up,‖ said Leon. Saying ―warsh‖ rather than ―wash‖ is an example of Leon‘s A) lack of articulation.

B) lack of vocal variety.

C) reversing of speech sounds.

D) not using standard pronunciation.

Answer: D Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 18-1.13. Speakers can maintain their listeners‘ interest by speaking A) at a very slow rate with many pauses.

B) at a very quick rate with no pauses.

C) with a variety of pitch, rate of speed, and pauses.

D) with a consistent pitch and rate of speed throughout.

Answer: C Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-1.14. Everyone has a range between the highness and lowness of their voice during normal conversation. This level is referred to as your A) habitual pitch.

B) vocal variation.

C) pitch variety.

D) normal inflection.

289 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: A Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-1.15. Marco finished a speech without missing a single point he wanted to convey. However, he rushed through everything he wanted to say. This indicates A) lack of enthusiasm.

B) speech anxiety.

C) normal inflection.

D) effective timing.

Answer: B Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 18-1.16. Which of the following is the average rate of speech for most speakers?

A) between 60 and 80 words per minute B) between 80 and 120 words per minute C) between 180 and 220 words per minute D) between 120 and 180 words per minute Answer: D Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-1.17. When practicing her speech, Fatima decides she wants to emphasize a particular phrase.

What can she do to convey this to her audience?

A) Repeat the word in quick succession.

B) Pause and use eye contact to connect with the audience.

C) Prolong the pronunciation of the word.

290 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

D) Speak softly so the audience will have to concentrate on what she says.

Answer: B Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 18-1.18. What is the term for such words and sounds as ―umm,‖ ―er,‖ ―you know,‖ and ―ah‖?

A) inflections B) vocalized pauses C) dialects D) slang expressions Answer: B Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 18-1.19. Of the four types of microphones, which is the most common?

A) stationary B) boom C) built-in D) lavaliere Answer: C Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.2 Learning Objective: LO18.2: Explain how to use a microphone when speaking in public.

Topic: Using a Microphone Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-1.20. Which of the following is a precaution you need to take when using a stationary microphone?

A) Blow into the microphone to test that it works.

B) Speak at a lower than normal volume.

291 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

C) If you must test a microphone, count or ask the audience whether they can hear you.

D) Pronounce B, P, and S sounds with more intensity than usual.

Answer: C Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.2 Learning Objective: LO18.2: Explain how to use a microphone when speaking in public.

Topic: Using a Microphone Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 18-1.21. What is the most important key to effective verbal and nonverbal delivery of your speech?

A) rehearsal B) volume C) articulation D) pauses Answer: A Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.3 Learning Objective: LO18.3: Describe the steps to follow when rehearsing your speech.

Topic: Rehearsing Your Speech: Some Final Tips Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-1.22. Cecily thought that she had a great speech. She had thoroughly researched and organized it and had a good speaking outline. She read her outline over and over in her head before her presentation. When Cecily presented her speech online, she lost her place, sat too close to the camera, and kept looking at herself on the screen. What important preparation step did Cecily most likely skip?

A) Cecily forgot to give herself positive reinforcement before her speech.

B) Cecily forgot to rest and to eat well before her speech.

C) Cecily forgot to write delivery notes on her speaking outline.

D) Cecily forgot to rehearse her speech just as she would deliver it.

Answer: D Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.3 Learning Objective: LO18.3: Describe the steps to follow when rehearsing your speech.

Topic: Rehearsing Your Speech: Some Final Tips Difficulty: moderate

292 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Apply What You Know 18-1.23. Pictorial symbols and words or phrases in an outline pattern are all forms of A) virtual technology.

B) manuscripts.

C) gestures.

D) speaking notes.

Answer: D Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.3 Learning Objective: LO18.3: Describe the steps to follow when rehearsing your speech.

Topic: Rehearsing Your Speech: Some Final Tips Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-1.24. Jin plans to speak to his campus‘s environmental organization about a new recycling initiative. Two days before his speech, Jin finds out the organization will be meeting in an outdoor courtyard instead of an indoor meeting room. What should Jin do to prepare for this new development?

A) Lengthen his speech so his audience can enjoy being outside.

B) Rehearse his speech in the courtyard with a friend.

C) Memorize his speech so he can leave his notes at home.

D) Practice speaking loudly to be sure everyone can hear him.

Answer: B Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.3 Learning Objective: LO18.3: Describe the steps to follow when rehearsing your speech.

Topic: Rehearsing Your Speech: Some Final Tips Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 18-1.25. Which of the following is a guideline for rehearsing your speech?

A) Finish drafting your speech outline at least five hours before your speech performance.

B) Use electronic notes only to cut down on the noise of shuffling note cards.

C) Present your speech to someone else so you can practice eye contact.

D) Practice final rehearsals in your bedroom to negate nervousness.

Answer: C Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.3

293 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO18.3: Describe the steps to follow when rehearsing your speech.

Topic: Rehearsing Your Speech: Some Final Tips Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts

18-2 True/False 18-2.1. The process of producing clear and distinct sounds is called pronunciation.

Answer: False Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-2.2. The best public speakers vary their inflection.

Answer: True Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-2.3. The range of your voice during normal conversation is called habitual pitch.

Answer: True Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-2.4. The speaking rate of most speakers is 80–120 words per minute.

Answer: False Chapter number: 18

294 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-2.5. Vocalized pauses such as ―you know‖ are not noticeable to the audience.

Answer: False Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-2.6. Pauses can be an effective tool in emphasizing a particular word or sentence.

Answer: True Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-2.7. A lavaliere microphone clips onto the speaker‘s clothing.

Answer: True Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.2 Learning Objective: LO18.2: Explain how to use a microphone when speaking in public.

Topic: Using a Microphone Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-2.8. As a rule, you should speak quieter than normal when speaking into stationary microphones.

Answer: False Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.2

295 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO18.2: Explain how to use a microphone when speaking in public.

Topic: Using a Microphone Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-2.9. Audio- or video-recording your speech rehearsal is ineffective in improving your final speech performance.

Answer: False Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.3 Learning Objective: LO18.3: Describe the steps to follow when rehearsing your speech.

Topic: Rehearsing Your Speech: Some Final Tips Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 18-2.10. You should rehearse your speech just as you will deliver it.

Answer: True Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.3 Learning Objective: LO18.3: Describe the steps to follow when rehearsing your speech.

Topic: Rehearsing Your Speech: Some Final Tips Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

18-3 Fill-in-the-blank 18-3.1. Latoya increased her _________ by projecting more air through her larynx.

Answer: volume Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-3.2. A consistent style of pronouncing words that is common to an ethnic group or a geographic region is known as _________.

296 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: dialect Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-3.3. Whereas ________ relates to the clarity of sounds, _________ concerns the degree to which the sounds conform to those assigned to words in standard English.

Answer: articulation; pronunciation Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-3.4. Your voice has _________ when you raise or lower the pitch as you pronounce words or sounds.

Answer: inflection Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-3.5. There is no one ―best‖ speaking _________; it depends on your speaking style and the content of your message.

Answer: rate Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-3.6. Effective use of pauses is also known as effective _________.

297 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: timing Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-3.7. Saying ―lemme‖ rather than ―let me‖ is an example of informal ________.

Answer: articulation Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-3.8. Most electronic devices, including computers, tablets, and phones, have _________ microphones.

Answer: built-in Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.2 Learning Objective: LO18.2: Explain how to use a microphone when speaking in public.

Topic: Using a Microphone Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-3.9. A speech outline should be drafted at least _________ days before a speech performance.

Answer: two Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.3 Learning Objective: LO18.3: Describe the steps to follow when rehearsing your speech.

Topic: Rehearsing Your Speech: Some Final Tips Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 18-3.10. Ahmed rehearses with __________ __________ technology so that he can recreate the speaking situation.

298 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: virtual reality Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.3 Learning Objective: LO18.3: Describe the steps to follow when rehearsing your speech.

Topic: Rehearsing Your Speech: Some Final Tips Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know

18-4 Essay 18-4.1. What are the seven aspects of vocal delivery? Describe how to appropriately use each aspect in a speech.

Answer: The seven aspects of vocal delivery are volume, articulation, dialect, pronunciation, pitch, rate, and pauses. Descriptions will vary but may include speaking loudly enough to be heard (volume); producing sounds clearly and distinctly (articulation); toning down a strong dialect if it interferes with audience understanding (dialect); using standard English pronunciation (pronunciation); using inflection to raise and lower pitch (pitch); using an appropriate speaking rate, neither too fast nor too slow (rate); and using pauses effectively to emphasize parts of a speech (pauses).

Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 18-4.2. To be understood, you need to consider four elements of vocal delivery. What are these four elements? Provide an example of using each effectively and ineffectively.

Answer: The four elements of vocal delivery are volume, articulation, dialect, and pronunciation.

Examples will vary but may include speaking at a normal volume into a microphone as opposed to speaking loudly or softly (volume); producing speech sounds clearly and distinctly as opposed to slurring them together (articulation); toning down a strong dialect if it interferes with audience understanding (dialect); and finding and utilizing the standard pronunciation of words as opposed to pronouncing them improperly, risking detraction from a speaker‘s credibility (pronunciation).

Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1, 18.2 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech; LO18.2: Explain how to use a microphone when speaking in public.

299 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Vocal Delivery, Using a Microphone Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 18-4.3. What are the types of vocal variety, and how do they affect audience comprehension?

Answer: Variety in pitch, rate, and the use of pauses helps maintain audience attention. Variation in your vocal inflection and overall pitch helps you communicate the subtlety of your ideas. Few speakers have the problem of speaking too slowly because listeners can grasp information much faster than a speaker can speak it. Appropriate pauses can accent your message. Vocal variety helps communicate emotions, whether we are happy, sad, bored, or excited.

Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.1 Learning Objective: LO18.1: Use effective vocal delivery when giving a speech.

Topic: Vocal Delivery Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 18-4.4. List and describe the four types of microphones. What precautions should you take when using them?

Answer: The four types of microphones are the built-in (in most electronic devices such as computers and phones), lavaliere (a clip-on type worn by newspeople and interviewees that is worn on the front of clothing), the boom (used in TV shows and movies, hangs over the heads of the speakers, and is remote-controlled), and the stationary (multidirectional microphones most often attached to a lectern, sitting on a desk, or standing on the floor). Precautions to be taken include making sure a speaker can be heard even when not speaking directly into the microphone; being sure to speak clearly and crisply; pronouncing B, P, and S sounds with less intensity; testing a microphone by counting or asking whether you can be heard (as opposed to tapping or blowing on the mic); speaking at a normal volume; and making sure the microphone is turned off before having personal conversations.

Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.2 Learning Objective: LO18.2: Explain how to use a microphone when speaking in public.

Topic: Using a Microphone Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 18-4.5. List and describe four tips for rehearsing your speech to improve your final delivery.

Answer: Answers will vary but should include four of the following: finish drafting a speech outline at least two days before the speech; rehearse the speech aloud to determine where notes

300 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

and prompts might be needed; revise the speech according to time limits; prepare speaking notes, either electronic or a hard copy; rehearse a speech just as it will be delivered; mentally rehearse the speech if you are not able to rehearse out loud; don‘t memorize the speech; present in front of another person to practice eye contact and receive feedback; electronically record your rehearsal for review, or practice before a mirror; rehearse using presentation aids, which should not be created at the last minute; rehearse with virtual reality (VR) technology to recreate as much of the speaking situation as possible; and practice good vocal delivery skills.

Chapter number: 18 Module number: 18.3 Learning Objective: LO18.3: Describe the steps to follow when rehearsing your speech.

Topic: Rehearsing Your Speech: Some Final Tips Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

Test Bank Chapter 19 19-1 Multiple Choice 19-1.1. The text suggests that you get plenty of _________before your speech.

A) caffeine B) food C) sleep D) breath mints Answer: C Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.1 Learning Objective: LO19.1 Take steps to prepare for a successful speech delivery.

Topic: Successfully Deliver Your Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-1.2. According to your text, which of the following is a suggestion for becoming a confident speaker?

A) Act calm so that you will feel calm.

B) Use deep-breathing techniques to help you avoid passing out.

C) Make sure you are especially familiar with your introduction and specific purpose.

D) Avoid anything involving the speech environment until the day you are to speak.

Answer: A Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.1

301 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO19.1 Take steps to prepare for a successful speech delivery.

Topic: Successfully Deliver Your Speech Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 19-1.3. Is it advisable to arrive early for your speaking engagement?

A) No; that time is better spent practicing.

B) Yes; it gives you a chance to find the room and make changes to the environment.

C) Yes; this provides you with time to ask for a different room if the location is unsuitable.

D) No; other people will negatively judge you for hanging around the location.

Answer: B Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.1 Learning Objective: LO19.1 Take steps to prepare for a successful speech delivery.

Topic: Successfully Deliver Your Speech Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 19-1.4. Al has arrived early to the room he will be speaking in. While setting up his presentation aids, he realizes the light shining in from the windows will make them hard to see. Is it a good idea for Al to adjust the blinds in the room?

A) No; a speaker is a guest in their speaking location and should not touch anything.

B) No; the sun will move by the time Al gives his speech, so his aids should be fine.

C) Yes; this will help the audience focus on his message.

D) Yes; but he should do this during his speech when he‘s ready to use his presentation aids.

Answer: C Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.1 Learning Objective: LO19.1 Take steps to prepare for a successful speech delivery.

Topic: Successfully Deliver Your Speech Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 19-1.5. Which of the following is a guideline for preparing for a successful speech performance?

A) Eat whatever you want.

B) Visualize your failure to motivate yourself.

C) Check your equipment.

D) Ignore pre-speech jitters.

Answer: C

302 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.1 Learning Objective: LO19.1 Take steps to prepare for a successful speech delivery.

Topic: Successfully Deliver Your Speech Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 19-1.6. Ramone went to bed early the night before his speech. He arrived at the location early and optimized the room environment for his presentation. What step should he have taken next?

A) make final rewrites to his speech B) rehearse the speech out loud C) check his presentation equipment D) take a nap Answer: C Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.1 Learning Objective: LO19.1 Take steps to prepare for a successful speech delivery.

Topic: Successfully Deliver Your Speech Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 19-1.7. Picturing yourself delivering your speech in an effective way is referred to in the text as A) fooling yourself.

B) visualizing success.

C) recreating the speech environment.

D) using a presentation aid.

Answer: B Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.1 Learning Objective: LO19.1 Take steps to prepare for a successful speech delivery.

Topic: Successfully Deliver Your Speech Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 19-1.8. Yvonne was really nervous about her upcoming speech. On the day of the speech, she arrived early, used mental and physical relaxation techniques, and felt like she knew the speech.

But all she could think about was how the audience wouldn‘t laugh at her funny moments in the speech and how the applause would be weak and disappointing. What tip for reducing delivery jitters that your textbook advises did Yvonne ignore?

A) Yvonne forgot to visualize her success; instead she visualized her failure.

303 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

B) Yvonne obviously did not know her speech as well as she could have or else she would have been in control of her nerves.

C) A speaker should never arrive early for a speaking engagement; the tension of waiting around to deliver the speech will only add to the speaker‘s nervousness.

D) Yvonne didn‘t ignore any tips regarding delivery jitters; this kind of speaker nervousness is natural and to be expected.

Answer: A Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.1 Learning Objective: LO19.1 Take steps to prepare for a successful speech delivery.

Topic: Successfully Deliver Your Speech Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 19-1.9. When preparing to give a speech, going over it in your mind as a final mental rehearsal can A) tell you if you need to write out some extra speaking notes.

B) prompt you to throw out all of your speaking notes.

C) boost your confidence and help ensure success.

D) increase your self-consciousness.

Answer: C Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.1 Learning Objective: LO19.1 Take steps to prepare for a successful speech delivery.

Topic: Successfully Deliver Your Speech Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 19-1.10. _________ may be scheduled after your speech to increase audience understanding.

A) Lunch B) Continued research C) A public review of your outline D) A question-and-answer session Answer: D Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: easy

304 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Remember the Facts 19-1.11. During a Q&A period, your delivery method changes from A) extemporaneous to impromptu.

B) memorized to extemporaneous.

C) impromptu to extemporaneous.

D) impromptu to manuscript.

Answer: A Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-1.12. The night before her speech, Tomoko is looking at the event program when she is surprised to see her speech has a question-and-answer session scheduled after it. What is one step Tomoko can take to prepare for the Q&A period?

A) print out her speech to use it as a reference for any questions she might be asked B) prepare an excuse as to why she will not be able to attend the session since she had not been informed about it C) anticipate who her audience will be and think of possible questions they might ask her D) rework her speech to be so detailed no one will have questions once she is finished Answer: C Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 19-1.13. Why should you repeat or rephrase questions in a Q&A session?

A) to demonstrate your critical listening skills B) to give yourself more time to think of an answer C) to demonstrate your articulation skills D) to ensure everyone can hear the question Answer: D Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2

305 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-1.14. During a Q&A session after a speech on tips for traveling abroad, an audience member asks, ―Can you suggest tips for staying safe while traveling alone?‖ Which of the following is the best way to begin a response to this audience question?

A) ―That‘s a great question. My first suggestion...‖ B) ―What are some tips for staying safe while traveling alone? My first suggestion....‖ C) ―As I already mentioned during my presentation, I would suggest…‖ D) ―Let‘s save this kind of chitchat for later.‖ Answer: B Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know

19-1.15. According to your text, if a listener asks a question unrelated to your talk, A) it is perfectly acceptable to ignore them.

B) inform the listener that you will have time for chitchat after the Q&A session.

C) gently guide your questioner back to the message you have prepared.

D) ask the audience, ―Does anyone have a question related to my topic?‖ Answer: C Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-1.16. Some seasoned speakers suggest that you save a bit of your speech to deliver during the Q&A session. This is known as A) listening nonjudgmentally.

B) giving a ―double-barreled‖ talk.

C) using organized signposts.

D) creating immediacy.

306 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: B Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-1.17. What is the best guideline for responding to a question asked by an audience member?

A) Begin by responding to the audience member, but be sure to direct your response to the entire audience.

B) Ignore the asker and address your response to the general audience only.

C) Maintain eye contact with the questioner throughout the entire response.

D) Avoid eye contact with anyone from the audience.

Answer: A Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-1.18. According to your text, what is the best way to transition between the end of your speech and the Q&A? A) Ask the first question yourself.

B) Listen nonjudgmentally.

C) Give a ―double-barreled‖ talk.

D) Use organized signposts.

Answer: A Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-1.19. As a speaker, when you give your full attention to the questioner, listen politely, and respond courteously, you are A) neutralizing hostile questions.

307 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

B) using organized signposts.

C) staying on message.

D) listening nonjudgmentally.

Answer: D Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-1.20. What is the best procedure to take when you are presented with a hostile question?

A) Ignore it, since doing so will make you the bigger person, and direct the listeners to ask a question on another topic.

B) Acknowledge it in order to make the questioner feel valued, then steer the topic in another direction so no answer has to be given.

C) Neutralize it by acknowledging the questioner‘s emotions and focusing the answer on the heart of the issue.

D) Respond to it with an equally hostile statement, showing the questioner that you are not afraid to tackle difficulties head on.

Answer: C Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 19-1.21. After Priya‘s presentation on solar energy, an audience member asked, ―So you don‘t care how many people lose their jobs?‖ Which of the following is the best response to this hostile question?

A) ―You‘d like to know if I care that some jobs will be eliminated. I can see this is a very important issue to you.‖ B) ―My presentation is not about jobs. Please focus your questions on the topic.‖ C) ―Obviously, I care. It‘s offensive you would suggest I don‘t.‖ D) ―I‘m going to have to ask you to leave if you can‘t be respectful.‖ Answer: A Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2

308 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know

19-1.22. During a Q&A session after her speech, one of the audience members asks Drew a question she doesn‘t know the answer to. How should Drew handle this situation?

A) Drew should take her best guess.

B) Drew should discreetly try to change the subject.

C) Drew should admit she doesn‘t know the answer but promise to get back to the person later.

D) Drew should ask the audience if anyone else knows the answer.

Answer: C Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 19-1.23. Which of the following does the text recommend for a ―double-barrel‖ talk?

A) Be brief.

B) Make it as long as the original speech.

C) Use it to respond to hostile questions.

D) Use it to respond to unrelated questions.

Answer: A Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-1.24. Saying things such as ―I have two responses to that question. First,...‖ followed by ―my second point is...‖ is an example of A) using organized signposts.

B) repeating the questions.

C) staying on message.

D) being brief.

309 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: A Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 19-1.25. Alejandro is taking audience questions, when he notices the host of the event is indicating it is time to wrap things up. What should Alejandro say to indicate the Q&A period is ending?

A) ―I have time for one more question.‖ B) ―Stop talking to me.‖ C) ―Please, no more questions. I am tired of talking.‖ D) He should say nothing and instead point at his watch.

Answer: A Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 19-2 True/False 19-2.1. Becoming a confident speaker includes being especially familiar with your introduction and conclusion.

Answer: True Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.1 Learning Objective: LO19.1 Take steps to prepare for a successful speech delivery.

Topic: Successfully Deliver Your Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-2.2. It would be rude for a speaker to rearrange the room or furniture before speaking.

Answer: False Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.1

310 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO19.1 Take steps to prepare for a successful speech delivery.

Topic: Successfully Deliver Your Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-2.3. A final mental rehearsal right before your speech will help ensure a successful delivery.

Answer: True Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.1 Learning Objective: LO19.1 Take steps to prepare for a successful speech delivery.

Topic: Successfully Deliver Your Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-2.4. Repeating an audience member‘s question ensures that you understand the question.

Answer: True Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-2.5. A ―double-barreled‖ talk is when two speakers alternate answering a question from a person in the audience.

Answer: False Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-2.6. If a listener asks a question unrelated to your talk, guide your questioner back to the message you have prepared.

Answer: True Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2

311 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 19-2.7. Speakers should never admit when they do not know an answer.

Answer: False Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-2.8. You should avoid using verbal signposts while answering audience questions.

Answer: False Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-2.9. A speaker who says, ―My first point is…‖ in response to an audience member‘s question is using a verbal signpost.

Answer: True Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: easy Skill: Understand the Concepts

19-2.10. You should warn your audience when the Q&A period is ending.

Answer: True Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2

312 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

19-3 Fill-in-the-blank 19-3.1. When preparing for a speech, it is a good idea to recreate the speech _________ when you rehearse.

Answer: environment Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.1 Learning Objective: LO19.1 Take steps to prepare for a successful speech delivery.

Topic: Successfully Deliver Your Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-3.2. In order to become a confident speaker, you must act _________ so you will feel calm.

Answer: calm Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.1 Learning Objective: LO19.1 Take steps to prepare for a successful speech delivery.

Topic: Successfully Deliver Your Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-3.3. Picturing yourself delivering your speech in an effective way is known as _________.

Answer: visualizing success Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.1 Learning Objective: LO19.1 Take steps to prepare for a successful speech delivery.

Topic: Successfully Deliver Your Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-3.4. Your delivery method changes from extemporaneous to _________ during the questionand-answer session.

313 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: impromptu Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-3.5. _________ a question makes sure that everyone can hear the question.

Answer: Repeating Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-3.6. Bringing an audience back to your central idea is known as staying on _________.

Answer: message Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-3.7. Presenting your speech and then giving a second, much briefer speech as the answer to a question is called giving a _________ talk.

Answer: ―double-barreled‖ Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-3.8. Listening _________ is when a speaker gives their full attention to a questioner, listening politely and responding courteously.

314 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: nonjudgmentally Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-3.9. Restating the question and acknowledging the questioner‘s emotions is a suggestion for neutralizing _________ questions.

Answer: hostile Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 19-3.10. Phrases like ―My first point…‖ and ―My second point…‖ are examples of verbal _________.

Answer: signposts Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

19-4 Essay 19-4.1. In a detailed essay, identify and explain five suggestions the text offers to help you prepare for a successful performance.

Answer: Answers will vary but should include five of the following: be well rested and get plenty of sleep before your speech; recreate the speech environment when you rehearse; use deep-breathing techniques to help you relax; make sure you are especially familiar with your introduction and conclusion; act calm so that you will feel calm; arrive early for your speaking

315 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

engagement; give yourself plenty of time to find the room if you are speaking in an unfamiliar location; rearrange the furniture or make other changes to the speaking environment; check your equipment; visualize success; picture yourself delivering your speech in an effective way; remind yourself of the effort you have spent preparing for your speech; perform a final mental rehearsal as a way to boost your confidence and help ensure success.

Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.1 Learning Objective: LO19.1 Take steps to prepare for a successful speech delivery.

Topic: Successfully Deliver Your Speech Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 19-4.2. Your text mentions that speech delivery is an art rather than a science. In a detailed essay, explain whether or not you believe this is true, citing and explaining speech preparation techniques as supporting evidence.

Answer: Answers will vary based on student opinion.

Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.1 Learning Objective: LO19.1 Take steps to prepare for a successful speech delivery.

Topic: Successfully Deliver Your Speech Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 19-4.3. In a detailed essay, identify and give an example of four suggestions for responding to audience questions during a question-and-answer session.

Answer: Examples will vary, but responses should include four of the following: prepare; repeat or rephrase the questions; stay on message; give a ―double-barreled‖ talk; respond to the entire audience, not just the person who asked the question; ask the first question yourself; listen nonjudgmentally; neutralize hostile questions; when you don‘t know the answer, admit it; be brief; use organized signposts; and indicate when the Q&A period is ending.

Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 19-4.4. You are a speaker representing the phone manufacturer Far-Exx Global. At a press conference, give a speech highlighting the record profits the latest phone release has brought the company. You go on to say that a large portion of the profits have been funneled into the

316 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

company‘s new endangered-species protection initiative: Far-Exx Forest. During the questionand-answer session, you are posed the following three questions. In detail, explain how you would act when being asked each question and what your response would be to each one: 1. ―Do you know if the Far-Exx Forest project plans to protect endangered species only? Or will conservation-dependent species be included in the initiative at some point?‖ 2. ―Will Far-Exx branch out into other technologies?‖ 3. ―How can you justify spending money on animals when all of the profits could have been reinvested into Far-Exx to increase shareholder value?‖ Answer: Responses will vary, but each should include repeating or rephrasing the question, responding to the entire audience, listening nonjudgmentally, and being brief. Suggested responses include: 1. When you don‘t know the answer, admit it. Promise to find more information and get back to the person.

2. Stay on message. Guide the questioner back to the message you have prepared.

3. Neutralize hostile questions. Restate the question and acknowledge the questioner‘s emotions.

Focus your answer on the heart of the questioner‘s issue or problem.

Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 19-4.5. Some seasoned speakers suggest that you save a bit of your speech to deliver during the Q&A session, known as a ―double-barreled‖ talk. Imagine you have just given a presentation and are now in a Q&A period. On the subject of your choice, provide an example question that an audience member may ask that would prompt a double-barrel response. Then, provide your response.

Answer: Responses will vary based on the student‘s chosen topic, but they should provide an example question and their response to that question. For example, a student with a speech topic of tips for traveling abroad may imagine a question such as ―Do you have any tips for staying safe when traveling alone?‖ The speaker may imagine a double-barrel response including tips for keeping friends or family informed of their location, making sure their personal belongings are always in sight, and avoiding going to second locations with strangers.

Chapter number: 19 Module number: 19.2 Learning Objective: LO19.2 Prepare to answer questions after delivering a speech.

Topic: Responding to Questions Difficulty: difficult

317 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Analyze It

Test Bank Chapter 20 20-1 Multiple Choice 20-1.1. An image, object, or sound that reinforces your point visually so the audience can better understand it is known as A) a signpost.

B) a presentation aid.

C) an instructional device.

D) an assistant.

Answer: B Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.1 Learning Objective: LO20.1 Discuss five ways in which presentation aids help communicate ideas to an audience.

Topic: The Value of Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-1.2. What is one advantage of using presentation aids?

A) They can help a speaker stay within the time limit.

B) They can substitute for a general lack of information.

C) They cover up a speaker‘s visible nervousness.

D) They help your audience understand and remember.

Answer: D Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.1 Learning Objective: LO20.1 Discuss five ways in which presentation aids help communicate ideas to an audience.

Topic: The Value of Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 20-1.3. The most common presentation aids are A) people.

B) three-dimensional graphics.

C) two-dimensional images.

318 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

D) videos.

Answer: C Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-1.4. Alexis is using photographs of her recent trip to Greece in her informative speech about modern Greek culture. How can she BEST incorporate her photos into the presentation?

A) Enlarge or project them.

B) Put them in a large, attention-getting frame.

C) Make copies and hand the copies out.

D) Pass the actual photos around to the entire audience.

Answer: A Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 20-1.5. A _________is a pictorial representation of statistical data.

A) model B) graph C) slide D) drawing Answer: B Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

319 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

20-1.6. Graphs are particularly effective in showing A) objects or places the audience cannot view directly.

B) a very brief outline of the key points.

C) individual items or thoughts.

D) overall trends and relationships among data.

Answer: D Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-1.7. _________are a type of visual that consists of flat areas of varying lengths used to represent information.

A) Bar graphs B) Pie graphs C) Line graphs D) Picture graphs Answer: A Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-1.8. When illustrating how data is distributed in a given category or area with a presentation aid, your audience will most readily understand the information with a A) chart.

B) bar graph.

C) pie graph.

D) line graph.

Answer: C Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2

320 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 20-1.9. _________graphs are a type of visual aid that shows relationships between two or more variables.

A) Line B) Pie C) Bar D) Picture Answer: A Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-1.10. Yolanda was giving a speech about recycling and wanted to use the statistic ―Only 35% of all Americans actually recycle.‖ Which of the following would she use to best demonstrate this figure?

A) A pie graph B) A drawing C) A video D) People Answer: A Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 20-1.11. Is it a good idea to put a lot of information on one chart?

A) Yes; charts are very effective at summarizing great deals of information.

B) Yes; any kind of visual aid is better for sharing information than a speaker‘s words.

321 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

C) No; charts must be simple and easy to read.

D) No; a picture graph would be best for this situation.

Answer: C Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 20-1.12. The four types of typefaces are A) script, decorative, serif, and special.

B) serif, sans serif, script, and decorative.

C) decorative, speech, serif, and sans serif.

D) sans serif, serif, script, and art deco.

Answer: B Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-1.13. Which font is easier to read for longer passages?

A) serif B) sans serif C) script D) decorative Answer: A Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

322 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

20-1.14. Although interesting and dramatic, _________fonts should be used sparingly because they are hard to read.

A) serif B) sans serif C) script D) decorative Answer: C Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-1.15. _________fonts are designed to convey a special tone or mood.

A) Serif B) Sans serif C) Script D) Decorative Answer: D Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-1.16. What is the maximum number of font styles recommended to be used on a single visual?

A) one B) two C) three D) four Answer: B Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2

323 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-1.17. Simon has decided to include video clips as presentation aids for his speech. Instead of storing them on his computer, he uploaded them to the internet to stream during his presentation.

What is the BEST action Simon should take before he begins his presentation?

A) Do a technical run-through to ensure the internet connection and his videos are both accessible.

B) Add copyright notes to his presentation crediting the owners of the videos he plans to use.

C) Check the internet to see if he can find a funny video to catch his audience‘s attention during his introduction.

D) Block out any unnecessary light in the room so his videos will be visible to his audience.

Answer: A Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 20-1.18. How can you BEST use people as presentation aids in a speech?

A) Rehearse with the person beforehand; introduce the individual to the audience just before their participation.

B) Never use other people as presentation aids in a speech because of the likeliness something will go wrong.

C) Ask for volunteers from your audience to help you on the spur of the moment and act as your presentation aid.

D) Just use yourself as a presentation aid: with costumes, demonstrations, or illustrations.

Answer: A Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know

324 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

20-1.19. Is it a good idea to use computer-generated presentation aids in a presentation?

A) Yes; your speech will not be complete without them.

B) No; these will distract the audience and cause them to lose focus on the message of the speech.

C) Yes, but only if they help develop the central idea of the speech.

D) No, since there are always technical issues with these types of aids.

Answer: C Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.3 Learning Objective: LO20.3 Describe how computers may be used to generate high-quality presentation aids.

Topic: Using Computer-Generated Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 20-1.20. The three types of popular presentation software mentioned in your text are A) PowerPoint, Prezi, and Keynote.

B) Keynote, PowerPoint, and Cloud.

C) Prezi, PowerPoint, and Presentation Aid. D) Keynote, Prezi, and YouTube.

Answer: A Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.3 Learning Objective: LO20.3 Describe how computers may be used to generate high-quality presentation aids.

Topic: Using Computer-Generated Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-1.21. Malik is putting the finishing touches on his PowerPoint presentation. He thinks it would be fun to add sound effects that will play every time he transitions to a new slide.

According to your text, is this a good idea?

A) Yes; this will help the audience know that he is progressing to a new section in his speech.

B) Yes; sound effects will liven up Malik‘s speech and keep his audience interested.

C) No; sound effects should only be used when he presents a new main idea for his topic.

D) No; Malik should be the one the audience is listening to, not the presentation.

Answer: D Chapter number: 20

325 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 20.3 Learning Objective: LO20.3 Describe how computers may be used to generate high-quality presentation aids.

Topic: Using Computer-Generated Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 20-1.22. Gustav and Selena are working on the color scheme for their visuals. Gustav says that all of their visuals should have a dark background with lighter-colored words. Selena argues it should be the other way around: light backgrounds with darker-colored words. According to your text, which one of them is correct?

A) Gustav, since using a dark background makes the lighter-colored words easy to see.

B) Selena, since using a light background and dark-colored words has a more pleasing effect.

C) Both; they should do half of their presentation light-on-dark, and the other half dark-on-light.

D) Neither; light-colored words on a neutral background is the best option here.

Answer: A Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.3 Learning Objective: LO20.3 Describe how computers may be used to generate high-quality presentation aids.

Topic: Using Computer-Generated Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 20-1.23. Which of the following can give your presentation slides a professional touch?

A) script font B) large chunks of text C) sound effects D) clip art Answer: D Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.3 Learning Objective: LO20.3 Describe how computers may be used to generate high-quality presentation aids.

Topic: Using Computer-Generated Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-1.24. Which of the following is a primary consideration when selecting a presentation aid?

A) the time of day

326 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

B) the length of the speech C) the visuals used by the speaker ahead of you D) the purpose of the speech Answer: D Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.4 Learning Objective: LO20.4 Use criteria to choose presentation aids to include in a speech.

Topic: Select the Right Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-1.25. Anna is giving a speech on the basic functions of the Electoral College. As the presentation gets under way, she cannot figure out how to advance to her first slide and ends up not using her visual aid. What guideline for selecting the right presentation aid was violated?

A) estimate the audience size B) think about the speech objective C) evaluate your skill and experience using the chosen aid D) know the room Answer: C Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.4 Learning Objective: LO20.4 Use criteria to choose presentation aids to include in a speech.

Topic: Select the Right Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 20-2 True/False 20-2.1. Of your five senses, you learn more from sight than from all the others combined.

Answer: True Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.1 Learning Objective: LO20.1 Discuss five ways in which presentation aids help communicate ideas to an audience.

Topic: The Value of Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

327 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

20-2.2. Picture graphs need a great deal of words or labels in order for the audience to understand them.

Answer: False Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-2.3 Most designers agree that you should not use more than two font styles on a single visual aid.

Answer: True Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-2.4. When you use models as presentation aids, you should make sure they are large enough to be seen by all audience members.

Answer: True Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-2.5. Most audiences, especially those in the corporate world, expect a speaker to use computer-generated presentation aids.

Answer: True Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.3

328 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO20.3 Describe how computers may be used to generate high-quality presentation aids.

Topic: Using Computer-Generated Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-2.6. It is acceptable to use clip art in your presentations.

Answer: True Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.3 Learning Objective: LO20.3 Describe how computers may be used to generate high-quality presentation aids.

Topic: Using Computer-Generated Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-2.7. Using the same background color on all visuals and no more than two colors for words will help unify your presentation.

Answer: True Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.3 Learning Objective: LO20.3 Describe how computers may be used to generate high-quality presentation aids.

Topic: Using Computer-Generated Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-2.8. Using a dark background with lighter-colored words can have an unpleasant effect and make the words difficult to see.

Answer: False Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.3 Learning Objective: LO20.3 Describe how computers may be used to generate high-quality presentation aids.

Topic: Using Computer-Generated Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-2.9. Estimating the size of the audience is an important factor in choosing a presentation aid.

329 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: True Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.4 Learning Objective: LO20.4 Use criteria to choose presentation aids to include in a speech.

Topic: Select the Right Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-2.10. It is best to assume you will be able to operate any equipment used for presentation aids.

Answer: False Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.4 Learning Objective: LO20.4 Use criteria to choose presentation aids to include in a speech.

Topic: Select the Right Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-3 Fill-in-the-blank 20-3.1. Of your five senses, you learn more from _________ than from all the others combined.

Answer: sight Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.1 Learning Objective: LO20.1 Discuss five ways in which presentation aids help communicate ideas to an audience.

Topic: The Value of Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-3.2. As a rule, large and _________ line drawings are more effective for stage presentations than _________ images.

Answer: simple; detailed Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy

330 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Remember the Facts 20-3.3. _________ can show objects or places that cannot be illustrated with drawings or that an audience cannot view directly.

Answer: Photographs Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-3.4. A _________ should be used when you want to graphically illustrate a step-by-step process or sequence of events.

Answer: flowchart Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-3.5. Use no more than _________ lines of text on any single visual.

Answer: seven Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-3.6. _________ fonts are easier to read for longer passages.

Answer: Serif Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2

331 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-3.7. Listeners like looking at real, tangible items, which is why it is useful to use models and ________.

Answer: objects Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-3.8. Most audiences, especially those in the corporate world, expect a speaker to use _________ presentation aids.

Answer: computer-generated Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.3 Learning Objective: LO20.3 Describe how computers may be used to generate high-quality presentation aids.

Topic: Using Computer-Generated Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-3.9. You can plot your message visually by using a ________, or a visual or graphic representation of your ideas.

Answer: storyboard Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.3 Learning Objective: LO20.3 Describe how computers may be used to generate high-quality presentation aids.

Topic: Using Computer-Generated Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts

332 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

20-3.10. According to your text, you should not select a presentation aid until you have decided on the _________ of your speech.

Answer: purpose Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.4 Learning Objective: LO20.4 Use criteria to choose presentation aids to include in a speech.

Topic: Select the Right Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 20-4 Essay 20-4.1. Identify and explain the five ways in which presentation aids help communicate ideas to your listeners.

Answer: Focus—Presentation aids gain and maintain the attention of your listeners and keep their interest when words alone might not. Understand—Presentation aids can enhance understanding. Remember—It is well known that you remember most what you understand best.

Organize—Listing your major ideas on a computer-generated slide, chart, or poster can help your audience grasp your main ideas and follow your transitions. Illustrate— Of your five senses, you learn more from sight than from all the others combined. Demonstrating or showing procedures or events step-by-step is an especially effective way to enhance understanding.

Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.1 Learning Objective: LO20.1 Discuss five ways in which presentation aids help communicate ideas to an audience.

Topic: The Value of Presentation Aids Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 20-4.2. Identify and explain the four different types of graphs. Provide examples of topics or information that might warrant the use of each.

Answer: Examples will vary, but answers should include the following: 1. A bar graph consists of flat areas—bars—whose various lengths represent information.

2. A pie graph shows the individual shares of a whole and are especially useful in helping listeners to see quickly how data are distributed in a given category or area.

3. Line graphs show relationships between two or more variables. Line graphs can organize statistical data to show overall trends and can cover a greater span of time or numbers without looking cluttered or confusing. A simple line graph communicates better than a cluttered one.

333 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

4. Picture graphs look somewhat less formal and less intimidating than other kinds of graphs.

One of the advantages of picture graphs is that they need few words or labels, which makes them easier for an audience to read.

Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 20-4.3. Identify and briefly explain the four different types of fonts. What makes them distinctive?

Answer: The four types of fonts are serif, sans serif, script, and decorative. Serif fonts are easier to read for longer passages. Although interesting and dramatic, script fonts should be used sparingly because they are hard to read. Use decorative fonts only when you want to communicate a special tone or mood.

Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 20-4.4. What speech topics might warrant the use of a person as a presentation aid? What guidelines would you need to follow?

Answer: Speech topics will vary, but guidelines should include choosing someone you trust so that you can fully inform them about what needs to be done, waiting to introduce the person to the audience if you do not need the person to demonstrate something during your opening remarks, remembering your presentation aids are always subordinate to your speech, and remembering you must remain in control.

Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.2 Learning Objective: LO20.2 Describe seven types of presentation aids and how to use them effectively.

Topic: Types of Presentation Aids Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

334 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

20-4.5. Identify and explain the five factors you need to consider in order to select the right presentation aid.

Answer: The five factors that need to be considered in order to select the right presentation aid are: 1. Consider your audience. The age, interests, and attitudes of your audience should affect your selection of audiovisual support.

2. Estimate the size of the audience. Choose presentation aids that everyone will be able to see clearly.

3. Think of your speech objective. Don‘t select a presentation aid until you have decided on the purpose of your speech.

4. Evaluate your own skill and experience. Use only equipment with which you are comfortable or have had practical experience.

5. Know the room in which you will speak. If the room has large windows with no shades and no other way to dim the light, do not consider using visuals that require a darkened room.

Chapter number: 20 Module number: 20.4 Learning Objective: LO20.4 Use criteria to choose presentation aids to include in a speech.

Topic: Select the Right Presentation Aids Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

Test Bank Chapter 21 21-1 Multiple Choice 21-1.1. Which of the following statements about developing presentation aids is TRUE? A) Your visual rhetoric should be developed as well as your words.

B) Decorative typefaces are usually the best choice.

C) Complex is best.

D) Simple charts indicate the speaker underestimates the audience.

Answer: A Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.1 Learning Objective: LO21.1 Follow three guidelines for developing effective presentation aids.

Topic: Guidelines for Developing Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 21-1.2. Which of the following is one of the guiding principles for effective presentation aids?

A) Make them easy to see.

335 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

B) Keep them complex.

C) Keep them adventurous.

D) Keep them exciting.

Answer: A Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.1 Learning Objective: LO21.1 Follow three guidelines for developing effective presentation aids.

Topic: Guidelines for Developing Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 21-1.3. For you to communicate your ideas clearly, everyone in the audience must A) participate in your presentation.

B) receive a handout to take home.

C) take notes on your ideas.

D) be able to see your presentation aids clearly.

Answer: D Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.1 Learning Objective: LO21.1 Follow three guidelines for developing effective presentation aids.

Topic: Guidelines for Developing Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 21-1.4. According to your text, which of the following is the most important piece of advice in making presentation aids easy to see?

A) Use multiple screens.

B) Make it big.

C) Have the audience come up by you.

D) Make multiple copies.

Answer: B Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.1 Learning Objective: LO21.1 Follow three guidelines for developing effective presentation aids.

Topic: Guidelines for Developing Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 21-1.5. Should presentation aids be complex?

336 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

A) Yes; the higher the complexity, the more the audience will understand your passion for your topic.

B) Yes; audiences pay more attention to complex presentation aids than to simple ones.

C) No; simple presentation aids usually communicate best.

D) No; speakers communicate verbally, not visually.

Answer: C Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.1 Learning Objective: LO21.1 Follow three guidelines for developing effective presentation aids.

Topic: Guidelines for Developing Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 21-1.6. Sam was giving a speech on fast-food restaurants and presented each restaurant‘s menu together on a single PowerPoint slide. Was this an effective strategy?

A) No, because there was too much information on the slide.

B) No, because Sam should have given a speech on just one fast-food restaurant.

C) Yes, because Sam‘s audience benefited from the menu information.

D) Yes, because it showed Sam had done a lot of research on the topic.

Answer: A Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.1 Learning Objective: LO21.1 Follow three guidelines for developing effective presentation aids.

Topic: Guidelines for Developing Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 21-1.7. Ye-jin has a lot of information she wants to convey in her speech. Which presentation aid strategy would be best for her to follow?

A) Make the information easy to see by writing big.

B) Keep the information simple by spreading it out over two or three simple charts or slides.

C) Keep the information safe by not showing any of it to her audience.

D) Communicate clearly by reading all the information aloud instead of making it into a presentation aid.

Answer: B Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.1 Learning Objective: LO21.1 Follow three guidelines for developing effective presentation aids.

Topic: Guidelines for Developing Presentation Aids

337 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 21-1.8 Omar was giving a speech on animal-borne diseases. When discussing each disease, each slide contained a definition, symptoms, risks, treatment, and ways to prevent the disease. Was this an effective strategy?

A) No, because he put too much information on each slide.

B) No, because he should have included pictures of each disease.

C) Yes, because he gave his audience all of the necessary information.

D) Yes, because he talked about each point he made in his visual aid.

Answer: A Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.1 Learning Objective: LO21.1 Follow three guidelines for developing effective presentation aids.

Topic: Guidelines for Developing Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 21-1.9. According to your text, what is the most important point regarding the safety of your presentation aids?

A) Do the demonstration yourself; do not ask for audience volunteers.

B) Use all dangerous presentation aids in an open and ventilated area.

C) Make sure an authorized person has inspected your presentation aids.

D) Do not use dangerous or illegal presentation aids.

Answer: D Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.1 Learning Objective: LO21.1 Follow three guidelines for developing effective presentation aids.

Topic: Guidelines for Developing Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 21-1.10. What is the best substitute for a dangerous or illegal presentation aid?

A) a picture, chart, or other representational device B) a video showing you using the presentation aid C) If you are a professional, you are permitted to use this kind of presentation aid.

D) Do not use any presentation aids at all.

Answer: A Chapter number: 21

338 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 21.1 Learning Objective: LO21.1 Follow three guidelines for developing effective presentation aids.

Topic: Guidelines for Developing Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 21-1.11. What action should a speaker take if their speech topic calls for an illegal or dangerous presentation aid?

A) Secure permission from university police or security officers.

B) Secure permission from the instructor.

C) Substitute an appropriate picture, chart, or other representation.

D) Take all necessary precautions.

Answer: C Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.1 Learning Objective: LO21.1 Follow three guidelines for developing effective presentation aids.

Topic: Guidelines for Developing Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 21-1.12. Which of the following is a tip for using presentation aids?

A) Rehearse with your presentation aids at the last minute.

B) Explain your presentation aids.

C) Face your presentation aid while talking.

D) Never use animals.

Answer: B Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 21-1.13. How often does your text recommend rehearsing with your presentation aids?

A) Not at all; your first time using the presentation aid should be when you are giving your speech.

B) Once or twice; an experienced speaker does not need much practice.

C) Enough that you feel at ease with them.

D) Not too much so that you do not get bored with them.

339 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: C Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 21-1.14. On her way to deliver her presentation, Nia decided to add one last presentation aid to her speech. Was this a good idea, according to your textbook?

A) No, because Nia didn‘t have a chance to rehearse with the new aid.

B) Yes, because the more creative the presentation aids, the better the speech will be.

C) Yes, if Nia was certain that the presentation aid would make a difference.

D) No, because the extra presentation aid would make Nia‘s speech too long.

Answer: A Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 21-1.15. Is it important to make eye contact with your audience when using presentation aids?

A) No; your audience will be looking at your presentation aid only at that point.

B) No; eye contact tends to make people think a speaker is lying.

C) Yes; you will want to make sure everyone can see your presentation aid.

D) Yes; it is best if you look your audience in the eye rather than facing your image or object.

Answer: D Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 21-1.16. Jewel had carefully planned presentation aids for her speech on quilting. She thoroughly demonstrated how to sew together the squares by hand, which required her to concentrate on the quilt. What guideline for using presentation aids did Jewel violate?

A) Jewel should have remembered ―Murphy‘s Law.‖ B) Jewel focused her eye contact on the presentation aid instead of the audience.

340 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

C) Jewel did not select the right presentation aid for her audience.

D) Jewel was using a dangerous presentation aid.

Answer: B Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 21-1.17. Elena was giving her speech on why college athletes should be paid for playing their sport. In her PowerPoint, she showed a graph and said only, ―Here‘s a graph showing the rising profits of college sports.‖ Was this helpful in persuading her audience?

A) Yes, because it got the audience‘s attention.

B) Yes, because it was relative to her topic.

C) No, because the graph was not provided with verbal context.

D) No, because the graph was too small.

Answer: C Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 21-1.18. Howard taped pictures of rainbows all around the room as presentation aids for his speech. He never referred to them but simply created an atmosphere for his presentation. Was this appropriate?

A) Yes; the pictures created the kind of mood the speaker wanted.

B) No; there were too many of them to create any kind of effect.

C) Yes, because rainbows are happy images and help the audience listen.

D) No, because you should explain your presentation aids, not just show them.

Answer: D Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know

341 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

21-1.19. When using objects as a presentation aid, you should avoid A) making reference to the object in your speech.

B) holding the object while you speak.

C) passing the object among members of your audience.

D) displaying the object during your speech.

Answer: C Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 21-1.20. Rashan thought that he would be dramatic and impress his public speaking class with his speech on animal testing. He decided to use mice in a cage to illustrate how mice are living creatures that should not be killed in testing. But during his speech, the cage fell off the desk and the mice escaped, distracting his audience and putting an abrupt end to his presentation. What guideline did Rashan ignore, with regard to using presentation aids?

A) Use animals with caution as presentation aids.

B) Only use professionally trained animals as presentation aids.

C) Do not use dangerous or illegal presentation aids.

D) Never use animals as presentation aids in a speech.

Answer: A Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 21-1.21. In a business or other type of organization, if the printed summary of your key ideas is not needed during your presentation, when should the handout be distributed to your audience?

A) during your presentation whenever you sense the audience is losing interest B) during your presentation as you bring up each main point C) before your presentation so the audience can follow along D) at the end of your talk Answer: D Chapter number: 21

342 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 21-1.22. Before his speech about organ donation, Nathan gave the audience a handout about the need for organs and the process for becoming an organ donor. Is this an effective use of presentation aids?

A) Yes; Nathan used the handout in a timely and effective way, selecting the right presentation aid for the topic.

B) No; Nathan should have waited until the end to hand this out as it may distract audience members.

C) No; Nathan confused the audience by having them look at a handout that didn‘t relate to what he was speaking about.

D) Yes; Nathan drew the audience into the speech by having them focus on the handout.

Answer: B Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 21-1.23. What is the BEST advice for timing the use of presentation aids in a speech?

A) Display presentation aids evenly throughout the speech.

B) Display presentation aids at the beginning of your speech.

C) Display presentation aids early if you use more than one.

D) Display presentation aids to correspond with points in your speech.

Answer: D Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 21-1.24. Is it safe to assume the hardware and software you will need will be available in the location of your speech?

A) Yes; modern society operates almost exclusively on technology, so it should be available.

343 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

B) Yes; it is a rule that the location hosting a speech have all varieties of technology available.

C) No; it is important to ask what kinds of technology exist at the location.

D) No; presenters who arrive early tend to take all hardware for use in their own speeches.

Answer: C Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 21-1.25. When you use presentation aids, you should always remember A) Moore‘s Law. B) the Law of Attraction.

C) the Law of Averages.

D) Murphy‘s Law. Answer: D Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 21-2 True/False 21-2.1. When developing visual aids, use simple drawings or pictures.

Answer: True Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.1 Learning Objective: LO21.1 Follow three guidelines for developing effective presentation aids.

Topic: Guidelines for Developing Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 21-2.2. To make visual aids easy to see, presenters should make their aids big.

Answer: True Chapter number: 21

344 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 21.1 Learning Objective: LO21.1 Follow three guidelines for developing effective presentation aids.

Topic: Guidelines for Developing Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 21-2.3. If your presentation aids are simple, it‘s not necessary to rehearse with them.

Answer: False Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 21-2.4. Some presentation aids speak for themselves, so you don‘t need to explain them.

Answer: False Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 21-2.5. When you distribute handouts, you should number the pages to make it easier to refer to them.

Answer: True Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 21-2.6. If handouts are not needed during the presentation, you should forego them.

Answer: False Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2

345 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 21-2.7. Once you introduce a visual aid, you should keep it in front of the audience throughout your speech.

Answer: False Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 21-2.8. It is perfectly acceptable to have an assistant help you with presentation aids during your speech.

Answer: True Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 21-2.9. An effective speaker checks the hardware and software available before designing presentation aids.

Answer: True Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 21-2.10. Keeping backup supplies is a good way to avoid unexpected problems with your visual aids.

Answer: True

346 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 21-3 Fill-in-the-blank 21-3.1. To communicate your ideas clearly through presentation aids, your text offers the following piece of important advice: make it _________.

Answer: big Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.1 Learning Objective: LO21.1 Follow three guidelines for developing effective presentation aids.

Topic: Guidelines for Developing Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 21-3.2. _________ presentation aids usually communicate best.

Answer: Simple Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.1 Learning Objective: LO21.1 Follow three guidelines for developing effective presentation aids.

Topic: Guidelines for Developing Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 21-3.3. Text on presentation aids should be limited to key words or _______.

Answer: phrases Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.1 Learning Objective: LO21.1 Follow three guidelines for developing effective presentation aids.

Topic: Guidelines for Developing Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 21-3.4. _________ with your presentation aids until you feel at ease with them.

347 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: Rehearse Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 21-3.5. According to your text, it is good advice to make eye contact with your _________, not your _________ _________.

Answer: audience; presentation aids Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 21-3.6. Explaining your visuals and why they are part of your presentation is known as setting your visuals in a verbal _________.

Answer: context Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 21-3.7. Because they are often unpredictable, _________ should be used as presentation aids with caution.

Answer: animals Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

348 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

21-3.8. Many public-speaking instructors believe you should not distribute _________ during a speech.

Answer: handouts Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 21-3.9. If possible, use a _________ _________ to advance computer-generated slides.

Answer: remote control Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 21-3.10. According to _________ _________, if something can go wrong, it will.

Answer: Murphy‘s Law Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 21-4 Essay 21-4.1. Identify and briefly explain three guidelines for developing presentation aids.

Answer: The three guidelines for developing presentation aids are: 1. Make them easy to see—everyone in the audience must be able to see your presentation aids clearly. Make it big!

2. Keep them simple—simple presentation aids usually communicate best. Resist making them complicated. Text should be limited to key words or phrases. Simple images are better than overly detailed graphics. Don‘t cram too much information onto one chart or computer slide, but instead use two or three simple charts or slides.

349 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

3. Keep them safe—do not use dangerous or illegal presentation aids! Substitute a picture, chart, or other representational device instead.

Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.1 Learning Objective: LO21.1 Follow three guidelines for developing effective presentation aids.

Topic: Guidelines for Developing Presentation Aids Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 21-4.2. List and briefly discuss four guidelines for using handouts properly in a speech.

Answer: Answers should include the following four guidelines: 1. Don‘t distribute your handout during the presentation unless your listeners need to refer to the material while you‘re talking about it.

2. Control listeners‘ attention by telling them where in the handout you want them to focus.

3. Clearly number the pages on your handout material to make it easy for you to direct audience members to specific pages.

4. If your listeners do not need the information during your presentation, tell them that you will distribute a summary of the key ideas at the end of your talk.

Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 21-4.3. State and briefly explain three guidelines for timing your presentation aids effectively.

Answer: Explanations will vary, but answers should include three of the following guidelines: 1. If possible, use a remote control to advance computer-generated slides so you do not have to stay anchored to your computer.

2. When you are making a point or telling a story not related to any of your presentation aids, make sure you mute, use a blank page, or otherwise remove any images or objects from the audience‘s view.

3. Consider asking someone to help you hold your presentation aid or turn the pages of your flip chart. Make sure you rehearse with your assistant beforehand so that all goes smoothly during your presentation.

Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

350 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 21-4.4. What is Murphy‘s Law? How does an effective speaker plan for it?

Answer: Murphy‘s Law states that if something can go wrong, it will. An effective speaker can plan for this by bringing backup supplies and having an alternative plan in case the original plans go awry. If something doesn‘t go as planned, the speaker should do their best to keep their speech on track and not offer lengthy apologies. Pick up fallen presentation aids, ask a friend for assistance, and have all key pieces of information in your notes rather than relying on computer slides. Perform a thorough rehearsal, double-check equipment, back up images, and have extra supplies such as extension cords and masking tape on hand.

Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 21-4.5. In a speech about developing effective study habits, George has chosen three presentation aids to enhance his audience‘s retention of his information: (1) a chart summarizing basic steps of creating an appropriate study environment, (2) a graph showing how improved study skills translate into higher grades, and (3) a book and a highlighter. Of the nine guidelines for the use of presentation aids provided in your text, select five that will be the most relevant to George‘s speech. In a well-developed essay, explain how these five guidelines should be applied and how they will make the speech more successful.

Answer: Guideline choices and explanations will vary, but answers should include five of the following guidelines: rehearse with your presentation aids; make eye contact with your audience, not with your presentation aids; explain your presentation aids; do not pass objects among members of your audience; use animals with caution; use handouts effectively; use technology effectively; time the use of visuals to control your audience‘s attention; and remember Murphy‘s Law. Chapter number: 21 Module number: 21.2 Learning Objective: LO21.2 Identify guidelines for effectively using presentation aids.

Topic: Using Presentation Aids Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

351 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Test Bank Chapter 22 22-1 Multiple Choice 22-1.1. A speech that shares information with others to enhance their knowledge or understanding of the information, concepts, and ideas you present is known as A) a speech to entertain.

B) a speech to inform.

C) a speech to persuade.

D) a word picture.

Answer: B Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.1 Learning Objective: LO22.1 Describe three goals and five different types of informative speeches.

Topic: Goals and Types of Informative Speeches Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-1.2. An informative speaker presents information so the audience will be interested in, understand, and ________ the speech.

A) remember.

B) apply.

C) connect.

D) think.

Answer: A Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.1 Learning Objective: LO22.1 Describe three goals and five different types of informative speeches.

Topic: Goals and Types of Informative Speeches Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 22-1.3. Understanding occurs when a listener A) pays careful attention to your presentation.

B) finds your information useful.

C) accurately interprets the intended meaning of a message.

D) is able to successfully pass a pop quiz about your speech‘s topics.

352 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: C Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.1 Learning Objective: LO22.1 Describe three goals and five different types of informative speeches.

Topic: Goals and Types of Informative Speeches Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-1.4 One day after a presentation, most audience members will remember A) almost all of it.

B) about 50 percent of it.

C) about 25 percent of it.

D) virtually nothing.

Answer: B Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.1 Learning Objective: LO22.1 Describe three goals and five different types of informative speeches.

Topic: Goals and Types of Informative Speeches Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-1.5. Two days after a speech has been given, listeners recall about ________ of it.

A) 25 percent B) 37 percent C) 75 percent D) 10 percent Answer: A Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.1 Learning Objective: LO22.1 Describe three goals and five different types of informative speeches.

Topic: Goals and Types of Informative Speeches Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-1.6. A speech about _________ presents information about tangible things.

A) people

353 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

B) ideas C) procedures D) objects Answer: D Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.1 Learning Objective: LO22.1 Describe three goals and five different types of informative speeches.

Topic: Goals and Types of Informative Speeches Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-1.7. A speech about _________ discusses principles, concepts, and theories.

A) procedures B) ideas C) people D) objects Answer: B Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.1 Learning Objective: LO22.1 Describe three goals and five different types of informative speeches.

Topic: Goals and Types of Informative Speeches Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-1.8. To speak with clarity is to A) enunciate every word so your audience clearly understands what you are saying.

B) speak at a loud enough volume so all listeners can hear you.

C) present information in a straightforward, factual manner.

D) express ideas so that the listener understands the intended message accurately.

Answer: D Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.2 Learning Objective: LO22.2 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to enhance audience understanding.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Understanding Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts

354 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

22-1.9. Which of the following is a research-based strategy you can use to enhance message clarity?

A) Preview your main ideas throughout your speech.

B) Frequently summarize key ideas.

C) Provide copies of your entire speech.

D) Vary your topics, but circle around to eventually come back to a main point.

Answer: B Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.2 Learning Objective: LO22.2 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to enhance audience understanding.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Understanding Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 22-1.10. The art and science of teaching adults is A) andragogy.

B) pedagogy.

C) ideology.

D) analogy.

Answer: A Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.2 Learning Objective: LO22.2 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to enhance audience understanding.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Understanding Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-1.11. Which of the following is a generally accepted principle of adult learning?

A) Adults should be actively involved in the learning process.

B) Adults want to gain knowledge that they can apply at some future time.

C) New information adults learn is irrelevant to their current needs and busy life.

D) Adults should feel a disconnect between learning new information and their past experiences.

Answer: A Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.2

355 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO22.2 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to enhance audience understanding.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Understanding Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 22-1.12. Micah is giving a talk to members of a group of middle-aged adults on overlooked sources of retirement money. He decides to begin his talk by asking his listeners a few questions about their retirement goals. Is this an appropriate action for Micah to take?

A) Yes; Micah needs to know if he should change his topic.

B) No; retirement goals are private information that Micah should not exploit.

C) Yes; Micah is actively involving his audience by asking them questions.

D) No; Micah should save all questions for the end of his speech.

Answer: C Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.2 Learning Objective: LO22.2 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to enhance audience understanding.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Understanding Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 22-1.13. According to your text, people will be more likely to pay attention to information that A) is new to them.

B) makes them appear intelligent.

C) gives them an advantage over someone else.

D) helps them better understand and solve their problems.

Answer: D Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.2 Learning Objective: LO22.2 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to enhance audience understanding.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Understanding Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-1.14. Comparing a personal computer to a filing cabinet is an example of A) pedagogy.

B) an analogy C) a simile.

356 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

D) description.

Answer: B Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.2 Learning Objective: LO22.2 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to enhance audience understanding.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Understanding Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-1.15. ―The wolf snorted as she caught my scent. I pressed myself against the trunk of a tree, feeling its rough bark dig nail-like into my back. My throat went dry, and I swallowed hard, trying to calm the pounding of my frightened heart.‖ This kind of description is an example of A) a word picture.

B) an analogy.

C) a definition.

D) alliteration.

Answer: A Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.2 Learning Objective: LO22.2 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to enhance audience understanding.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Understanding Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 22-1.16. In an informative speech, when you talk about how an object feels, how something tastes, or how something sounds, you are invoking the power of A) example.

B) definition.

C) narration.

D) word pictures.

Answer: D Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.2 Learning Objective: LO22.2 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to enhance audience understanding.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Understanding Difficulty: moderate

357 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Skill: Understand the Concepts 22-1.17. Words that resemble the sounds they name, such as buzz, snort, hum, crackle, or hiss, are known as A) onomatopoeic words.

B) similes.

C) analogies.

D) metaphors.

Answer: A Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.2 Learning Objective: LO22.2 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to enhance audience understanding.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Understanding Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 22-1.18.Which of the following is the ultimate goal of using just the right descriptive words?

A) to overcome speech anxiety B) to get a good grade C) to enhance your credibility D) to evoke an emotional response Answer: D Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.2 Learning Objective: LO22.2 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to enhance audience understanding.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Understanding Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-1.19. An effective way to keep an audience‘s attention is to tell a story. According to your text, what are elements of a good story?

A) Action, suspense, dialogue, humor B) Characters, plot, action, humor C) Conflict, dialogue, action, humor D) Conflict, action, suspense, humor Answer: D Chapter number: 22

358 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 22.3 Learning Objective: LO22.3 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to maintain audience interest.

Topic: Strategies to Maintain Audience Interest Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-1.20. Being an audience-centered informative speaker means being aware of A) how entertaining you are being to your audience.

B) information that your audience can use.

C) what kind of learners your audience members secretly are.

D) which audience members really seem to connect with your presentation.

Answer: B Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.3 Learning Objective: LO22.3 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to maintain audience interest.

Topic: Strategies to Maintain Audience Interest Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 22-1.21. As Chandu proceeded through his talk, he continued to reference the main points of his speech. This technique is known as A) pacing information flow.

B) making key ideas short and simple.

C) building in redundancy.

D) presenting information that relates to listeners.

Answer: C Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.4 Learning Objective: LO22.4 Effectively and appropriately use four strategies to enhance audience recall of information presented in an informative speech.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Recall Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 22-1.22. Kelly really prided himself on his knowledge of British royal history. He had three main points in his informative speech, his first being the ancient lineage of Queen Elizabeth. By the time he finished listing all of the Queen‘s ancestors, his audience looked bored from all these facts. What was Kelly‘s error in this situation?

359 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

A) not making his key ideas short and simple B) not reinforcing his key ideas nonverbally C) not reinforcing his key ideas verbally D) not building redundancy into the speech Answer: A Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.4 Learning Objective: LO22.4 Effectively and appropriately use four strategies to enhance audience recall of information presented in an informative speech.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Recall Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 22-1.23. Aly is informing the audience about an impending tuition hike at the college. Xixi says, ―Please, listen to this. This is important and affects all of us in this room; it affects our attitudes about school, our wallets, and our stress levels.‖ This strategy to enhance audience recall is A) building redundancy into the speech.

B) reinforcing key ideas nonverbally.

C) reinforcing key ideas verbally.

D) pacing the information flow.

Answer: C Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.4 Learning Objective: LO22.4 Effectively and appropriately use four strategies to enhance audience recall of information presented in an informative speech.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Recall Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 22-1.24. When Kiko reviewed the main points in her informative speech, she slowed down her rate of speech, paused between each point, and used gestures for emphasis. What technique of enhancing audience recall did Kiko effectively employ?

A) building redundancy into the speech B) reinforcing key ideas verbally C) pacing the flow of information D) reinforcing key ideas nonverbally Answer: D Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.4

360 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO22.4 Effectively and appropriately use four strategies to enhance audience recall of information presented in an informative speech.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Recall Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 22-1.25. In order to prepare an informative talk, you need to determine three things about your audience right away. What are those three things?

A) To whom you are speaking; what their interests, attitudes, beliefs, and values are; and what they expect from you B) What they expect from you; their personal experience with public speaking; and their personal experience with your topic C) To whom you are speaking; their preferred learning style; and their ages D) The audience‘s interests, attitudes, beliefs, and values; their ages; and their socioeconomic status Answer: A Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.5 Learning Objective: LO22.5 Develop an audience-centered informative speech.

Topic: Developing an Audience-Centered Informative Speech Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 22-2 True/False 22-2.1. A speech to inform shares information with others to enhance their knowledge or understanding of concepts and ideas.

Answer: True Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.1 Learning Objective: LO22.1 Describe three goals and five different types of informative speeches.

Topic: Goals and Types of Informative Speeches Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-2.2. The primary goals of informative speaking are to present information that the audience can understand and remember while maintaining their interest.

Answer: True

361 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.1 Learning Objective: LO22.1 Describe three goals and five different types of informative speeches.

Topic: Goals and Types of Informative Speeches Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-2.3. Brian‘s audience was yawning and checking email while he spoke. Brian failed to achieve the informative speaking goal of enhancing understanding.

Answer: False Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.1 Learning Objective: LO22.1 Describe three goals and five different types of informative speeches.

Topic: Goals and Types of Informative Speeches Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-2.4. A speech about procedures reviews how something works or describes a process.

Answer: True Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.1 Learning Objective: LO22.1 Describe three goals and five different types of informative speeches.

Topic: Goals and Types of Informative Speeches Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-2.5. If you provide a handout prior to your talk with the major points outlined, it is appropriate to leave space so that listeners can jot down key ideas.

Answer: True Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.2 Learning Objective: LO22.2 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to enhance audience understanding.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Understanding Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

362 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

22-2.6. An onomatopoeic word can help listeners understand unfamiliar ideas or processes by comparing them to something they already know.

Answer: False Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.2 Learning Objective: LO22.2 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to enhance audience understanding.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Understanding Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-2.7. Andragogy is a comparison that uses the words like or as. .

Answer: False Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.2 Learning Objective: LO22.2 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to enhance audience understanding.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Understanding Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-2.8. Good stories have a beginning that sets the stage, a heart that moves to a conclusion, and an ending that ties up all the loose ends.

Answer: True Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.3 Learning Objective: LO22.3 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to maintain audience interest.

Topic: Strategies to Maintain Audience Interest Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-2.9. Just like writers, it is seldom necessary for speakers to repeat themselves, so redundancy should be avoided.

Answer: False Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.4

363 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO22.4 Effectively and appropriately use four strategies to enhance audience recall of information presented in an informative speech.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Recall Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 22-2.10. Once your topic and purpose are clearly established, you should continue to consider your audience when developing your central idea and generating your main ideas.

Answer: True Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.5 Learning Objective: LO22.5 Develop an audience-centered informative speech.

Topic: Developing an Audience-Centered Informative Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-3 Fill-in-the-blank 22-3.1. A speech to _________ shares information with others to enhance their knowledge or understanding of the information, concepts, and ideas you present.

Answer: inform Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.1 Learning Objective: LO22.1 Describe three goals and five different types of informative speeches.

Topic: Goals and Types of Informative Speeches Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-3.2. A speech that presents information about tangible things is speaking on the topic of _________.

Answer: objects Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.1 Learning Objective: LO22.1 Describe three goals and five different types of informative speeches.

Topic: Goals and Types of Informative Speeches Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

364 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

22-3.3. The art and science of teaching adults is known as _________.

Answer: andragogy Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.2 Learning Objective: LO22.2 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to enhance audience understanding.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Understanding Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-3.4. A lively description that appeals to the audience‘s five senses is known as a _________ _________.

Answer: word picture Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.2 Learning Objective: LO22.2 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to enhance audience understanding.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Understanding Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-3.5. Comparisons that use the words like and as are called _________.

Answer: similes Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.2 Learning Objective: LO22.2 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to enhance audience understanding.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Understanding Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-3.6. Keeping people on the edge of their seats because they don‘t know what will happen next is the _________ element of good storytelling.

Answer: suspense Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.3

365 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO22.3 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to maintain audience interest.

Topic: Strategies to Maintain Audience Interest Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-3.7. According to your text, conflict, action, suspense, and humor are all elements of a good _________.

Answer: story Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.3 Learning Objective: LO22.3 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to maintain audience interest.

Topic: Strategies to Maintain Audience Interest Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-3.8. One classic research study concluded that people can hold only about _________ pieces of information in their short-term memories.

Answer: seven Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.4 Learning Objective: LO22.4 Effectively and appropriately use four strategies to enhance audience recall of information presented in an informative speech.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Recall Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 22-3.9. ―Be sure to remember this next point‖ is an example of reinforcing ideas _________.

Answer: verbally Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.4 Learning Objective: LO22.4 Effectively and appropriately use four strategies to enhance audience recall of information presented in an informative speech.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Recall Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

366 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

22-3.10. Once your topic and purpose are clearly established, continue to consider your _________ when developing your central idea and generating your main ideas.

Answer: audience Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.5 Learning Objective: LO22.5 Develop an audience-centered informative speech.

Topic: Developing an Audience-Centered Informative Speech Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

22-4 Essay 22-4.1. Your textbook explains three goals of informative speaking. In an essay, identify these goals and explain how each can be effectively accomplished by being ―audience-centered.‖ Answer: The three goals of informative speaking are speak to enhance understanding (being audience-centered means a listener accurately interprets the intended meaning of a message), speak to maintain interest (being audience-centered means the audience will not be bored, as bored listeners will not focus on your message), and speak to be remembered (being audiencecentered means helping the audience remember your message, since the day after a presentation, an audience only remembers about 50 percent of what they were told).

Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.1 Learning Objective: LO22.1 Describe three goals and five different types of informative speeches.

Topic: Goals and Types of Informative Speeches Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 22-4.2. Develop a vivid description of a high school graduation ceremony.

Answer: Answers will vary but should create a word picture using the five senses, simile, metaphor, onomatopoeia, and other specific and vivid words.

Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.2 Learning Objective: LO22.2 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to enhance audience understanding.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Understanding Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

367 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

22-4.3. Use analogies to describe a person of your choice.

Answer: Answers will vary but should demonstrate an understanding of the term.

Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.2 Learning Objective: LO22.2 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to enhance audience understanding.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Understanding Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 22-4.4. List and describe the elements of a good story used in an informative speech.

Answer: Descriptions will vary, but answers should include the characteristics of conflict, action, suspense, and humor.

Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.3 Learning Objective: LO22.3 Effectively and appropriately use three strategies to maintain audience interest.

Topic: Strategies to Maintain Audience Interest Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 22-4.5. It is critical to the success of an informative speech that the audience remembers the speaker‘s information. Your textbook suggests four ways that a speaker can work to enhance audience recall. In a well-developed essay, discuss each of these and how they can enhance the audience‘s recall.

Answer: Answers should include the following strategies: 1. Build in redundancy.

2. Make your key ideas short and simple.

3. Pace your information flow.

4. Reinforce key ideas both verbally and nonverbally.

Chapter number: 22 Module number: 22.4 Learning Objective: LO22.4 Effectively and appropriately use four strategies to enhance audience recall of information presented in an informative speech.

Topic: Strategies to Enhance Audience Recall Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

368 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Test Bank Chapter 23 23-1 Multiple Choice 23-1.1. The process of changing or reinforcing a listener‘s attitudes, beliefs, values, or behaviors is A) motivation.

B) persuasion.

C) argument.

D) logic.

Answer: B Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.1 Learning Objective: LO23.1 Describe the goals of persuasive messages.

Topic: The Goals of Persuasion Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 23-1.2. In a persuasive speech, the speaker invites the audience to A) make a choice.

B) challenge everything that is said.

C) believe everything that is said.

D) unquestioningly support a particular view.

Answer: A Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.1 Learning Objective: LO23.1 Describe the goals of persuasive messages.

Topic: The Goals of Persuasion Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 23-1.3. A learned predisposition to respond favorably or unfavorably toward something is A) a value.

B) an attitude.

C) a belief.

D) a reason.

Answer: B

369 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.1 Learning Objective: LO23.1 Describe the goals of persuasive messages.

Topic: The Goals of Persuasion Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-1.4. Something you understand to be true or false is A) an attitude.

B) a belief.

C) a reason.

D) a value.

Answer: B Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.1 Learning Objective: LO23.1 Describe the goals of persuasive messages.

Topic: The Goals of Persuasion Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-1.5. Which of the following are typically based on past experiences or evidence?

A) values B) behaviors C) attitudes D) beliefs Answer: D Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.1 Learning Objective: LO23.1 Describe the goals of persuasive messages.

Topic: The Goals of Persuasion Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 23-1.6. An enduring conception of right or wrong and good or bad is A) a belief.

B) a reason.

C) a value.

D) an attitude.

Answer: C

370 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.1 Learning Objective: LO23.1 Describe the goals of persuasive messages.

Topic: The Goals of Persuasion Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-1.7. According to your text, which of the following forms the basis of our life goals and is the motivating force behind our behavior?

A) values B) beliefs C) morals D) ethics Answer: A Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.1 Learning Objective: LO23.1 Describe the goals of persuasive messages.

Topic: The Goals of Persuasion Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-1.8. Lindsay decides to give a persuasive speech on the right to vote. She says that voting is important because it reveals one‘s patriotism while also upholding democracy in national, state, and local governments. Not voting shows a lack of character. Her statements most clearly reflect her A) values.

B) facts.

C) beliefs.

D) attitudes.

Answer: A Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.1 Learning Objective: LO23.1 Describe the goals of persuasive messages.

Topic: The Goals of Persuasion Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Apply What You Know 23-1.9. According to Aristotle, the process of discovering, in any particular case, the available means of persuasion is called A) pathos.

371 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

B) logos.

C) ethos.

D) rhetoric.

Answer: D Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.2 Learning Objective: LO23.2 Explain classical and contemporary theories of how persuasion occurs.

Topic: How Persuasion Works Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-1.10. Aristotle believed that the persuasive power of _________ relied upon the credibility and ethics of the speaker.

A) logos B) ethos C) pathos D) eros Answer: B Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.2 Learning Objective: LO23.2 Explain classical and contemporary theories of how persuasion occurs.

Topic: How Persuasion Works Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-1.11. A skilled persuader reaches a logical conclusion and supports the message with evidence and reasoning; the speaker is using which method of persuasion?

A) rationalism B) rhetoric C) logos D) ethos Answer: C Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.2 Learning Objective: LO23.2 Explain classical and contemporary theories of how persuasion occurs.

Topic: How Persuasion Works

372 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 23-1.12. Kenzo shows his classmates a photo of a child who is very thin from malnourishment and asks, ―Is this something we can continue to allow to happen? Will we continue to let children starve because of our inaction?‖ In this case, Kenzo is using which method of persuasion?

A) pathos B) credibility C) ethos D) logic Answer: A Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.2 Learning Objective: LO23.2 Explain classical and contemporary theories of how persuasion occurs.

Topic: How Persuasion Works Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Apply What You Know 23-1.13. The _________ model of persuasion suggests that people are persuaded by both wellreasoned arguments and indirect factors, such as delivery and appearance.

A) logical emotional B) value attitudinal C) elaboration likelihood D) social responsiveness Answer: C Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.2 Learning Objective: LO23.2 Explain classical and contemporary theories of how persuasion occurs.

Topic: How Persuasion Works Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-1.14. Being persuaded by a speaker‘s appearance or their use of an emotionally charged story follows the A) direct persuasion route.

B) indirect persuasion route.

C) rhetoric method.

D) logos route.

373 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: B Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.2 Learning Objective: LO23.2 Explain classical and contemporary theories of how persuasion occurs.

Topic: How Persuasion Works Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 23-1.15. Convincing an audience that good things will happen if they follow your advice or that bad things will occur if they do not is an example of A) logos.

B) cognitive dissonance.

C) motivation.

D) manipulation.

Answer: C Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.3 Learning Objective: LO23.3 Describe four ways to motivate listeners to respond to a persuasive message.

Topic: How to Motivate Listeners Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 23-1.16. The sense of discomfort a person feels when new information conflicts with their current attitudes, beliefs, values, or behaviors is A) cognitive dissonance.

B) reasonable disassociation.

C) logical persuasion.

D) personal confusion.

Answer: A Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.3 Learning Objective: LO23.3 Describe four ways to motivate listeners to respond to a persuasive message.

Topic: How to Motivate Listeners Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts

374 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

23-1.17. ―You want to have a low impact on the environment,‖ Tracy says to her audience, ―but did you know that eating meat and dairy leads to a large carbon footprint?‖ Tracy is using what form of motivation?

A) cognitive motivation B) Maslow‘s hierarchy of needs C) an indirect persuasion route D) cognitive dissonance Answer: D Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.3 Learning Objective: LO23.3 Describe four ways to motivate listeners to respond to a persuasive message.

Topic: How to Motivate Listeners Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Apply What You Know 23-1.18. Food, water, and air are all examples of which of Maslow‘s needs?

A) self-actualization B) safety C) physiological D) social Answer: C Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.3 Learning Objective: LO23.3 Describe four ways to motivate listeners to respond to a persuasive message.

Topic: How to Motivate Listeners Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-1.19. According to Maslow, the personal need to fully realize our highest potential is A) emotional values.

B) self-actualization.

C) self-esteem.

D) psychological need.

Answer: B Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.3

375 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO23.3 Describe four ways to motivate listeners to respond to a persuasive message.

Topic: How to Motivate Listeners Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-1.20. Suggesting that good things will happen to listeners who heed your advice in order to persuade them is known as A) positive motivation.

B) self-actualization appeal.

C) self-esteem appeal.

D) negative motivation.

Answer: A Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.3 Learning Objective: LO23.3 Describe four ways to motivate listeners to respond to a persuasive message.

Topic: How to Motivate Listeners Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-1.21. The best persuasive topics are those you feel A) the audience will be most interested in.

B) will get you the highest grade.

C) will involve the highest needs being met.

D) passionate about.

Answer: D Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.4 Learning Objective: LO23.4 Prepare and present an audience-centered persuasive speech.

Topic: Developing Your Persuasive Speech Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-1.22. In social judgment theory, when listeners generally agree with you, they are within a latitude of A) acceptance.

B) noninterest.

C) commitment.

D) rejection.

376 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: A Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.4 Learning Objective: LO23.4 Prepare and present an audience-centered persuasive speech.

Topic: Developing Your Persuasive Speech Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-1.23. During a high-stakes celebrity trial, the defendant‘s lawyers were attempting to prove their client was not guilty. Since they were focusing on whether something did or did not happen, they were arguing a proposition of A) action.

B) value.

C) fact.

D) policy.

Answer: C Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.4 Learning Objective: LO23.4 Prepare and present an audience-centered persuasive speech.

Topic: Developing Your Persuasive Speech Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Apply What You Know 23-1.24. Britt‘s central idea was to persuade her audience to consider voting for an antismoking bill in the community. She was using what type of proposition?

A) A proposition of fact B) A proposition of action C) A proposition of value D) A proposition of policy Answer: D Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.4 Learning Objective: LO23.4 Prepare and present an audience-centered persuasive speech.

Topic: Developing Your Persuasive Speech Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Apply What You Know 23-1.25. Vijay‘s goal was to persuade his audience to choose his solution to a problem over another solution. He was using what type of proposition?

377 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

A) A proposition of fact B) A proposition of action C) A proposition of value D) A proposition of policy Answer: C Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.4 Learning Objective: LO23.4 Prepare and present an audience-centered persuasive speech.

Topic: Developing Your Persuasive Speech Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 23-2 True/False 23-2.1. Of attitudes, beliefs, and values, attitudes are the most easily changed.

Answer: True Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.1 Learning Objective: LO23.1 Describe the goals of persuasive messages.

Topic: The Goals of Persuasion Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-2.2. A belief is an easily learned predisposition to respond favorably or unfavorably toward something.

Answer: False Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.1 Learning Objective: LO23.1 Describe the goals of persuasive messages.

Topic: The Goals of Persuasion Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 23-2.3. In persuasive speaking, the audience will always be persuaded by logic.

Answer: False Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.2 Learning Objective: LO23.2 Explain classical and contemporary theories of how persuasion occurs.

378 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: How Persuasion Works Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 23-2.4. Most people seek to avoid feelings of dissonance.

Answer: True Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.3 Learning Objective: LO23.3 Describe four ways to motivate listeners to respond to a persuasive message.

Topic: How to Motivate Listeners Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-2.5. If a persuasive speaker causes you to become uncomfortable with your own position or view on an issue, the speaker has successfully used a strategy known as cognitive dissonance.

Answer: True Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.3 Learning Objective: LO23.3 Describe four ways to motivate listeners to respond to a persuasive message.

Topic: How to Motivate Listeners Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 23-2.6. One common audience member response to cognitive dissonance is to simply stop listening to the speaker.

Answer: True Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.3 Learning Objective: LO23.3 Describe four ways to motivate listeners to respond to a persuasive message.

Topic: How to Motivate Listeners Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-2.7. Appealing to a social need is an effective persuasive technique because it reflects the desire to think well of ourselves.

379 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: False Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.3 Learning Objective: LO23.3 Describe four ways to motivate listeners to respond to a persuasive message.

Topic: How to Motivate Listeners Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-2.8. Current events and controversial issues make excellent choices for persuasive speeches.

Answer: True Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.4 Learning Objective: LO23.4 Prepare and present an audience-centered persuasive speech.

Topic: Developing Your Persuasive Speech Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-2.9. Social judgment theory suggests that listeners will come to your speech with a latitude of acceptance, a latitude of rejection, or a latitude of noncommitment.

Answer: True Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.4 Learning Objective: LO23.4 Prepare and present an audience-centered persuasive speech.

Topic: Developing Your Persuasive Speech Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-2.10. A proposition of value advocates a specific action—changing a policy, procedure, or behavior.

Answer: False Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.4 Learning Objective: LO23.4 Prepare and present an audience-centered persuasive speech.

Topic: Developing Your Persuasive Speech Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-3 Fill-in-the-blank

380 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

23-3.1. _________ is the process of changing or reinforcing attitudes, beliefs, values, or behaviors.

Answer: Persuasion Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.1 Learning Objective: LO23.1 Describe the goals of persuasive messages.

Topic: The Goals of Persuasion Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-3.2. Speeches that focus on changing or reinforcing _________ emphasize how and why something is better than something else.

Answer: values Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.1 Learning Objective: LO23.1 Describe the goals of persuasive messages.

Topic: The Goals of Persuasion Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-3.3. The word _________ literally means ―the word.‖ Answer: logos Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.2 Learning Objective: LO23.2 Explain classical and contemporary theories of how persuasion occurs.

Topic: How Persuasion Works Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-3.4. To _________ means that you think about the information, ideas, and issues related to the content of the message.

Answer: elaborate Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.2 Learning Objective: LO23.2 Explain classical and contemporary theories of how persuasion occurs.

381 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: How Persuasion Works Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-3.5. The underlying desire to think, feel, or behave in a certain way is known as _________.

Answer: motivation Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.3 Learning Objective: LO23.3 Describe four ways to motivate listeners to respond to a persuasive message.

Topic: How to Motivate Listeners Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-3.6. The first tactic in creating _________ _________ in a speech is to identify an existing problem or need.

Answer: cognitive dissonance Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.3 Learning Objective: LO23.3 Describe four ways to motivate listeners to respond to a persuasive message.

Topic: How to Motivate Listeners Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 23-3.7. In a _________ _________, the speaker convinces the audience that an important need will go unmet unless the desired behavior or attitude change occurs.

Answer: fear appeal Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.3 Learning Objective: LO23.3 Describe four ways to motivate listeners to respond to a persuasive message.

Topic: How to Motivate Listeners Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-3.8. When stating your central idea in a persuasive speech, it is useful to state it as a _________ because it is a statement with which you want your audience to agree.

382 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: proposition Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.4 Learning Objective: LO23.4 Prepare and present an audience-centered persuasive speech.

Topic: Developing Your Persuasive Speech Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts 23-3.9. In social judgment theory, listeners‘ responses fall into three categories: acceptance, rejection, and ________.

Answer: noncommitment Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.4 Learning Objective: LO23.4 Prepare and present an audience-centered persuasive speech.

Topic: Developing Your Persuasive Speech Difficulty: moderate Skill Level: Understand the Concepts 23-3.10. Typically, propositions of policy include the word _________.

Answer: should Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.4 Learning Objective: LO23.4 Prepare and present an audience-centered persuasive speech.

Topic: Developing Your Persuasive Speech Difficulty: easy Skill Level: Remember the Facts

23-4 Essay 23-4.1. Give brief definitions for the terms attitudes, beliefs, values, and behaviors, and provide an example of each.

Answer: Examples will vary, but answers should include the following: Attitude: a learned predisposition to respond favorably or unfavorably toward something.

An attitude is easier to change than either beliefs or values.

Belief: what a person understands to be true or false and typically based on past experiences or evidence, though some are based on faith. Evidence makes beliefs more susceptible to change than values, but they are still difficult to alter.

383 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Value: an enduring conception of right or wrong, good or bad. Values form the basis of our life goals and are the motivating force behind our behavior. Values are difficult to change.

Behavior: how a person will act generally based on their attitudes, beliefs, and values, though this is not always consistent.

Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.1 Learning Objective: LO23.1 Describe the goals of persuasive messages.

Topic: The Goals of Persuasion Difficulty: difficult Skill Level: Analyze It 23-4.2. In persuasive speaking, it is important to know exactly how to motivate your listeners.

Your text explores four ways to motivate listeners to accept your persuasive message. Identify each and offer a brief explanation of how each can be used to motivate listeners.

Answer: The four ways to motivate listeners are cognitive dissonance, listener needs, positive motivation, and negative motivation. Cognitive dissonance presents information contrary to a listener‘s attitudes, beliefs, values, or behavior, leading to an internal lack of harmony that the speaker presents a solution to. Listener needs involve appealing to a listener‘s physiological (basic), safety, social, self-esteem (desire to think well of ourselves), and self-actualization (realizing one‘s highest potential) needs. Positive motivation suggests good things will happen to listeners who heed the speaker‘s advice. Negative motivation uses threats, fear appeals, and if– then statements to change someone‘s attitude or behavior.

Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.3 Learning Objective: LO23.3 Describe four ways to motivate listeners to respond to a persuasive message.

Topic: How to Motivate Listeners Difficulty: difficult Skill Level: Analyze It 23-4.3. What is cognitive dissonance? Explain how it can be used effectively to persuade.

Answer: Cognitive dissonance is a sense of discomfort felt by listeners when they are presented with information inconsistent with their current attitudes, beliefs, values, or behavior. A speaker identifies an existing problem or need that is inconsistent or uncomfortable to the audience‘s way of thinking. Since most people seek to avoid feelings of dissonance, a speaker can then suggest a solution to help listeners reduce dissonance. As long as the listeners do not discredit the speaker, reinterpret the message, seek new information to refute the speaker, or stop listening, they may change their attitudes, beliefs, values, or behavior as the speaker wishes them to do.

Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.3

384 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO23.3 Describe four ways to motivate listeners to respond to a persuasive message.

Topic: How to Motivate Listeners Difficulty: difficult Skill Level: Analyze It 23-4.4. Maslow‘s hierarchy of needs is one of the most time-honored devices for helping speakers understand the principles behind persuasion. Either by drawing a diagram of the hierarchy and labeling its parts or by explaining each level in a paragraph, demonstrate your understanding of how persuasion is related to needs.

Answer: Whether diagrammed or written, answers should include the following: Physiological needs: the basic needs in order for a person to survive. Having these needs met will allow the speaker‘s appeals to higher-level needs to be heard.

Safety needs: the need to feel safe, secure, and protected. Persuasive speakers often appeal to the need to provide for our own and our loved ones‘ safety.

Social needs: the need to feel loved and valued through contact with others and reassurance that they care about us. The need for social contact and the sense of belonging to a group are both useful for a persuasive speaker.

Self-esteem needs: the desire to think well of ourselves. This is best used in persuading people to buy products.

Self-actualization needs: the need to fully realize one‘s highest potential. This can only be addressed after all other needs are met, so persuasive calls to be the best at something appeal to this need.

Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.3 Learning Objective: LO23.3 Describe four ways to motivate listeners to respond to a persuasive message.

Topic: How to Motivate Listeners Difficulty: difficult Skill Level: Analyze It 23-4.5. Your text provides three types of propositions that serve as central ideas in a persuasive speech. Identify and explain each type. Then, using the hypothetical speech topic of ―The War on Poverty,‖ write a proposition statement that reflects each of the three types.

Answer: Proposition statements will vary, but answers should include the following information: Proposition of fact: a statement focusing on debatable topics such as whether something is true or false or whether it did or did not happen.

Proposition of value: a statement that calls for the listener to judge the worth of something by directly comparing two things and then suggesting one option is better than the other.

385 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Proposition of policy: a statement advocating a specific action; usually includes the word should.

Chapter number: 23 Module number: 23.4 Learning Objective: LO23.4 Prepare and present an audience-centered persuasive speech.

Topic: Developing Your Persuasive Speech Difficulty: difficult Skill Level: Analyze It

Test Bank Chapter 24 24-1 Multiple Choice 24-1.1. The audience‘s perception of a speaker‘s competence, trustworthiness, and dynamism is termed A) credibility.

B) charisma.

C) character.

D) personality.

Answer: A Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.1 Learning Objective: LO24.1 Identify strategies to improve your initial, derived, and terminal credibility.

Topic: Enhancing Your Credibility Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 24-1.2. Phoebe is speaking about the topic of homelessness. When she reveals that she once experienced homelessness herself, a sympathetic murmur spreads throughout her audience. In that moment, Phoebe has established A) dynamism.

B) audience charisma C) her trustworthiness.

D) logos.

Answer: C Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.1

386 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO24.1 Identify strategies to improve your initial, derived, and terminal credibility.

Topic: Enhancing Your Credibility Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 24-1.3. A form of dynamism, often projected through your delivery, that occurs when a speaker is perceived as possessing charm, talent, and magnetism is A) charisma.

B) honesty.

C) competence.

D) credibility.

Answer: A Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.1 Learning Objective: LO24.1 Identify strategies to improve your initial, derived, and terminal credibility.

Topic: Enhancing Your Credibility Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 24-1.4. The perception that listeners form as speakers present themselves and their message is ________ credibility.

A) initial B) deserved C) terminal D) derived Answer: D Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.1 Learning Objective: LO24.1 Identify strategies to improve your initial, derived, and terminal credibility.

Topic: Enhancing Your Credibility Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 24-1.5. The lasting impression you make on your audience is influenced by A) how much energy and charisma you projected during your presentation.

B) how you were first perceived and what you did as you presented your message.

C) your credibility and clarity.

387 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

D) how competent you appeared to be.

Answer: B Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.1 Learning Objective: LO24.1 Identify strategies to improve your initial, derived, and terminal credibility.

Topic: Enhancing Your Credibility Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 24-1.6. Evidence consists of facts, examples, statistics, and ________ you use to support and prove the points you wish to make.

A) expert opinions B) information gathered from the internet C) inferences made by the general public D) emotions Answer: A Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.2 Learning Objective: LO24.2 Use principles of effective reasoning to develop a persuasive message.

Topic: Using Reasoning Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 24-1.7. The type of reasoning that involves reaching a general conclusion from specific facts is known as A) deductive reasoning.

B) generalization.

C) reasoning by analogy.

D) inductive reasoning.

Answer: D Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.2 Learning Objective: LO24.2 Use principles of effective reasoning to develop a persuasive message.

Topic: Using Reasoning Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

388 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

24-1.8. Deductive reasoning can be structured in the form of _________, which includes three elements: a major premise, a minor premise, and a conclusion.

A) a sign B) an analogy C) a generalization D) a syllogism Answer: D Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.2 Learning Objective: LO24.2 Use principles of effective reasoning to develop a persuasive message.

Topic: Using Reasoning Effectively Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 24-1.9. Buddy is a beagle. All beagles are dogs. Therefore Buddy is a dog. This is an example of _______ reasoning.

A) inductive B) deductive C) causal D) generalized Answer: B Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.2 Learning Objective: LO24.2 Use principles of effective reasoning to develop a persuasive message.

Topic: Using Reasoning Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 24-1.10. Inductive reasoning moves from A) establishing one or more events to scientific evidence.

B) an initial generalization to a specific example.

C) specific examples to a general conclusion.

D) a generalization to a specific conclusion.

Answer: C Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.2

389 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO24.2 Use principles of effective reasoning to develop a persuasive message.

Topic: Using Reasoning Effectively Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 24-1.11. Nita, when speaking to persuade the class that prayer in schools should be restored, argues, ―The reason that there is so much crime nowadays is that we no longer have prayer in schools.‖ You recognize this as A) an either–or fallacy.

B) an ad hominem fallacy.

C) a red herring fallacy.

D) a causal fallacy.

Answer: D Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.2 Learning Objective: LO24.2 Use principles of effective reasoning to develop a persuasive message.

Topic: Using Reasoning Effectively Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 24-1.12. Shylah states in her persuasive speech, ―Marijuana is a safe alternative to alcohol. I know this because most of my friends use it and they‘re fine.‖ You recognize this fallacy as A) a bandwagon fallacy.

B) an ad hominem fallacy.

C) a red herring fallacy.

D) a false cause fallacy.

Answer: A Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.2 Learning Objective: LO24.2 Use principles of effective reasoning to develop a persuasive message.

Topic: Using Reasoning Effectively Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 24-1.13. Marty‘s persuasive speech was about gun control and school violence. He made the statement, ―Either we take guns out of the hands of everyone in this country, except the police and military, or we can expect massacres in schools all over this country.‖ This kind of argument

390 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

represents A) an either–or fallacy.

B) an ad hominem fallacy.

C) a bandwagon fallacy.

D) an appeal to misplaced authority.

Answer: A Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.2 Learning Objective: LO24.2 Use principles of effective reasoning to develop a persuasive message.

Topic: Using Reasoning Effectively Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 24-1.14. When Nicole said, ―It is dangerous to work in a fast-food restaurant at night. I used to work in one and I was robbed one night,‖ you recognized this fallacy as A) a bandwagon fallacy.

B) an ad hominem fallacy.

C) a hasty generalization.

D) a red herring fallacy.

Answer: C Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.2 Learning Objective: LO24.2 Use principles of effective reasoning to develop a persuasive message.

Topic: Using Reasoning Effectively Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 24-1.15. After Jason saw Michael Jordan‘s ad for Hanes underwear, he refused to wear any other kind. Jason was demonstrating A) an appeal to misplaced authority.

B) an ad hominem fallacy.

C) an either–or fallacy.

D) a hasty generalization.

Answer: A Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.2

391 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO24.2 Use principles of effective reasoning to develop a persuasive message.

Topic: Using Reasoning Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 24-1.16. The term used by Aristotle to describe human emotion is A) ethos.

B) logos.

C) pathos.

D) rhetoric.

Answer: C Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.3 Learning Objective: LO24.3 Employ effective techniques of using emotional appeal in a persuasive speech.

Topic: Using Emotion to Persuade Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 24-1.17. Which of the following is a strategy a speaker can employ to ethically use emotional appeals to achieve their persuasive purpose?

A) Use general examples.

B) Use nonverbal behavior to communicate the emotional message.

C) Stick to only one emotion to appeal to.

D) Abstain from using emotion-arousing words.

Answer: B Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.3 Learning Objective: LO24.3 Employ effective techniques of using emotional appeal in a persuasive speech.

Topic: Using Emotion to Persuade Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 24-1.18. In an introduction to a persuasive speech, Fran said, ―There was a time when I thought I would never have a job, a decent life, or any pleasure in life. But, after working as an intern at Channel 3, I know what I really want to do with my life, and that gives me great satisfaction. I encourage you all to experience an internship, so that you, too, can discover that there is something in life that inspires passion in you...that you‘re willing to work for...to work hard

392 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

for...to be successful...to be happy.‖ What type of message did this speaker effectively use in this introduction?

A) An appeal to reasoning B) An appeal to a common myth C) An appeal to credibility D) An appeal to emotion Answer: D Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.3 Learning Objective: LO24.3 Employ effective techniques of using emotional appeal in a persuasive speech.

Topic: Using Emotion to Persuade Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 24-1.19. Persuasion referencing _________ is an emotional appeal that reaches the audience through shared beliefs based on cultural heritage or faith.

A) hope B) commonality C) a myth D) charm Answer: C Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.3 Learning Objective: LO24.3 Employ effective techniques of using emotional appeal in a persuasive speech.

Topic: Using Emotion to Persuade Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 24-1.20. When giving a persuasive speech, should key arguments and evidence be placed in the middle of your message?

A) Yes; this is the body of the speech, which is where the audience will be paying the most attention.

B) Yes; audiences only remember 50 percent of a speech, so this gives good odds they will remember the most important points.

C) No; they belong only in the conclusion, since that is the last part of a presentation an audience will hear.

D) No; listeners are more likely to remember information presented first and last.

393 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: D Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.4 Learning Objective: LO24.4 Use strategies for effectively organizing a persuasive speech.

Topic: Organizing Persuasive Messages Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 24-1.21. Leon begins his speech by identifying objections to his position, then overcoming those objectives with arguments and credible evidence. Leon is using which speech strategy?

A) motivated sequence B) problem–solution C) refutation D) cause and effect Answer: C Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.4 Learning Objective: LO24.4 Use strategies for effectively organizing a persuasive speech.

Topic: Organizing Persuasive Messages Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 24-1.22. What is the first step in the motivated sequence?

A) Establish need.

B) Get attention.

C) Identify solution.

D) Identify action.

Answer: B Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.4 Learning Objective: LO24.4 Use strategies for effectively organizing a persuasive speech.

Topic: Organizing Persuasive Messages Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 24-1.23. Which of the following would be the most useful for persuading a receptive audience?

A) Refer to beliefs that many listeners share.

B) Relate your topics not only to your listeners but also to their families, friends, and loved ones.

C) Ask listeners for an immediate show of support.

D) Establish your credibility.

394 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: C Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.5 Learning Objective: LO24.5 Adapt your persuasive message to receptive, neutral, and unreceptive audiences.

Topic: Adapting Ideas to People and People to Ideas Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 24-1.24. The challenge with a neutral audience is to A) make them interested in your message.

B) transform them into a receptive or unreceptive audience.

C) make them enthusiastic about your topic.

D) persuade them to change their beliefs.

Answer: A Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.5 Learning Objective: LO24.5 Adapt your persuasive message to receptive, neutral, and unreceptive audiences.

Topic: Adapting Ideas to People and People to Ideas Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 24-1.25. Toni is going to present a speech at work on enacting stricter gun control regulations.

Many of her coworkers are avid hunters and members of the NRA, so she suspects they will be unreceptive to her message. Which of the following guidelines should Toni follow?

A) Acknowledge the opposing points of view.

B) Ask listeners for an immediate show of support.

C) Clearly state your speaking objective.

D) Be explicit in directing your listeners‘ behavior.

Answer: A Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.5 Learning Objective: LO24.5 Adapt your persuasive message to receptive, neutral, and unreceptive audiences.

Topic: Adapting Ideas to People and People to Ideas Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know

395 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

24-2 True/False 24-2.1. Derived credibility refers to that which a speaker achieves after presenting a speech.

Answer: False Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.1 Learning Objective: LO24.1 Identify strategies to improve your initial, derived, and terminal credibility.

Topic: Enhancing Your Credibility Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 24-2.2. A speaker wishing to establish initial credibility may give careful thought to their appearance and reputation.

Answer: True Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.1 Learning Objective: LO24.1 Identify strategies to improve your initial, derived, and terminal credibility.

Topic: Enhancing Your Credibility Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 24-2.3. If you reason deductively, you need evidence to support your major and minor premises.

Answer: True Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.2 Learning Objective: LO24.2 Use principles of effective reasoning to develop a persuasive message.

Topic: Using Reasoning Effectively Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 24-2.4. Causal reasoning is reasoning that arrives at general conclusions based on specific instances or examples.

Answer: False Chapter number: 24

396 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 24.2 Learning Objective: LO24.2 Use principles of effective reasoning to develop a persuasive message.

Topic: Using Reasoning Effectively Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 24-2.5. Rhetoricians from the United States typically identify facts and use them to support a specific proposition or conclusion.

Answer: True Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.2 Learning Objective: LO24.2 Use principles of effective reasoning to develop a persuasive message.

Topic: Using Reasoning Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 24-2.6. A hypothetical example should NOT be used to reach a conclusion.

Answer: True Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.2 Learning Objective: LO24.2 Use principles of effective reasoning to develop a persuasive message.

Topic: Using Reasoning Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 24-2.7. The goal of using cause-and-effect organization is to convince your listeners that one event causes another.

Answer: True Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.4 Learning Objective: LO24.4 Use strategies for effectively organizing a persuasive speech.

Topic: Organizing Persuasive Messages Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 24-2.8. One important step in persuading receptive audiences is to make it easy for them to take

397 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

action.

Answer: True Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.5 Learning Objective: LO24.5 Adapt your persuasive message to receptive, neutral, and unreceptive audiences.

Topic: Adapting Ideas to People and People to Ideas Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 24-2.9. When persuading an unreceptive audience, speakers should present only one side of the issue.

Answer: False Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.5 Learning Objective: LO24.5 Adapt your persuasive message to receptive, neutral, and unreceptive audiences.

Topic: Adapting Ideas to People and People to Ideas Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 24-2.10. For persuasive speakers, it is important to establish credibility with unreceptive audiences.

Answer: True Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.5 Learning Objective: LO24.5 Adapt your persuasive message to receptive, neutral, and unreceptive audiences.

Topic: Adapting Ideas to People and People to Ideas Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

24-3 Fill-in-the-blank 24-3.1. ________ can be demonstrated by conveying honesty and sincerity.

Answer: Trustworthiness Chapter number: 24

398 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 24.1 Learning Objective: LO24.1 Identify strategies to improve your initial, derived, and terminal credibility.

Topic: Enhancing Your Credibility Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 24-3.2. The perception listeners have of you based on your appearance, what they may have heard about you, and the previous times they have heard you speak is known as _________ credibility.

Answer: initial Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.1 Learning Objective: LO24.1 Identify strategies to improve your initial, derived, and terminal credibility.

Topic: Enhancing Your Credibility Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 24-3.3. _________ consists of evidence plus the conclusions you draw from it.

Answer: Proof Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.2 Learning Objective: LO24.2 Use principles of effective reasoning to develop a persuasive message.

Topic: Using Reasoning Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 24-3.4. Reasoning by sign points out that one thing predicts another, but _________ reasoning concludes that one thing actually causes another.

Answer: causal Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.2 Learning Objective: LO24.2 Use principles of effective reasoning to develop a persuasive message.

Topic: Using Reasoning Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

399 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

24-3.5. A(n) _________ is a conclusion based on available evidence or partial information.

Answer: inference Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.2 Learning Objective: LO24.2 Use principles of effective reasoning to develop a persuasive message.

Topic: Using Reasoning Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 24-3.6. A _________ occurs when someone attempts to persuade without adequate evidence or with arguments that are irrelevant or inappropriate.

Answer: fallacy Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.2 Learning Objective: LO24.2 Use principles of effective reasoning to develop a persuasive message.

Topic: Using Reasoning Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 24-3.7. Attacking irrelevant characteristics of the person who is proposing an idea is known as the _________fallacy.

Answer: ad hominem Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.2 Learning Objective: LO24.2 Use principles of effective reasoning to develop a persuasive message.

Topic: Using Reasoning Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 24-3.8. A(n)_________ is a belief held in common by a group of people that is based on their values, cultural heritage, or faith.

Answer: myth Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.3

400 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO24.3 Employ effective techniques of using emotional appeal in a persuasive speech.

Topic: Using Emotion to Persuade Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

24-3.9. To use _________, first identify objections to your message and then overcome them with arguments and evidence.

Answer: refutation Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.4 Learning Objective: LO24.4 Use strategies for effectively organizing a persuasive speech.

Topic: Organizing Persuasive Messages Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 24-3.10. If an audience doesn‘t understand your point, summarize the common _________.

Answer: misconceptions Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.5 Learning Objective: LO24.5 Adapt your persuasive message to receptive, neutral, and unreceptive audiences.

Topic: Adapting Ideas to People and People to Ideas Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 24-4 Essay 24-4.1. Of the three main types of reasoning discussed in your text, select two and explain the main differences between them. Using a hypothetical topic, construct an argument with each of the two selected.

Answer: Arguments will vary, but answers should include two of the following: Inductive reasoning: a general conclusion is based on specific examples, facts, statistics, and opinions. Includes reasoning by analogy (comparison) and reasoning by sign (the existence of one thing means the other thing will happen).

Deductive reasoning: reasoning from a general statement or principle to reach a specific conclusion. This is the opposite of inductive reasoning. Deductive reasoning can be structured in the form of a syllogism, which includes a major and minor premise as well as a conclusion. You

401 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

must ensure that both of these premises are true and can be supported with evidence.

Causal reasoning: relates two or more events in such a way as to conclude that one or more of the events caused the others. This can be done either as reasoning from cause to effect or reasoning from effect to cause.

Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.2 Learning Objective: LO24.2 Use principles of effective reasoning to develop a persuasive message.

Topic: Using Reasoning Effectively Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 24-4.2. Use deductive reasoning in the form of a syllogism to argue the case for ―Physical activity improves academic performance.‖ Answer: Outlines will vary but should include a structure consisting of a major premise (general statement), a minor premise (a more specific statement that is linked to the major premise), and a conclusion (based on the major and minor premises).

Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.2 Learning Objective: LO24.2 Use principles of effective reasoning to develop a persuasive message.

Topic: Using Reasoning Effectively Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 24-4.3. Identify three examples of faulty reasoning in persuasion. Define and give an example of each.

Answer: Examples will vary, but answers should include three of the following fallacies:  Causal: making a causal connection without enough evidence to support the cause-andeffect conclusion.  Bandwagon: arguing that the most popular viewpoint or action is correct.  Either–or: oversimplifying an issue by stating there are only two approaches to a problem.  Hasty generalization: reaching a conclusion from little or no evidence.  Ad hominem: attacking irrelevant personal characteristics of a person proposing an idea, rather than attacking the idea itself.  Red herring: using irrelevant facts or arguments as distractions during an attack on an issue.  Appeal to misplaced authority: using the actions of a person in a position of power or

402 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

celebrity as the authority on a topic.  Non sequitur: a conclusion that simply does not follow from a statement.  Slippery slope: assuming an initial action or proposal is the first step toward disastrous consequences.

Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.2 Learning Objective: LO24.2 Use principles of effective reasoning to develop a persuasive message.

Topic: Using Reasoning Effectively Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 24-4.4. Using the hypothetical speech topic ―Donate blood to your local Red Cross,‖ develop an organizational plan using the motivated sequence. Make sure to include and explain each step in the sequence.

Answer: Organization plans will vary but should include the following sequence of steps: 1. Attention: the introduction to the speech; this should grab listeners‘ attention.

2. Need: arousing dissonance by establishing why your topic should concern your listeners, that there is a need for change, and that the need for change affects them directly.

3. Satisfaction: briefly identifying the solution.

4. Visualization: using positive visualization (the positives of adopting your plan) and/or negative visualization (the awful results if your solution is not adopted).

5. Action: the conclusion, which identifies what you want your listeners to do and a specific action the audience can take to achieve your goal.

Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.4 Learning Objective: LO24.4 Use strategies for effectively organizing a persuasive speech.

Topic: Organizing Persuasive Messages Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 24-4.5. Your textbook provides some excellent strategies for persuading different kinds of audiences. In an essay, first identify the three types of audiences. Then provide and explain two strategies to enhance persuasion for each type of audience.

Answer: The three types of audiences are receptive, neutral, and hostile. Persuasion techniques will vary but may include two of the following in each category: Persuading the Receptive Audience: Identify with your audience; emphasize the similarities between you and your listeners; be explicit in directing your listeners‘ behavior; tell your audience exactly what you want them to do and how you expect them to respond to your message; ask listeners for an immediate show of support to help cement the positive response

403 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

you have developed during your speech; move a favorable audience to action with strong emotional appeals while also reminding them of the evidence supporting your conclusion; make it easy for your listeners to act by making sure that what you‘re asking them to do is clear and easy.

Persuading the Neutral Audience: capture your listeners‘ attention early in your speech; refer to beliefs that many listeners share; relate your topic not only to your listeners but also to their families, friends, and loved ones.

Persuading the Unreceptive Audience: don‘t immediately announce that you plan to change their minds; begin your speech by noting areas of agreement before you discuss areas of disagreement; acknowledge the opposing points of view as listeners will be more likely to listen to you if they know you understand their viewpoint; establish your credibility by letting your audience know about the experience, interest, knowledge, and skills that give you special insight into the issues at hand.

If audience members just don‘t understand your point or harbor a misconception of you and your message, consider explaining rather than advocating. Then summarize the common misconceptions about the issue or idea you are discussing, state why these misconceptions may seem reasonable, dismiss the misconceptions and provide sound and credible evidence to support your point, and state the accurate information that you want your audience to remember, reinforcing the conclusion you want your listeners to draw from the information you presented.

Chapter number: 24 Module number: 24.5 Learning Objective: LO24.5 Adapt your persuasive message to receptive, neutral, and unreceptive audiences.

Topic: Adapting Ideas to People and People to Ideas Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

Test Bank Chapter 25 25-1 Multiple Choice 25-1.1. A _________ speech is designed to inform the public and improve relations with them— either in general or because a particular program or situation has raised some questions.

A) public-relations B) ceremonial C) eulogy D) briefing Answer: A Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.1

404 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO25.1 Describe guidelines for effective public-relations speaking.

Topic: Public-Relations Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-1.2. Which of the following is a guideline for making a public-relations speech?

A) State that the audience should remain neutral until they hear what a speaker has to say.

B) Acknowledge that the company is doing nothing about any problems or objections.

C) Emphasize the negative aspects of a policy or program, then spin it as if they are all positives.

D) Impress that the company or organization has carefully worked through potential pitfalls and drawbacks.

Answer: D Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.1 Learning Objective: LO25.1 Describe guidelines for effective public-relations speaking.

Topic: Public-Relations Speaking Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 25-1.3. In a public-relations presentation, the speaker should anticipate and prepare for criticism by A) explaining more carefully the organization‘s plan.

B) ignoring any objections and just remaining positive.

C) acknowledging and countering potential problems or objections.

D) defending the position of the organization.

Answer: C Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.1 Learning Objective: LO25.1 Describe guidelines for effective public-relations speaking.

Topic: Public-Relations Speaking Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 25-1.4. A special-occasion speech in which one of your goals is to reveal some personal qualities of a speaker to an audience is A) a speech of introduction.

B) a commemorative address.

C) an annual report.

D) a public-relations talk.

405 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: A Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-1.5. One purpose of a speech of introduction is to A) defend a speaker from criticism.

B) entertain the audience.

C) build the speaker‘s credibility.

D) provide information about yourself.

Answer: C Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-1.6. What two criteria are most important when making a speech of introduction?

A) Be brief and be accurate.

B) Be accurate and be self-serving.

C) Be brief and be informative.

D) Be brief and be witty.

Answer: A Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 25-1.7. How can you ensure that your speech of introduction is accurate?

A) Ask the person you are introducing to supply you with relevant biographical data.

B) Stick to only generic comments that could apply to anyone.

C) Only speak about yourself and the topic, as you likely haven‘t met the speaker.

D) Ask the person you are introducing to rehearse the speech in front of you.

406 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: A Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 25-1.8. A wedding, a celebration, a reunion, or a successful business venture are all occasions to use which type of speech?

A) a toast B) a public-relations briefing C) an award presentation D) a keynote address Answer: A Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-1.9. When offering a brief salute to a special occasion or person, you are giving A) an introduction.

B) a eulogy.

C) a toast.

D) an address.

Answer: C Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-1.10. Rhonda‘s toast at her best friend‘s wedding was as follows: ―To the best friend who ever graced my hometown, the best person to cry with, to laugh with, and to be happy with, on your happiest day; I wish you both all the best.‖ Was this effective, according to the criteria discussed in the chapter on special-occasion speaking?

A) No, because it was not funny.

407 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

B) No, because it was too short.

C) Yes, because it was funny.

D) Yes, because it was brief and personal.

Answer: D Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 25-1.11. Marcus has been asked to present his colleague, Valentina, with the ―Salesperson of the Year‖ award. What is important for him to remember to say in this speech?

A) to quickly announce the recipient‘s name and then walk offstage B) to mention that his colleague has been up for this award twice before C) to briefly refer to the occasion and mention the significance of the award D) to talk about the last recipient of the award and their accomplishments Answer: C Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 25-1.12. Awards are often given to mark which of the following occasions?

A) a wedding B) a national holiday C) the accomplishments of a lifetime D) a casual get-together Answer: C Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-1.13. ―This is an award that few receive,‖ Carlos said, holding up the statuette. ―Beginning

408 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

with our company‘s founding in 1932, this award has been bestowed only on the most outstanding members within our company.‖ Which component of an award presentation is Carlos utilizing?

A) marking the anniversary of an event B) honoring the recipient of the award C) listing the achievements associated with the award D) explaining the history and significance of the award Answer: D Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 25-1.14. If you are presenting an award and are going to announce the individual‘s name for the first time, when should the person‘s name be mentioned?

A) before the speech, as it is rude to keep the recipient out of the spotlight B) in the first part of the speech, so the audience knows who all the listed achievements refer to C) in the middle part of the speech, so the audience need not be in suspense D) at the last moment, which helps play up the drama and honor of the occasion Answer: D Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 25-1.15. When you make a speech nominating someone for an office or award, what should you be sure to mention?

A) the nominee‘s qualifications for this award or office B) funny stories that might be associated with the nominee C) the history and significance of the award or office D) past winners or office-holders that are in the audience Answer: A Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

409 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-1.16. According to your text, because people often don‘t know they‘ve won an award until the award is presented, an acceptance speech may be what kind of speech?

A) extemporaneous B) memorized C) impromptu D) manuscript Answer: C Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-1.17. Paula is asked to deliver a speech that introduces a childcare conference. What type of special-occasion speech will she give?

A) a eulogy B) a speech of tribute C) a humorous speech D) a keynote address Answer: D Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 25-1.18. When delivering a commencement address, the speaker should A) start with a keynote address.

B) praise the graduating class.

C) provide a brief salute to an individual.

D) discuss the economic future.

Answer: B Chapter number: 25

410 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 25-1.19. On the first anniversary of John F. Kennedy‘s death, a group of close friends and the Kennedy family gathered to pay tribute to JFK‘s life and accomplishments. Then President Johnson gave a brief speech at the event. What is the term for this type of speech?

A) a commencement address B) a presentation speech C) a speech of dedication D) a commemorative address Answer: D Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 25-1.20. When delivering a eulogy, it is important to linger on A) the unique achievements of the person.

B) how sad it is that someone has passed away.

C) the uncertainty of life after death.

D) humorous stories of the person who has died.

Answer: A Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-1.21. Although _________ speech may inform or persuade, its primary goal is to entertain.

A) an announcement B) a presentation C) an acceptance D) an after-dinner

411 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: D Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.3 Learning Objective: LO25.3 List and explain strategies for creating humor in a speech.

Topic: After-Dinner Speaking: Using Humor Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-1.22. At the ceremony, Colby was handed the prestigious Cheese-Cutter of the Year award. ―I know it‘s cheesy,‖ he says to the audience with a grin, ―but I feel grate!‖ Which verbal strategy is Colby using in this situation?

A) a pun B) verbal irony C) a malapropism D) an understatement Answer: A Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.3 Learning Objective: LO25.3 List and explain strategies for creating humor in a speech.

Topic: After-Dinner Speaking: Using Humor Effectively Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 25-1.23. When Thomas said ―a blushing crow‖ instead of a ―crushing blow‖ in order to get a laugh, he was using A) a spoonerism.

B) a malapropism.

C) hyperbole.

D) verbal irony.

Answer: A Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.3 Learning Objective: LO25.3 List and explain strategies for creating humor in a speech.

Topic: After-Dinner Speaking: Using Humor Effectively Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 25-1.24. _________ is considered the opposite of hyperbole.

A) A spoonerism B) Verbal irony

412 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

C) Wit D) Understatement Answer: D Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.3 Learning Objective: LO25.3 List and explain strategies for creating humor in a speech.

Topic: After-Dinner Speaking: Using Humor Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-1.25. Relating an incident that takes an unexpected turn at the end uses the verbal strategy of A) hyperbole.

B) wit.

C) understatement.

D) malapropism.

Answer: B Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.3 Learning Objective: LO25.3 List and explain strategies for creating humor in a speech.

Topic: After-Dinner Speaking: Using Humor Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-2 True/False 25-2.1. When giving a public-relations speech, you should anticipate criticism from the audience and take care not to become unpleasantly defensive.

Answer: True Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.1 Learning Objective: LO25.1 Describe guidelines for effective public-relations speaking.

Topic: Public-Relations Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-2.2. If a speaker needs no introduction, you should present one anyway.

Answer: False Chapter number: 25

413 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-2.3. The three necessary elements for an award-presentation speech are a reference to the occasion, a brief history of the award and its significance, and the naming of the person receiving the award.

Answer: True Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-2.4. The first part of an acceptance speech should be to thank the person making the presentation and the organization that person represents; then, mention a few of the people who have contributed greatly to your success.

Answer: True Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-2.5. The keynote speaker at a conference is only there to mention all the other speakers that will be presenting.

Answer: False Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-2.6. The speeches given at graduation ceremonies are known as commemorative addresses.

414 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: False Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-2.7. Some humor may be appropriate in a eulogy or speech of tribute to someone who died.

Answer: True Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-2.8. A pun and a spoonerism use the same verbal strategy for humorous effect.

Answer: False Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.3 Learning Objective: LO25.3 List and explain strategies for creating humor in a speech.

Topic: After-Dinner Speaking: Using Humor Effectively Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 25-2.9. If you are not naturally funny, you should never make an after-dinner speech.

Answer: False Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.3 Learning Objective: LO25.3 List and explain strategies for creating humor in a speech.

Topic: After-Dinner Speaking: Using Humor Effectively Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 25-2.10. Nonverbal devices can create humor in after-dinner speeches.

Answer: True

415 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.3 Learning Objective: LO25.3 List and explain strategies for creating humor in a speech.

Topic: After-Dinner Speaking: Using Humor Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-3 Fill-in-the-blank 25-3.1. Speeches that are designed to inform the public and improve relations with them are called _________ speeches.

Answer: public-relations Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.1 Learning Objective: LO25.1 Describe guidelines for effective public-relations speaking.

Topic: Public-Relations Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-3.2. A _________ is a speech that is usually immediately followed by the raising or clinking together of glasses.

Answer: toast Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-3.3. The _________ _________ is usually presented at or near the beginning of a meeting or conference.

Answer: keynote address Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

416 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

25-3.4. A _________ address honors graduates, while a _________ address celebrates a past event or a person.

Answer: commencement; commemorative Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 25-3.5. The primary purpose of an after-dinner speech is to _________.

Answer: entertain Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.3 Learning Objective: LO25.3 List and explain strategies for creating humor in a speech.

Topic: After-Dinner Speaking: Using Humor Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-3.6. An exaggeration that is often funny is known as a _________.

Answer: hyperbole Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.3 Learning Objective: LO25.3 List and explain strategies for creating humor in a speech.

Topic: After-Dinner Speaking: Using Humor Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-3.7. _________ involve switching the initial sounds of words in a single phrase.

Answer: Spoonerisms Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.3 Learning Objective: LO25.3 List and explain strategies for creating humor in a speech.

Topic: After-Dinner Speaking: Using Humor Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-3.8. ―What we need here is an escape-goat‖ is an example of a _________.

417 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: malapropism Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.3 Learning Objective: LO25.3 List and explain strategies for creating humor in a speech.

Topic: After-Dinner Speaking: Using Humor Effectively Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 25-3.9. _________ is the opposite of hyperbole.

Answer: Understatement Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.3 Learning Objective: LO25.3 List and explain strategies for creating humor in a speech.

Topic: After-Dinner Speaking: Using Humor Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-3.10. Saying just the opposite of what is really meant occurs when a speaker uses _________ _________.

Answer: verbal irony Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.3 Learning Objective: LO25.3 List and explain strategies for creating humor in a speech.

Topic: After-Dinner Speaking: Using Humor Effectively Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 25-4 Essay 25-4.1. You are responsible for introducing a guest speaker for your organization. Using a real person of your choosing, write a speech that will fulfill all the requirements of a speech of introduction.

Answer: The chosen person will vary, but introductions should include the following elements: provide information to the audience about the main speaker, make the speaker feel welcome, reveal some of their personal qualities to the audience, arouse interest in the speaker and their topic, be brief, and be accurate.

Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2

418 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 25-4.2. Imagine you‘re at a family member‘s or your best friend‘s wedding and it is time for you to give a toast. In a brief essay, draft two toasts that would be appropriate for this occasion.

Answer: Answers will vary, but all should briefly salute the occasion, include some personal details, and be more sincere than witty.

Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 25-4.3. A eulogy is one of the most difficult types of ceremonial speeches to present. Write a eulogy as you would like to have it presented at your own funeral. Be sure to include the elements, as described in your text, of an effective eulogy.

Answer: Answers will vary but should include the writer‘s unique achievements, a sense of loss, some personal and even tastefully humorous recollections, and encouragement of the living to transcend their sorrow and loss and feel gratitude that the dead person had once been alive among them.

Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.2 Learning Objective: LO25.2 Identify occasions and best practices for ceremonial speeches.

Topic: Ceremonial Speaking Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 25-4.4. Give a detailed explanation of after-dinner speaking. What strategies can be employed to create an effective after-dinner speech?

Answer: An after-dinner speech may present information or persuade, but the primary purpose is to entertain. Strategies include telling humorous stories, employing humorous verbal strategies (i.e., puns, spoonerisms, malapropisms, hyperbole, understatement, verbal irony, and wit), and choosing humorous speech topics.

Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.3 Learning Objective: LO25.3 List and explain strategies for creating humor in a speech.

419 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: After-Dinner Speaking: Using Humor Effectively Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 25-4.5. On the topic ―Winter Weather in Alaska,‖ give an example of both hyperbole and understatement.

Answer: Responses will vary. Hyperbole: ―This winter wasn‘t too bad. We only got about 1,000 feet of snow.‖ Understatement: ―Alaska in winter can get just a bit chilly.‖ Chapter number: 25 Module number: 25.3 Learning Objective: LO25.3 List and explain strategies for creating humor in a speech.

Topic: After-Dinner Speaking: Using Humor Effectively Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

Test Bank Chapter 26 26-1 Multiple Choice 26-1.1. Small group communication is interaction among A) three to one dozen people.

B) one to three people.

C) one dozen to two dozen people.

D) any number of students.

Answer: A Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1 Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-1.2. Which of the following is NOT required within small groups?

A) a sense of belonging to the group B) a common purpose C) influence among group members D) a signed contract for each member Answer: D

420 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1 Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-1.3. The central purpose of many groups is A) to share a great deal of work.

B) solving problems.

C) to brainstorm ideas.

D) perfecting social skills.

Answer: B Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1 Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-1.4. John Dewey, a philosopher and educator, suggested a process to solve problems that involves following a series of five steps, called A) problem-solution.

B) Dewey‘s method.

C) reflective thinking.

D) scientific thinking.

Answer: C Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1 Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-1.5. Which of the following is a question a group should consider to reach a clear definition of a problem?

A) What is the specific problem that concerns us?

421 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

B) Why are we not affected by the problem?

C) What terms do we already understand?

D) What is the general issue that concerns us?

Answer: A Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1 Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-1.6. The group got together at Ted‘s apartment to work out a problem. First, they made sure everyone had a clear sense of what the problem was, and then they began to analyze it. Once they analyzed the problem, the group generated some possible solutions and chose what they believed was the best solution. Group members are effectively A) going through the decision-making process.

B) going through the reflective thinking process.

C) applying the critical thinking method to the problem.

D) applying the scientific method to solve the problem.

Answer: B Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1 Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 26-1.7. A group that asks ―What is the history of urban sprawl?‖ is on which step of the reflective thinking process?

A) analyze the problem B) identify and define the problem C) generate possible solutions D) select the best solution Answer: A Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1

422 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 26-1.8. In addition to helping you recognize good solutions, developing criteria for what is an acceptable solution also A) helps assign group members tasks.

B) reminds group members that budget is no issue.

C) implies a schedule for finding a solution.

D) helps a group stay focused on its goal.

Answer: D Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1 Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-1.9. Your office improvement committee at work has thoroughly discussed the problem of a noisy office environment. Now they are starting to generate possible solutions but are getting bogged down by criticism against ideas presented by certain people. What advice would help your group in this situation?

A) They should back up and make sure that everyone clearly understands the problem.

B) They should consider anonymous brainstorming.

C) They should simply vote on which solution is the most feasible.

D) They should write down the pros and cons of each idea to better judge their efficacy.

Answer: B Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1 Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 26-1.10. As the group leader, Mikah asks the group, ―What are the advantages and disadvantages of increasing the ticket prices?‖ Which stage of reflective thinking is Mikah‘s group in?

423 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

A) analyze the problem B) identify and define the problem C) generate possible solutions D) select the best solution Answer: D Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1 Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 26-1.11. When all members of a group support a final decision, they have achieved A) a census.

B) closure.

C) a consensus.

D) the analysis step.

Answer: C Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1 Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-1.12. Which of the following is the final step of the reflective thinking process?

A) analyze the problem B) generate possible solutions C) select the best solution D) test and implement the solution Answer: D Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

424 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

26-1.13. The text states that individual group members assume specific leadership tasks based on their A) personal investment in the topic.

B) positive attitude, dedication to teamwork, and willingness to take on tasks.

C) personality, skills, sensitivity, and the group‘s needs.

D) level of assertion, how judgmental they are, and how involved they wish to be.

Answer: C Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-1.14. A style of leadership characterized by superiority, the giving of orders, and control over group members is the ________ style.

A) laissez-faire B) democratic C) management D) authoritarian Answer: D Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-1.15. The instructor assigned Jan to be the group‘s leader, but others in the group have come to resent her. Although Jan runs the group efficiently, she rarely allows other group members to offer suggestions and always controls how much gets accomplished. What‘s the term for Jan‘s leadership style?

A) authoritarian B) laissez-faire C) democratic D) participative Answer: A Chapter number: 26

425 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 26-1.16. According to most of the members of Lee‘s unit at work, Lee is an excellent manager.

He knows what has to be done, gives clear orders, and works with a high degree of efficiency.

What type of leadership style BEST describes Lee? A) laissez-faire B) authoritarian C) democratic D) transformational Answer: B Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 26-1.17. Rather than dictate what should be, which type of leader focuses more on guiding discussions than issuing commands?

A) authoritative B) transformational C) democratic D) laissez-faire Answer: C Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 26-1.18. Marla‘s group chose her to be their leader because she is excellent at getting everyone to talk about the issues without telling them what they should do. What is Marla‘s leadership style?

A) laissez-faire B) transformational

426 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

C) authoritarian D) democratic Answer: D Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 26-1.19. Which type of leader focuses more on facilitating group interactions and listening than on issuing commands?

A) authoritative B) transformational C) democratic D) laissez-faire Answer: C Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-1.20. A group leader who allows group members complete freedom in all aspects of the decision-making process and does little to help the group achieve its goal is ________ leader.

A) a transformational B) a laissez-faire C) an authoritarian D) a democratic Answer: B Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-1.21. According to your text, which leadership style often leaves a group frustrated because it

427 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

lacks guidance and has to struggle with organizing the work?

A) authoritarian B) democratic C) laissez-faire D) transformational Answer: C Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-1.22. A contemporary leadership style that involves the process of influencing others by building a shared vision of the future and by inspiring and helping them to see how their efforts are related to a larger framework is ________ leadership.

A) transformational B) laissez-faire C) democratic D) authoritarian Answer: A Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-1.23. Rosa is running for governor and envisions a clean city that is safe for people to walk alone at night. If elected, she has plans to provide community-based training to the police department. What kind of leader is Rosa?

A) democratic B) laissez-faire C) transformational D) authoritarian Answer: C Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

428 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: difficult Skill: Apply What You Know 26-1.24. Which of the following does NOT determine the best leadership style for a group?

A) the nature of the group task B) the power of the leader C) the relationship between leader and group members D) if the group leader is being paid Answer: D Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: easy Skill: Understand the Concepts 26-1.25. Isabella‘s group must make a decision by the end of the day, and group members have a high degree of uncertainty. Which of the following is the BEST leadership style for this group?

A) democratic B) laissez-faire C) transformational D) authoritarian Answer: D Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: difficult Skill: Apply What You Know 26-2 True/False 26-2.1. Reflexive thinking is John Dewey‘s five-step method of problem solving.

Answer: False Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1 Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

429 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-2.2. Analysis is a process of examining the causes, effects, symptoms, history, and other background information that will help a group eventually reach a solution.

Answer: True Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1 Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-2.3. Criteria are standards for identifying acceptable solutions.

Answer: True Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1 Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-2.4. Once a group has selected the best solution to a problem, their final task is to test and implement the solution.

Answer: True Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1 Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-2.5. It is important to be critical and judgmental during the brainstorming process.

Answer: False

430 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1 Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-2.6. Transformational leadership is essentially the same thing as democratic leadership.

Answer: False Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 26-2.7. Democratic leaders allow group members complete freedom in all aspects of the decision-making process.

Answer: False Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-2.8. Authoritarian leaders assume positions of superiority, giving orders and taking control of the group‘s activity.

Answer: True Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-2.9. Laissez-faire leaders are focused on guiding discussion, facilitating group interactions, and listening.

431 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: False Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-2.10. Transformational leaders are good communicators who support and encourage rather than demean or demand.

Answer: True Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-3 Fill-in-the-blank 26-3.1. _________ _________ is the person behind the reflective thinking problem-solving method.

Answer: John Dewey Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1 Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-3.2. The first step in the reflective thinking process is to _________ and _________ the problem.

Answer: identify; define Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1

432 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-3.3. _________ questions can help define a problem and identify a course of action to solve it.

Answer: Policy Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1 Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-3.4. _________ are standards for identifying an acceptable solution.

Answer: Criteria Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1 Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-3.5. The process of examining the causes, effects, symptoms, history, and other background information that will help a group eventually reach a solution is _______.

Answer: analysis Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1 Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-3.6. _________ leaders organize group activities with a high degree of efficiency and

433 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

eliminate any uncertainty about who should do what.

Answer: Authoritarian Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-3.7. A leader who always involves all group members in discussions without telling them what they should do or how they should do it uses the _________ leadership style.

Answer: democratic Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 26-3.8. _________ leaders are good communicators who support and encourage rather than demean or demand; in doing so, they inspire others to achieve.

Answer: Transformational Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-3.9. A _________ leader allows group members complete freedom and does little to help the group achieve its goal.

Answer: laissez-faire Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

434 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

26-3.10. _________ help groups accomplish their tasks and maintain a healthy social climate.

Answer: Leaders Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 26-4 Essay 26-4.1. Using the five steps of John Dewey‘s reflective thinking process, discuss each step with the hypothetical question ―How can we solve the problem of teacher shortages in public schools?‖ Answer: Responses will vary but should include the following five steps: identify and define the problem, analyze the problem, generate possible solutions, select the best solution, and test and implement the solution.

Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1 Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 26-4.2. Within the reflective thinking process, step three is to generate possible solutions. Your text provides five guidelines for maximizing the effectiveness of brainstorming with a group. In a well-developed essay, identify and discuss these five guidelines in terms of the benefits a group will derive if the guidelines are followed.

Answer: Benefits will vary, but answers should include these five guidelines: 1. Set aside judgment and criticism (example benefit: Criticism and fault-finding stifle creativity).

2. Consider anonymous brainstorming (example benefit: If group members find withholding judgment difficult, you can have the individual members write suggestions on paper first and then share the ideas with the group or use an electronic brainstorming app that allows participants to share ideas anonymously).

435 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

3. Think of as many possible solutions to the problem as you can (example benefit: All ideas are acceptable, and piggybacking off one another‘s ideas may lead to a great problem-solving solution).

4. Record all the ideas that are mentioned (example benefit: All group members can see and respond to all the ideas).

5. After a set time has elapsed, evaluate the ideas (example benefit: All members of the group are able to provide input, creating a more cohesive group experience).

Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1 Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 26-4.3. To select the best solution to a problem, groups often require a consensus, all members supporting the final decision. Describe at least three of the strategies that facilitate group consensus described in the text.

Answer: Answers will vary but should include at least three of the five strategies that follow: summarize frequently and keep the group oriented toward its goal; emphasize where group members agree; clarify misunderstandings; write down known facts for all members to see; and keep the discussion focused on issues rather than on emotions.

Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.1 Learning Objective: LO26.1 Identify and describe the five steps for solving problems in groups and teams.

Topic: Solving Problems in Groups and Teams Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 26-4.4. Compare and contrast the following three types of leadership styles: (1) authoritarian, (2) democratic, and (3) laissez-faire.

Answer: Answers will vary. Suggested comparisons include group discussion and consensus occurring more under democratic and laissez-faire leaders, whereas authoritarian leaders tell group members what to do. Democratic and authoritarian are both more involved with their group members and group activities, whereas laissez-faire ―nonleaders‖ let the group members do as they wish. Suggested contrasts include authoritarian leaders assume positions of superiority, giving orders and taking control of the group‘s activity. Although authoritarian leaders can usually organize group activities with a high degree of efficiency and virtually eliminate uncertainty about who should do what, most problem-solving groups prefer democratic

436 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

leaders. Democratic leaders involve group members in the decision-making process, rather than dictate what should be done. Democratic leaders focus more on guiding discussion than on issuing commands. Laissez-faire leaders allow group members complete freedom in all aspects of the decision-making process. They do little to help the group achieve its goal. This style of ―nonleadership‖ often leaves a group frustrated because it lacks guidance and has to struggle with organizing the work. Authoritarian leaders and laissez-faire leaders are on opposite ends of the leadership spectrum.

Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 26-4.5. Transformational leaders influence others by building a shared vision of the future. In an essay, describe your vision for the future (in your school, town, city, state, country, or planet), and explain how you would use the transformational leadership style to inspire others to help achieve your vision.

Answer: Responses will vary but should mention developing high-quality individual relationships with others and helping people see how what they do is related to a larger framework or system. Transformational leaders are good communicators who support and encourage rather than demean or demand.

Chapter number: 26 Module number: 26.2 Learning Objective: LO26.2 Identify appropriate leadership roles and styles for small groups.

Topic: Leading Small Groups Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

Test Bank Chapter 27 27-1 Multiple Choice 27-1.1. Any communication, written or oral, that uses technology (or another medium) to connect the speaker and the audience is known as A) mediated public speaking.

B) mediated communication.

C) synchronous presentation.

D) asynchronous presentation.

437 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: B Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-1.2. Mediated public speaking occurs when you A) speak via technology to a live audience but not when you prerecord a message.

B) communicate any message to any audience using technology.

C) prepare and present a speech to share with an audience who is not physically present.

D) prepare and present a speech to share with an audience in the same physical space.

Answer: C Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-1.3. Which of the following are the two categories of online presentations?

A) synchronous and asynchronous B) mediated communication and mediated public speaking C) podcasts and vodcasts D) primary and secondary Answer: A Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-1.4. Laila launched her podcast using her prerecorded audio recordings. Which of the following describes her online presentation?

A) synchronous B) asynchronous C) hybrid D) amorphous

438 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: B Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 27-1.5. Which of the following is the target audience a speaker most wants to address or influence?

A) public audience B) amorphous audience C) secondary audience D) primary audience Answer: D Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-1.6. Naveed is giving a synchronous speech online about how to buy your first home. Which of the following groups is his primary audience?

A) people viewing the speech who do not plan to buy a home B) people viewing the speech who are ready to buy a home C) people who may watch the recording later on YouTube D) his supervisors at his real estate office Answer: B Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: difficult Skill: Apply What You Know 27-1.7. According to your text, which of the following is a strategy for capturing your audience‘s attention?

A) Emphasize your differences.

439 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

B) Highlight takeaways.

C) Ask questions to be answered aloud.

D) Cover more points with less depth.

Answer: B Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 27-1.8. Anita gave an online presentation standing in one place, using the same tone of voice, and not using hand gestures. Her audience struggled to pay attention. Which of the following did Anita fail to do?

A) maintain focus B) use images C) emphasize common ground D) use variety Answer: D Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 27-1.9. Which of the following is at the center of the online speechmaking process?

A) the visual aids B) the camera C) the speaker D) the audience Answer: D Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts

440 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

27-1.10. According to your text, which of the following is a tip for selecting technology for an online presentation?

A) Use the most expensive software available.

B) Select a camera with quality video and audio that is easy to use.

C) Rent a professional recording booth for the best sound quality.

D) The quality of the technology does not matter if your speech content is strong.

Answer: B Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-1.11. Which of the following would be the best background for a mediated business presentation?

A) a bustling store B) a wall with fun wallpaper C) a relaxing beach D) a tidy office Answer: D Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-1.12. Yui is giving a video presentation in a room without a lot of natural light. Which of the following is the best way for her to position her light source?

A) above her head to replicate sunlight B) in front of a window to replicate sunlight C) behind the camera and directed at her D) behind her and directed at the camera Answer: C Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication

441 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 27-1.13. Meera has set the stage for her online presentation by selecting a tidy office with minimal background noise, positioning a light behind the camera that is directed at her, and wearing a neutral-colored shirt and dangly silver earrings. Which of the following advice should be given to Meera?

A) Wear a bright color to capture audience attention.

B) Choose a more active setting to reflect a real-life environment.

C) Use a primary light source that is behind her and directed at the camera.

D) Avoid dangly jewelry that may cause both visual and auditory distractions.

Answer: D Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 27-1.14. When presenting a speech online, the speaker should look A) directly at the camera.

B) just past the camera.

C) down at note cards.

D) at an imagined audience.

Answer: A Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-1.15. According to your text, which of the following is a tip for rehearsing a mediated presentation?

A) Speak very slowly.

B) Avoid big hand gestures.

C) Speak very quietly.

D) Speak to the camera.

Answer: B

442 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.2 Learning Objective: LO27.2 Discuss how to effectively rehearse for an online presentation.

Topic: Rehearsing Your Online Presentation Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-1.16. When rehearsing for a mediated presentation, speakers should use a voice volume similar to what they would use if speaking A) at an outdoor rally.

B) in a library.

C) in a conference room.

D) in a large auditorium.

Answer: C Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.2 Learning Objective: LO27.2 Discuss how to effectively rehearse for an online presentation.

Topic: Rehearsing Your Online Presentation Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-1.17. According to your textbook, the practice session for a mediated speech should be A) done without speaking notes.

B) conducted without using technology.

C) conducted mentally to save energy.

D) as close as possible to the actual event.

Answer: D Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.2 Learning Objective: LO27.2 Discuss how to effectively rehearse for an online presentation.

Topic: Rehearsing Your Online Presentation Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-1.18. Which of the following is true of a Q&A session?

A) It‘s impossible to predict what questions will be asked.

B) Speakers should practice answering some questions.

C) It‘s best not to prepare so speakers will be relaxed.

D) Preparing answers in advance will seem inauthentic.

443 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: B Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.2 Learning Objective: LO27.2 Discuss how to effectively rehearse for an online presentation.

Topic: Rehearsing Your Online Presentation Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-1.19. Which of the following is a preparation tip from your textbook for using equipment to deliver or record an online presentation?

A) Use only audio recordings if you struggle with technology.

B) You only need to learn how to turn the equipment on and off.

C) Learn how to use your equipment properly.

D) Only use a smartphone to record, since it is easiest.

Answer: C Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.3 Learning Objective: LO27.3 Explain how to effectively deliver an online presentation.

Topic: Delivering or Recording Your Online Presentation Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-1.20. Which of the following is a preparation tip from your textbook for recording an asynchronous online presentation?

A) Give yourself time for several takes.

B) Do not edit your presentation.

C) Restart each time you make a mistake.

D) Use editing software to add music.

Answer: A Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.3 Learning Objective: LO27.3 Explain how to effectively deliver an online presentation.

Topic: Delivering or Recording Your Online Presentation Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-1.21. Dan is about to record a presentation. Which of the following should he do?

A) Put a sign on the closed door so no one will interrupt him.

B) Play background music to eliminate any background noise.

444 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

C) Not worry about background noise because it can be edited out.

D) Apologize to his listeners in advance for any background noise.

Answer: A Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.3 Learning Objective: LO27.3 Explain how to effectively deliver an online presentation.

Topic: Delivering or Recording Your Online Presentation Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 27-1.22. A person who uses technology to communicate with others and participate in society is called A) a captive audience.

B) an audience-centered speaker.

C) a digital citizen.

D) an ethical listener.

Answer: C Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.4 Learning Objective: LO27.4 Describe the qualities of a good digital citizen.

Topic: Online Etiquette: Digital Citizenship Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-1.23. As a good digital citizen, a speaker should make sure content is A) edgy and exciting.

B) appropriate for all audiences.

C) controversial.

D) unpredictable.

Answer: B Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.4 Learning Objective: LO27.4 Describe the qualities of a good digital citizen.

Topic: Online Etiquette: Digital Citizenship Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-1.24. Basia is giving a mediated presentation on a lifesaving medical procedure and plans to include graphic images to explain the procedure. Which of the following should Basia do?

445 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

A) show the images without additional comment B) apologize to the audience after showing the image C) blur any graphic sections of the image D) include a warning before showing the image Answer: D Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.4 Learning Objective: LO27.4 Describe the qualities of a good digital citizen.

Topic: Online Etiquette: Digital Citizenship Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 27-1.25. Which of the following should an audience member who is a good digital citizen avoid doing?

A) trying to discredit the speaker B) bringing up opposing points of view C) interacting with the speaker D) asking any type of question Answer: A Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.4 Learning Objective: LO27.4 Describe the qualities of a good digital citizen.

Topic: Online Etiquette: Digital Citizenship Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 27-2 True/False 27-2.1. An asynchronous presentation takes place in real time.

Answer: False Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-2.2. Using images is a strategy for capturing audience attention.

446 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: True Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-2.3. When rehearsing, you should imagine you are speaking to a live audience rather than to a camera.

Answer: True Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.2 Learning Objective: LO27.2 Discuss how to effectively rehearse for an online presentation.

Topic: Rehearsing Your Online Presentation Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-2.4. When rehearsing for a mediated presentation, you should use big hand gestures.

Answer: False Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.2 Learning Objective: LO27.2 Discuss how to effectively rehearse for an online presentation.

Topic: Rehearsing Your Online Presentation Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-2.5. It‘s not possible to rehearse for a Q&A session because questions cannot be predicted.

Answer: False Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.2 Learning Objective: LO27.2 Discuss how to effectively rehearse for an online presentation.

Topic: Rehearsing Your Online Presentation Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-2.6. Asking for help with technology when delivering or recording an online presentation is a form of plagiarism.

447 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Answer: False Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.3 Learning Objective: LO27.3 Explain how to effectively deliver an online presentation.

Topic: Delivering or Recording Your Online Presentation Difficulty: moderate Skill: Understand the Concepts 27-2.7. Before you transmit or record your presentation, you should silence any devices that may emit unwanted or distracting sounds.

Answer: True Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.3 Learning Objective: LO27.3 Explain how to effectively deliver an online presentation.

Topic: Delivering or Recording Your Online Presentation Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-2.8. A digital citizen is a person who uses technology to communicate with others and participate in society.

Answer: True Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.4 Learning Objective: LO27.4 Describe the qualities of a good digital citizen.

Topic: Online Etiquette: Digital Citizenship Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-2.9. A speaker who is a good digital citizen should avoid swear words and sexually suggestive content.

Answer: True Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.4 Learning Objective: LO27.4 Describe the qualities of a good digital citizen.

Topic: Online Etiquette: Digital Citizenship Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-2.10. An audience member who is a good digital citizen should not bring up opposing points

448 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

of view.

Answer: False Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.4 Learning Objective: LO27.4 Describe the qualities of a good digital citizen.

Topic: Online Etiquette: Digital Citizenship Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-3 Fill-in-the-blank 27-3.1. _________ presentations take place in real time.

Answer: Synchronous Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-3.2. _________ presentations are prerecorded and watched or listened to at a later time.

Answer: Asynchronous Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-3.3. _________ involves sharing your computer screen or desktop with an online audience.

Answer: Screencasting Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts

449 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

27-3.4. _________ are asynchronous presentations that use audio recording only.

Answer: Podcasts Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-3.5. _______ are similar to podcasts except they include images or video clips.

Answer: Vodcasts Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-3.6. A speaker‘s target audience is also called the _________ audience.

Answer: primary Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-3.7. Audiences without a specific size and without specific demographics are _________.

Answer: amorphous Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: moderate Skill: Apply What You Know 27-3.8. For video presentations, use a light source that is _________ the camera and directed at

450 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

you.

Answer: behind Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-3.9. When rehearsing, speakers should _________ at natural stopping points, such as at the ends of sentences or paragraphs or between main points.

Answer: pause Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.2 Learning Objective: LO27.2 Discuss how to effectively rehearse for an online presentation.

Topic: Rehearsing Your Online Presentation Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-3.10. A person who uses technology to communicate with others and participate in society is called a _________ _________.

Answer: digital citizen Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.4 Learning Objective: LO27.4 Describe the qualities of a good digital citizen.

Topic: Online Etiquette: Digital Citizenship Difficulty: easy Skill: Remember the Facts 27-4 Essay 27-4.1. Imagine you are starting a vodcast on the subject of your choice. In a well-developed essay, explain the choices you would have to make before you launch your vodcast.

Answer: Responses will vary but should include determining if the vodcast will be synchronous or asynchronous (or hybrid), who the target audience is, if visual aids or screensharing are needed, who will run the camera, and what type of software and other technology is needed (e.g., a camera with quality video and audio that is easy to use). Responses should also mention ―setting the stage‖ by making sure that there are no distracting noises, clothing, jewelry, or

451 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

backgrounds; that the space has good lighting, and that the camera is positioned correctly.

Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 27-4.2. When giving an online presentation, speakers often find it difficult to engage their audience and hold their attention. Identify the six strategies for capturing their attention described in your text. Then, give an example for how you could use each strategy if you were giving a speech to other students at your school about rising tuition costs.

Answer: Responses will vary but should include the following strategies: emphasizing common ground; asking rhetorical questions; maintaining focus by covering two to three relevant points with more depth; highlighting takeaways; using variety in movement, voice, facial expressions, visual aids, and camera angles; and using images to spark visual interest.

Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.1 Learning Objective: LO27.1 Describe the basic principles of mediated public speaking.

Topic: An Introduction to Mediated Communication Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 27-4.3. The text offers rehearsal tips to make your presentation more enjoyable for your audience. Identify at least four of these tips, and explain which tip is the most helpful for you.

Describe how you will incorporate these strategies into your next rehearsal for an online presentation.

Answer: Responses will vary but should include four of the following: imagine you‘re speaking to a live audience rather than a camera to help you become more animated and connect with the audience better; use a rate of delivery that is not too fast or too slow; pause at natural stopping points, such as at the ends of sentences or paragraphs or between main points; avoid hand gestures that are too big or are out of the camera‘s view; use a voice volume similar to what you would use if you were speaking in a conference room.

Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.2 Learning Objective: LO27.2 Discuss how to effectively rehearse for an online presentation.

Topic: Rehearsing Your Online Presentation Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

452 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

27-4.4. According to your text, there are five requirements for being prepared to deliver or record your online presentation. Identify at least four requirements, and explain how you can make sure you will meet them for your next online presentation.

Answer: Answers will vary but should include the following requirements: learn how to use your equipment properly; understand how to use the software either to transmit live or to save and edit your recording to upload later; for an asynchronous presentation, give yourself time for several takes, and allow time for editing; don‘t be afraid to ask for help if the technology is complex or if managing all aspects of the presentation is overwhelming; and eliminate any distractions by turning off or silencing electronic devices, closing unneeded files or programs on your computer, and putting a sign on your closed door so people know you are recording and won‘t interrupt you.

Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.3 Learning Objective: LO27.3 Explain how to effectively deliver an online presentation.

Topic: Delivering or Recording Your Online Presentation Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It 27-4.5. A digital citizen is a person who uses technology to communicate with others and participate in society. Explain how you can be a good digital citizen as both a speaker and as an audience member. Can you recall any examples of times you were not a good digital citizen (in any setting) and suggest ways you could improve?

Answer: Answers will vary.

For speakers, good digital citizenship includes making sure content is appropriate for all audiences by avoiding swear words, sexually suggestive content, and illegal behavior. If graphic images are needed, speakers should warn the audience that the presentation contains graphic images that some viewers may find disturbing.

For audience members, good digital citizenship involves asking intelligent and applicable questions and raising opposing points of view in a constructive conversation. Audience members should avoid making fun of or belittling the speaking, starting an argument, trying to discredit the speaker, or making the speaker appear foolish.

Chapter number: 27 Module number: 27.4 Learning Objective: LO27.4 Describe the qualities of a good digital citizen.

Topic: Online Etiquette: Digital Citizenship Difficulty: difficult Skill: Analyze It

453 Copyright © 2024, 2018, 2015 Pearson Education, Inc. All Rights Reserved.